AD Validation Guide Vol1 2019 EN PDF

VALIDATION GUIDE
2019
Advance Design
Validation Guide
Version: 2019
Tests passed on: 24 July 2019
Number of tests: 610
INTRODUCTION
Each year, before its official release, each version of GRAITEC software - Advance
Design included - undergoes a series of validation tests. This complex validation process
is carried out along with and in addition to manual testing and beta testing, in order to
attain the "operational version" status. Its final outcome is the present guide, which
contains a thorough description of the automatic tests, highlighting both the theoretical
background and the results that our validation experts have obtained by using the current
software release.
Such tests are generally made of a reference (independent of the specific software
version tested), a transformation (a calculation or a data-processing scenario), a result
(given by the specific software version tested) and a difference, usually measured in
percentage as a drift from a specific set of reference values. Depending on the cases,
the used reference can be a theoretical calculation performed manually, a sample taken
from the technical literature, or the result of a previous version considered as accurate by
experience.
Starting with version 2012, Graitec Advance has made significant steps ahead in terms of
quality management by extending the scope and automating the testing process. While in
previous versions the tests had always been centered on the calculation results, which
were compared to a reference set, in the 2012 version, tests were extended to user
interface behavior, import/export procedures, etc.
The capacity to pass the tests automatically is another major improvement. The current
tests have obviously been passed on the “operational version”, but they are actually
passed on a daily basis during the development process as well. This ensures the
improvement of the daily quality by solving potential issues immediately after they have
been introduced in the code.
In the field of structural analysis and design, software users must always keep in mind
that the results depend, to a great extent, on the modeling (especially when dealing with
finite elements) and on the settings of the numerous assumptions and options available
in the software. A software package cannot entirely replace engineers’ experience and
analysis. Despite all the efforts we have made in terms of quality management, we
cannot guaranty the correct behavior and the validity of the results issued by Advance
Design in any given situation.
In this validation guide, we are providing a vast set of concrete test cases showing the
behavior of Advance Design in various areas and various conditions. The tests cover a
wide field of expertise: modeling, climatic load generation according to Eurocode 1,
combinations management, meshing, finite element calculation, reinforced concrete
design according to Eurocode 2, steel member design according to Eurocode 3, steel
connection design according to Eurocode 3, timber member design according to
Eurocode 5, seismic analysis according to Eurocode 8, report generation, import / export
procedures and user interface behavior.
We hope that this guide will highly contribute to the knowledge and the confidence you
keep placing in Advance Design.
Ionel DRAGU
Graitec Innovation CTO
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
Table of Contents
1 FINITE ELEMENT METHOD ............................................................................................... 21

1.1 Thin lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side (alpha = 15 °) (01-0008SDLSB_FEM) ...................................22
1.2 Thin lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side (alpha = 30 °) (01-0009SDLSB_FEM) ...................................25
1.3 Circular plate under uniform load (01-0003SSLSB_FEM) ............................................................................28
1.4 Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow in plane (case 2) (01-0012SDLLB_FEM) ..........................................31
1.6 Thin lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side (alpha = 0 °) (01-0007SDLSB_FEM) .....................................37
1.8 System of two bars with three hinges (01-0002SSLLB_FEM) ......................................................................43
1.9 Thin circular ring fixed in two points (01-0006SDLLB_FEM) ........................................................................46
1.10 Thin lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side (alpha = 45 °) (01-0010SDLSB_FEM) ..................................50
1.11 Double fixed beam (01-0016SDLLB_FEM) .................................................................................................53
1.12 Short beam on simple supports (on the neutral axis) (01-0017SDLLB_FEM) .............................................57
1.13 Rectangular thin plate simply supported on its perimeter (01-0020SDLSB_FEM) ......................................61
1.14 Cantilever beam in Eulerian buckling (01-0021SFLLB_FEM) .....................................................................64
1.15 Double fixed beam with a spring at mid span (01-0015SSLLB_FEM) .........................................................66
1.16 Thin square plate fixed on one side (01-0019SDLSB_FEM) .......................................................................69
1.17 Bending effects of a symmetrical portal frame (01-0023SDLLB_FEM) .......................................................73
1.18 Slender beam on two fixed supports (01-0024SSLLB_FEM) ......................................................................76
1.19 Slender beam on three supports (01-0025SSLLB_FEM) ............................................................................82
1.20 Thin circular ring hanged on an elastic element (01-0014SDLLB_FEM) .....................................................86
1.21 Short beam on simple supports (eccentric) (01-0018SDLLB_FEM) ............................................................89
1.22 Annular thin plate fixed on a hub (repetitive circular structure) (01-0022SDLSB_FEM) .............................. 94
1.23 Fixed thin arc in out of plane bending (01-0028SSLLB_FEM) ....................................................................97
1.24 Double hinged thin arc in planar bending (01-0029SSLLB_FEM) ............................................................... 99
1.25 Beam on elastic soil, free ends (01-0032SSLLB_FEM) ............................................................................102
1.26 EDF Pylon (01-0033SFLLA_FEM) ............................................................................................................106
1.27 Fixed thin arc in planar bending (01-0027SSLLB_FEM) ...........................................................................110
1.28 Truss with hinged bars under a punctual load (01-0031SSLLB_FEM) ......................................................113
1.29 Simply supported square plate (01-0036SSLSB_FEM) ............................................................................116
1.30 Caisson beam in torsion (01-0037SSLSB_FEM) ......................................................................................119
1.31 Thin cylinder under a uniform radial pressure (01-0038SSLSB_FEM) ......................................................122
1.32 Bimetallic: Fixed beams connected to a stiff element (01-0026SSLLB_FEM) ...........................................124
1.33 Portal frame with lateral connections (01-0030SSLLB_FEM) ...................................................................127
1.34 Beam on elastic soil, hinged ends (01-0034SSLLB_FEM) ........................................................................131
1.35 Beam on two supports considering the shear force (01-0041SSLLB_FEM) .............................................135
VII
1.36 Thin cylinder under a uniform axial load (01-0042SSLSB_FEM) .............................................................. 138
1.37 Torus with uniform internal pressure (01-0045SSLSB_FEM) ................................................................... 141
1.38 Spherical shell under internal pressure (01-0046SSLSB_FEM) ............................................................... 144
1.39 Stiffen membrane (01-0040SSLSB_FEM) ................................................................................................ 147
1.40 Thin cylinder under its self weight (01-0044SSLSB_MEF)........................................................................ 150
1.41 Spherical shell with holes (01-0049SSLSB_FEM) .................................................................................... 152
1.42 Spherical dome under a uniform external pressure (01-0050SSLSB_FEM) ............................................. 155
1.43 Simply supported square plate under a uniform load (01-0051SSLSB_FEM) .......................................... 158
1.44 Square plate under planar stresses (01-0039SSLSB_FEM) ..................................................................... 160
1.45 Thin cylinder under a hydrostatic pressure (01-0043SSLSB_FEM) .......................................................... 163
1.46 Pinch cylindrical shell (01-0048SSLSB_FEM) .......................................................................................... 166
1.47 Simply supported rectangular plate loaded with punctual force and moments (01-0054SSLSB_FEM) .... 168
1.48 Shear plate perpendicular to the medium surface (01-0055SSLSB_FEM) ............................................... 170
1.49 A plate (0.01333 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a uniform pressure (01-0058SSLSB_FEM)172
1.50 A plate (0.02 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a uniform pressure (01-0059SSLSB_FEM) ..... 174
1.51 Simply supported rectangular plate under a uniform load (01-0053SSLSB_FEM) ................................... 176
1.53 A plate (0.1 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a uniform pressure (01-0061SSLSB_FEM) ....... 180
1.54 A plate (0.01 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a punctual force (01-0062SSLSB_FEM) ......... 182
1.55 A plate (0.01333 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a punctual force (01-0063SSLSB_FEM) ... 185
1.56 Simply supported rectangular plate under a uniform load (01-0052SSLSB_FEM) ................................... 188
1.57 Triangulated system with hinged bars (01-0056SSLLB_FEM).................................................................. 190
1.59 A plate (0.1 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a punctual force (01-0066SSLSB_FEM) ........... 195
1.60 Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow in space (case 1) (01-0067SDLLB_FEM) ...................................... 197
1.61 Reactions on supports and bending moments on a 2D portal frame (Rafters) (01-0077SSLPB_FEM) .... 200
1.62 Reactions on supports and bending moments on a 2D portal frame (Columns) (01-0078SSLPB_FEM) . 202
1.65 Slender beam of variable rectangular section with fixed-free ends (ß=5) (01-0085SDLLB_FEM) ............ 209
1.66 Slender beam of variable rectangular section (fixed-fixed) (01-0086SDLLB_FEM) .................................. 214
1.67 Plane portal frame with hinged supports (01-0089SSLLB_FEM) .............................................................. 217
1.70 Short beam on two hinged supports (01-0084SSLLB_FEM) .................................................................... 225
1.71 A 3D bar structure with elastic support (01-0094SSLLB_FEM) ................................................................ 227
1.72 Fixed/free slender beam with centered mass (01-0095SDLLB_FEM) ...................................................... 234
1.73 Simple supported beam in free vibration (01-0098SDLLB_FEM) ............................................................. 239
VIII
1.74 Membrane with hot point (01-0099HSLSB_FEM) .....................................................................................242
1.75 Cantilever beam in Eulerian buckling with thermal load (01-0092HFLLB_FEM) .......................................245
1.76 Double cross with hinged ends (01-0097SDLLB_FEM) ............................................................................247
1.77 Beam on 3 supports with T/C (k -> infinite) (01-0101SSNLB_FEM) ..........................................................251
1.78 Beam on 3 supports with T/C (k = -10000 N/m) (01-0102SSNLB_FEM)...................................................254
1.79 Linear system of truss beams (01-0103SSLLB_FEM) ..............................................................................257
1.80 Double fixed beam in Eulerian buckling with a thermal load (01-0091HFLLB_FEM) ................................ 260
1.81 Fixed/free slender beam with eccentric mass or inertia (01-0096SDLLB_FEM) .......................................263
1.82 Beam on 3 supports with T/C (k = 0) (01-0100SSNLB_FEM) ...................................................................267
1.83 BAEL 91 (concrete design) - France: Linear element in combined bending/tension - without compressed
reinforcements - Partially tensioned section (02-0158SSLLB_B91) .....................................................................270
1.84 BAEL 91 (concrete design) - France: Linear element in simple bending - without compressed
reinforcement (02-0162SSLLB_B91) ....................................................................................................................275
1.85 BAEL 91 (concrete design) - France: Design of a concrete floor with an opening (03-
0208SSLLG_BAEL91) ..........................................................................................................................................279
1.86 PS92 - France: Study of a mast subjected to an earthquake (02-0112SMLLB_P92) ................................ 287
1.87 CM66 (steel design) - France: Design of a 2D portal frame (03-0207SSLLG_CM66) ............................... 292
1.88 Non linear system of truss beams (01-0104SSNLB_FEM) .......................................................................299
1.89 CM66 (steel design) - France: Design of a Steel Structure (03-0206SSLLG_CM66) ................................ 303
1.90 Cantilever rectangular plate (01-0001SSLSB_FEM) .................................................................................312
1.91 Tied (sub-tensioned) beam (01-0005SSLLB_FEM) ..................................................................................315
1.92 Slender beam with variable section (fixed-free) (01-0004SDLLB_FEM) ...................................................320
1.93 Verifying the internal forces results for a simple supported steel beam .....................................................323
1.94 Verifying forces on a linear elastic support which is defined in a user workplane (TTAD #11929) ............324
1.95 Calculating torsors using different mesh sizes for a concrete wall subjected to a horizontal force (TTAD
#13175) ................................................................................................................................................................ 324
1.96 Verifying the display of the forces results on planar supports (TTAD #11728) ..........................................324
1.97 Verifying a simply supported concrete slab subjected to temperature variation between top and bottom
fibers ..................................................................................................................................................................324
1.98 Verifying tension/compression supports on nonlinear analysis (TTAD #11518) ........................................324
1.99 Verifying tension/compression supports on nonlinear analysis (TTAD #11518) ........................................325
1.100 Verifying the main axes results on a planar element (TTAD #11725) .....................................................325
1.101 Generating a report with torsors per level (TTAD #11421) ......................................................................325
1.102 Verifying nonlinear analysis results for frames with semi-rigid joints and rigid joints (TTAD #11495) .....325
1.103 Verifying results on punctual supports (TTAD #11489) ...........................................................................325
1.104 Verifying diagrams after changing the view from standard (top, left,...) to user view (TTAD #11854) .....326
1.105 Generating planar efforts before and after selecting a saved view (TTAD #11849) ................................ 326
1.106 Verifying stresses in beam with "extend into wall" property (TTAD #11680) ...........................................326
1.107 Verifying forces for triangular meshing on planar element (TTAD #11723) .............................................326
1.108 Verifying the displacement results on linear elements for vertical seism (TTAD #11756) .......................326
IX
1.109 Verifying constraints for triangular mesh on planar elements (TTAD #11447) ........................................ 327
1.110 EC8 / NF EN 1998-1 - France: Verifying the level mass center (TTAD #11573, TTAD #12315) ............ 327
1.111 Verifying Sxx results on beams (TTAD #11599) ..................................................................................... 327
1.112 Verifying forces results on concrete linear elements (TTAD #11647) ..................................................... 327
1.113 Generating results for Torsors NZ/Group (TTAD #11633) ...................................................................... 328
1.114 Verifying diagrams for Mf Torsors on divided walls (TTAD #11557) ....................................................... 328
1.115 Correct use of symetric steel cross-sections (eg. IPE300S) ................................................................... 328
1.116 Verifying torsors on a single story coupled walls subjected to horizontal forces ..................................... 328
1.117 Verifying displacements of a prestressed cable structure with results presented in Tibert, 1999. ........... 329
1.118 Temperature load: SD frame with elements under tempertature gradient, applied on separate systems329
1.119 Checks the bending moments in the central node of a steel frame with two beams having a rotational
stiffness of 42590 kN/m. ....................................................................................................................................... 330
1.120 FEM Results - United Kingdom: Simply supported laterally restrained (from P364 Open Sections
Example 2) ........................................................................................................................................................... 331
1.121 Verifying results of a steel beam subjected to dynamic temporal loadings (TTAD #14586) .................... 333
2 CAD, RENDERING AND VISUALIZATION ....................................................................... 337

2.1 Verifying the annotation of a variable surface load (TTAD #13618) ........................................................... 338
2.2 Verifying the dimensions and position of annotations on selection when new analysis is made (TTAD
#12807) ................................................................................................................................................................ 338
2.3 Verifying the annotations dimensions when new analysis is made (TTAD #14825) ................................... 338
2.4 Verifying the default view (TTAD #13248) .................................................................................................. 338
2.5 Verifying annotation on selection (TTAD #12700) ...................................................................................... 338
2.6 Verifying hide/show elements command (TTAD #11753) .......................................................................... 339
2.7 Verifying the grid text position (TTAD #11657) ........................................................................................... 339
2.8 System stability during section cut results verification (TTAD #11752) ...................................................... 339
2.9 Verifying the grid text position (TTAD #11704) ........................................................................................... 339
2.10 Generating combinations (TTAD #11721)................................................................................................. 339
2.11 Verifying the coordinates system symbol (TTAD #11611) ........................................................................ 340
2.12 Verifying descriptive actors after creating analysis (TTAD #11589) .......................................................... 340
2.13 Creating a camera (TTAD #11526) ........................................................................................................... 340
2.14 Verifying the snap points behavior during modeling (TTAD #11458) ........................................................ 340
2.15 Verifying the representation of elements with HEA cross section (TTAD #11328) .................................... 340
2.16 Creating a circle (TTAD #11525) .............................................................................................................. 341
2.17 Verifying the local axes of a section cut (TTAD #11681)........................................................................... 341
2.18 Verifying the display of elements with compound cross sections (TTAD #11486) .................................... 341
2.19 Verifying holes in horizontal planar elements after changing the level height (TTAD #11490) .................. 341
2.20 Modeling using the tracking snap mode (TTAD #10979) .......................................................................... 341
2.21 Verifying the descriptive model display after post processing results in analysis mode (TTAD #11475) .. 342
2.22 Moving a linear element along with the support (TTAD #12110) .............................................................. 342
X
2.23 Verifying the "ghost display on selection" function for saved views (TTAD #12054) .................................342
2.24 Verifying the dividing of planar elements which contain openings (TTAD #12229) ...................................342
2.25 Verifying the display of punctual loads after changing the load case number (TTAD #11958) ..................342
2.26 Verifying the display of a beam with haunches (TTAD #12299) ............................................................... 343
2.27 Verifying the program behavior when trying to create lintel (TTAD #12062) .............................................343
2.28 Verifying the program behavior when launching the analysis on a model with overlapped loads (TTAD
#11837) ................................................................................................................................................................ 343
2.29 Verifying the "ghost" display after changing the display colors (TTAD #12064) ........................................343
2.30 Turning on/off the "ghost" rendering mode (TTAD #11999) ......................................................................343
2.31 Verifying the fixed load scale function (TTAD #12183). .............................................................................344
2.32 Creating base plate connections for non-vertical columns (TTAD #12170) ...............................................344
2.33 Verifying the steel connections modeling (TTAD #11698) .........................................................................344
2.34 Verifying drawing of joints in y-z plan (TTAD #12453)...............................................................................344
2.35 Verifying rotation for steel beam with joint (TTAD #12592) .......................................................................344
2.36 Verifying the saved view of elements by cross-section (TTAD #13197) ....................................................345
2.37 Verifying the saved view of elements with annotations. (TTAD #13033) ...................................................345
2.38 Verifying the visualisation of supports with rotational or moving DoFs (TTAD #13891) ............................ 345
2.39 Verifying the annotations of a wind generated load (TTAD #13190) .........................................................345
3 CLIMATIC GENERATOR .................................................................................................. 347

3.1 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating 2D wind loads on a 2 slope isolated roof (TTAD #14985)348
3.2 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating 2D wind loads on a multiple roof portal (TTAD #15140) 348
3.3 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 2 horizontal slopes building one higher
that the other (TTAD #13320) ............................................................................................................................... 348
3.4 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating 2D snow loads on a one horizontal slope portal (TTAD
#14975) ................................................................................................................................................................ 348
3.5 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a double slope with 5 degrees (TTAD
#15307) ................................................................................................................................................................ 348
3.6 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 3 compound building (TTAD #12883) ..349
3.7 C1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating 2D wind loads on a double slope roof with an opening
(TTAD #15328) .....................................................................................................................................................349
3.8 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on 2 side by side single roof compounds with
different height (TTAD 13159) .............................................................................................................................. 349
different height (TTAD 13158) .............................................................................................................................. 349
3.10 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 4 slopes shed with parapets. (TTAD
#14578) ................................................................................................................................................................ 349
3.11 EC1 / CSN EN 1991-1-3/NA - Czech Republic: Snow load generation on building with 2 slopes > 60
degrees (TTAD #14235) .......................................................................................................................................350
3.12 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 2 almost horizontal slope building (TTAD
#13663) ................................................................................................................................................................ 350
3.13 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a custom multiple slope building (TTAD
#14285) ................................................................................................................................................................ 350
XI
3.14 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating 2D snow loads on a 2 slope portal with one lateral
parapet (TTAD #14530) ....................................................................................................................................... 350
3.15 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 4 slopes shed with parapets (TTAD
#14179) ................................................................................................................................................................ 350
3.16 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating 2D wind loads on a 2 slope portal (TTAD #14531) ....... 351
3.17 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating Cf and Cp,net wind loads on an multibay canopy roof
(DEV2013#4.3)..................................................................................................................................................... 351
3.18 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating Cf and Cp,net wind loads on an isolated roof with double
slope (DEV2013#4.3) ........................................................................................................................................... 351
3.19 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating Cf and Cp,net wind loads on an isolated roof with one
slope (DEV2013#4.3) ........................................................................................................................................... 351
3.20 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Wind load generation on multibay canopies (TTAD #11668) .......... 352
3.21 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 2 slope building with parapets. (TTAD
#13671) ................................................................................................................................................................ 352
3.22 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Snow load generation on compound with a double-roof volume close
to a single-roof volume (TTAD #13559) ............................................................................................................... 352
3.23 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Wind load generation on portal with CsCd set to auto (TTAD #12823)352
3.24 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a canopy. (TTAD #13855) ..................... 352
3.25 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 35m high structure with CsCd min set to
0.7 and Delta to 0.15. (TTAD #11196) ................................................................................................................. 353
3.26 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a single-roof volume compound with
parapets. (TTAD #13672) ..................................................................................................................................... 353
3.27 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a shed with parapets. (TTAD #12494) .. 353
3.28 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a shed with gutters building. (TTAD
#13856) ................................................................................................................................................................ 353
3.29 NV2009 - France: Verifying wind on a protruding canopy. (TTAD #13880) .............................................. 353
parapets (TTAD #13992)...................................................................................................................................... 354
3.31 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 3 slopes 3D portal frame. (TTAD
#13169) ................................................................................................................................................................ 354
3.32 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on 2 side by side single roof compounds
(TTAD #13286)..................................................................................................................................................... 354
3.33 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 2 slope building with parapets. (TTAD
#13669) ................................................................................................................................................................ 354
3.34 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 2 slope building with increased height.
(TTAD #13759)..................................................................................................................................................... 354
3.35 EC1 / CR 1-1-3/2012 - Romania: Snow load generation on a 3 compound building (TTAD #13930s) ..... 355
3.36 EC1 / CR 1-1-4/2012 - Romania: Wind load generation on portal with CsCd set to auto (TTAD #13930w)355
3.37 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 2 slope building with custom pressure
values. (TTAD #14004) ........................................................................................................................................ 355
3.38 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 2 slope building with gutters and lateral
parapets (TTAD #14005)...................................................................................................................................... 355
3.39 NV2009 - France: Generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame at 15m height (TTAD #12604) . 355
3.40 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Verifying the geometry of wind loads on an irregular shed (TTAD
#12233) ................................................................................................................................................................ 355
XII
3.41 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 3 slopes 3D portal frame with parapets
(TTAD #11111) .....................................................................................................................................................356
3.42 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 4 slopes shed with gutters (TTAD
#12528) ................................................................................................................................................................ 356
3.43 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 4 slopes with gutters building (TTAD
#12716) ................................................................................................................................................................ 356
3.44 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a square based lattice structure with
compound profiles and automatic calculation of "n" (TTAD #12744) ....................................................................356
3.45 EC1 / BS EN 1991-1-4 - United Kingdom: Generating wind loads on a square based structure (TTAD
#12608) ................................................................................................................................................................ 356
3.46 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 4 slopes shed with gutters (TTAD
#12528) ................................................................................................................................................................ 357
3.47 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on 2 closed building with gutters. (TTAD
#12808) ................................................................................................................................................................ 357
3.48 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on two side by side buildings with gutters
(TTAD #12806) .....................................................................................................................................................357
#12835) ................................................................................................................................................................ 357
3.50 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 4 slopes with gutters building. (TTAD
#12719) ................................................................................................................................................................ 357
#12841) ................................................................................................................................................................ 358
3.52 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 2 slope building with gutters and
parapets. (TTAD #12878) .....................................................................................................................................358
3.53 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Wind load generation on a high building with double slope roof using
different parameters defined per directions (DEV2013#4.2) .................................................................................358
3.54 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Wind load generation on a high building with a horizontal roof using
different CsCd values for each direction (DEV2013#4.4) .....................................................................................358
3.55 EC1 / BS EN 1991-1-4 - United Kingdom: Wind load generation on a high building with horizontal roof
(DEV2013#4.1) (TTAD #12608) ...........................................................................................................................359
3.56 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 3D portal frame with one slope roof (VT :
3.2 - Wind - Example B)........................................................................................................................................359
3.57 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Wind loads on a triangular based lattice structure with compound
profiles and user defined "n" (TTAD #12276) .......................................................................................................359
3.58 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (VT : 3.1 - Wind
- Example A) .........................................................................................................................................................359
3.59 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a triangular based lattice structure with
compound profiles and automatic calculation of "n" (TTAD #12276) ....................................................................359
3.60 NV2009 - France: Verifying wind and snow reports for a protruding roof (TTAD #11318) ........................360
3.61 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Verifying the wind loads generated on a building with protruding roof
(TTAD #12071, #12278) .......................................................................................................................................360
3.62 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (VT : 3.4 -
Snow - Example A) ...............................................................................................................................................360
3.63 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (VT : 3.3 - Wind
- Example C) .........................................................................................................................................................360
3.64 EC1 / CR 1-1-3/2012 - Romania: Generating snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (TTAD #11570)360
3.65 EC1 / SR EN 1991-1-4/NB - Romania: Generating the description of climatic loads report (TTAD #11688)361
3.66 EC1 / CR 1-1-4/2012 - Romania: Generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (TTAD #11687) 361
XIII
3.67 EC1 / CR 1-1-3/2012 - Romania: Generating snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (TTAD #11569)361
3.68 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (TTAD #11699)361
3.69 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (TTAD #11531)362
3.70 NV2009 - France: Generating wind loads and snow loads on a simple structure with planar support (TTAD
#11380) ................................................................................................................................................................ 362
3.71 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame with roof
thickness greater than the parapet height (TTAD #11943) ................................................................................... 362
3.72 EC1 / DIN EN 1991-1-3/NA - Germany: Generating wind loads on a 55m high structure (DEV2012 #3.12)362
3.73 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Verifying the snow loads generated on a monopitch frame (TTAD
#11302) ................................................................................................................................................................ 363
3.74 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame with 2 fully
opened windwalls (TTAD #11937) ....................................................................................................................... 363
3.75 EC1 / DIN EN 1991-1-3/NA - Germany: Generating snow loads on duopitch multispan roofs (DEV2012
#3.13) .................................................................................................................................................................. 363
3.76 EC1 / CSN EN 1991-1-4/NA - Czech Republic: Generating wind loads on double slope 3D portal frame
(DEV2012 #3.18).................................................................................................................................................. 363
3.77 EC1 / CSN EN 1991-1-3/NA - Czech Republic: Generating snow loads on two close roofs with different
heights (DEV2012 #3.18) ..................................................................................................................................... 363
3.78 EC1 / DIN EN 1991-1-3/NA - Germany: Generating snow loads on monopitch multispan roofs (DEV2012
#3.13) .................................................................................................................................................................. 364
3.79 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame with gutter
(TTAD #11113)..................................................................................................................................................... 364
3.80 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on duopitch multispan roofs with pitch < 5
degrees (TTAD #11852)....................................................................................................................................... 364
3.81 EC1 / DIN EN 1991-1-3/NA - Germany: Generating snow loads on two side by side roofs with different
heights (DEV2012 #3.13) ..................................................................................................................................... 364
3.82 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Snow on a 3D portal frame with horizontal roof and parapet with
height reduction (TTAD #11191) .......................................................................................................................... 365
3.83 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 3D portal frame with a roof which has a
small span (< 5m) and a parapet (TTAD #11735) ................................................................................................ 365
3.84 EC1 / EN 1991-1-4 - General: Wind load generation on simple 3D portal frame with 4 slopes roof (TTAD
#11604) ................................................................................................................................................................ 365
3.85 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on double slope 3D portal frame with a fully
opened face (DEV2012 #1.6) ............................................................................................................................... 365
3.86 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 3D portal frame with 2 slopes roof (TTAD
#11932) ................................................................................................................................................................ 365
3.87 EC1 / EN 1991-1-4 - General: Wind load generation on a high building with horizontal roof .................... 366
3.88 EC1 / EN 1991-1-4 - General: Wind load generation on a building with multispan roofs .......................... 366
3.89 EC1 / EN 1991-1-4 - General: Wind load generation on a simple 3D structure with horizontal roof ......... 366
3.90 EC1 / EN 1991-1-4 - General: Wind load generation on a signboard ....................................................... 366
3.91 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a single slope with lateral parapets (TTAD
#12606) ................................................................................................................................................................ 366
3.92 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA + NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating 2D wind and snow loads on a 2
opposite slopes portal with Z down axis (TTAD #15094) ..................................................................................... 367
3.93 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA + NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating 2D wind and snow loads on a 4
slope shed next to a higher one slope compound (TTAD #15047) ...................................................................... 367
XIV
3.94 CR1-1-3/2012 - Romania: Snow loads values generated on a symetrical duo-pitch roof..........................367
3.95 CR1-1-4/2012 - Romania - The wind load position for cannopy roofs, one slope (TTAD #16230) ............367
3.96 CR1-1-3/2012 - Romania - Snow accumulation on multiple roofs ............................................................. 367
3.97 CR1-1-4/2012 - Romania - Wind on signboards........................................................................................368
3.98 NTC 2008: Wind and snow load generation on a one slope compound next to a higher single slope
compound (DEV2015#6) (TTAD #15425).............................................................................................................368
3.99 CR1-1-3/2012 - Romania - Snow with adjacent roof, big slope .................................................................368
3.100 EC1 / DIN EN 1991-1-3/NA - Germany: Generating wind loads on an antenna tower (TTAD #15493) ..368
3.101 NF EN 1991-1-3/NA: Snow generation on a slope compound next to a higher single slope compound
(TTAD #15923) .....................................................................................................................................................369
3.102 CR1-1-3/2012 - Romania - 2D Climatic generator on a portal frame with big slopes .............................. 369
3.103 NTC 2008: Wind load generation on a higher double slope 3D portal frame (DEV2015#6) (TTAD #15698)369
3.104 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on an isolated roof with two slopes (TTAD
#11695) ................................................................................................................................................................ 369
3.105 NTC 2008: Wind load generation on a double slope 3D portal frame (DEV2015#6) (TTAD #15660) .....369
3.106 EC1 / EN 1991-1-4 - General: Wind load generation on a simple 3D portal frame with 2 slopes roof
(TTAD #11602) .....................................................................................................................................................370
3.107 NF EN 1991-1-4/NA: Wind generation on a 2 slope building with one awning (TTAD #13999) ..............370
3.108 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Snow load generation on double compound with gutters and
parapets on all sides (TTAD #13717) ...................................................................................................................370
3.109 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 3D portal frame with horizontal roof and
gutter (TTAD #11113) ...........................................................................................................................................370
3.110 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a flat roof .............................................371
4 COMBINATIONS............................................................................................................... 375
4.1 EC0 / NF EN 1990 - France: Generating the concomitance matrix after adding a new dead load case
(TTAD #11361) .....................................................................................................................................................376
4.2 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Generating a set of combinations with seismic group of loads (TTAD #11889) 376
4.3 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.10 (DEV2012 #1.7)376
4.4 EC0 / EN 1990 - General: Generating load combinations with unfavorable and favorable/unfavorable
predominant action (TTAD #11357) .....................................................................................................................376
4.5 Verifying the combinations description report (TTAD #11632) ...................................................................377
4.7 EC0 / EN 1990 - General: Defining concomitance rules for two case families (TTAD #11355) ..................377
4.8 CR 0-2012 - Romania - Automatic combinations check according with the romanian code .......................378
4.9 EC0 / EN 1990 - General: Generating combinations (TTAD #11673).........................................................379
4.10 EC0 / EN 1990 - General: Generating load combinations after changing the load case number (TTAD
#11359) ................................................................................................................................................................ 380
4.11 EC0 / EN 1990 - General: Generating combinations for NEWEC8.cbn (TTAD #11431) ...........................380
4.12 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Generating the concomitance matrix after switching back the effect for live load
(TTAD #11806) .....................................................................................................................................................380
4.14 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no. 5 (DEV2012 #1.7)381
XV
4.15 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Generating a set of combinations with different Q "Base" types (TTAD #11806)381
4.19 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Generating a set of combinations with Q group of loads (TTAD #11960) ....... 383
4.20 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.1 (DEV2010#1.7)383
4.23 CSN EN 1990/NA - Czech Republic: Verifying combinations for CZ localization (TTAD #12542) ............ 384
5 CONCRETE DESIGN ........................................................................................................ 385

5.1 Verifying the reinforced concrete results on a structure with 375 load cases combinations (TTAD #11683)386
5.2 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Calculation of a square column in traction (TTAD #11892) .............. 386
5.3 Verifying Aty and Atz for a fixed concrete beam (TTAD #11812) ............................................................... 386
5.4 Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement for linear elements (TTAD #11636) ............................................. 387
5.5 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying concrete results for linear elements (TTAD #11556) ......... 388
5.6 Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement bars for a filled circular column (TTAD #11678) .......................... 389
5.7 Verifying the reinforced concrete results on a fixed beam (TTAD #11836) ................................................ 390
5.8 Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement for a fixed linear element (TTAD #11700) .................................... 390
5.9 Verifying the reinforcement of concrete columns (TTAD #11635) .............................................................. 390
5.10 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying concrete results for planar elements (TTAD #11583) ...... 390
5.11 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA: Verifying the minimum transverse reinforcement area results for articulated
beams (TTAD #11342) ......................................................................................................................................... 391
5.12 Verifying the minimum transverse reinforcement area results for an articulated beam (TTAD #11342) ... 392
5.13 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement for a horizontal concrete bar
with rectangular cross section .............................................................................................................................. 393
5.14 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement area of a beam under a linear
load 394
5.15 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the minimum reinforcement area for a simply supported
beam 394
load - inclined stress strain behavior law .............................................................................................................. 394
5.17 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement area for a beam subjected to
point loads ............................................................................................................................................................ 394
load - bilinear stress-strain diagram ..................................................................................................................... 394
load - horizontal level behavior law ...................................................................................................................... 395
5.20 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the transverse reinforcement area for a beam subjected to
linear loads ........................................................................................................................................................... 395
5.21 Testing the punching verification and punching reinforcement results on loaded analysis model (TTAD
#14332) ................................................................................................................................................................ 395
5.22 Verifying the peak smoothing influence over mesh, the punching verification and punching reinforcement
results when Z down axis is selected (TTAD #14963).......................................................................................... 395
XVI
5.23 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Comparing deflection of a slab hinged supported on 2 edges with the
deflection of the equivalent beam approach .........................................................................................................396
5.24 EC2 / EN 1992-1-1 - Germany: Single beam with a plate crosssection ....................................................397
5.25 EC2 / EN 1992-1-1 - Germany: Single beam with rectangular cross section ............................................398
5.26 EC2 / EN 1992-1-1 - Germany: Two field planar system with two span direction calculation based on the
Baumann Method .................................................................................................................................................399
5.27 EC2 / EN 1992-1-1 - Germany: Two field planar system with two span direction calculation based on the
Capra Method .......................................................................................................................................................400
5.28 NTC 2008 - Italy: Verifying the stresses result for a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a uniformly
distributed load .....................................................................................................................................................401
5.29 EC2 / EN 1992-1-1 - Germany: Two field beam with rectangular cross section, calculated as a one span
plate ..................................................................................................................................................................402
5.30 NTC 2008 - Italy: Verifying a square concrete column of a multi-storey structure subjected to axial
compression .........................................................................................................................................................403
5.31 NTC 2008 - Italy: Verifying the crack openings for a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a uniformly
distributed load .....................................................................................................................................................404
5.32 Verifying the bending moments about X and Y axis on a single story concrete core subjected to horizontal
forces and seismic action .....................................................................................................................................405
5.33 EC2 / EN 1992-1-1 - Punching verification with imposed reinfrocement on slab .......................................405
5.34 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Column design with “Nominal Stiffness method” square section
(TTAD #11625) .....................................................................................................................................................405
5.35 EC2,EC8 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the capacity design results (DEV2013 #8.3).............405
5.36 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular cross section beam made from concrete
C25/30 to resist simple bending - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 1) 406
5.37 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a T concrete section, without compressed reinforcement -
Bilinear stress-strain diagram (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 5)......................................................411
5.38 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a T concrete section, without compressed reinforcement -
Inclined stress-strain diagram (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 10) ...................................................415
5.39 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to uniformly
distributed load, without compressed reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD3) (evaluated by
SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 12) .........................................................................................................................420
5.40 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a T concrete section, without compressed reinforcement-
Bilinear stress-strain diagram (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 15)....................................................426
Bilinear stress-strain diagram (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 16)....................................................432
5.42 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a uniformly
distributed load, without compressed reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD1) (evaluated by
distributed load, with compressed reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD1) (evaluated by
5.44 C2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a uniformly

distributed load, with compressed reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD1) (evaluated by
5.45 EC2/NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the crack openings for a rectangular concrete beam
subjected to a uniformly distributed load, without compressed reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram(Class
XD1)(evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref Test19) ............................................................................................. 455
XVII
5.46 EC2/NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the crack openings for a rectangular concrete beam
subjected to a uniformly distributed load without compressed reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram(Class
XD1)(evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref.Test 20) ........................................................................................... 461
5.47 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam with compressed
reinforcement – Inclined stress-strain diagram (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 9) ........................... 468
distributed load, with compressed reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD1) (evaluated by
SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 13) ......................................................................................................................... 478
distributed load, without compressed reinforcement - Inclined stress-strain diagram (Class XD1) (evaluated by
5.50 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the shear resistance for a rectangular concrete beam with
vertical transversal reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France -
ref. Test 24) .......................................................................................................................................................... 489
inclined transversal reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France -
ref. Test 25) .......................................................................................................................................................... 493
5.52 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the shear resistance for a T concrete beam - Bilinear stress-
strain diagram (Class X0) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 28) ......................................................... 497
5.53 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the shear resistance for a T concrete beam with inclined
transversal reinforcement - Inclined stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test
29) .................................................................................................................................................................. 501
5.54 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the shear resistance for a rectangular concrete section -
Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 23) ............................... 505
ref. Test 27) .......................................................................................................................................................... 510
5.56 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to compression and
rotation moment to the top - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref.
Test 31) ................................................................................................................................................................ 514
5.57 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to compression and
rotation moment to the top – Method based on nominal curvature- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)
(evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 32)................................................................................................... 528
5.58 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to compression by
nominal rigidity method- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test
33) .................................................................................................................................................................. 538
ref. Test 26) .......................................................................................................................................................... 546
5.60 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the shear resistance for a T concrete beam with inclined
transversal reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test
30) .................................................................................................................................................................. 550
5.61 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete column using the method based on
nominal curvature- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 36) 554
5.62 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a square concrete column using the simplified method –
Professional rules - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 37) 561
5.63 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to a small compression
force and significant rotation moment to the top - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by
5.64 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to a significant
compression force and small rotation moment to the top - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated
by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 41) .................................................................................................................... 571
XVIII
5.65 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete column subjected to compression to
top – Based on nominal rigidity method - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by SOCOTEC
France - ref. Test 35) ............................................................................................................................................583
5.66 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a circular concrete column using the simplified method –
5.67 EC2/NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to a small rotation
moment and significant compression force to the top with Nominal Curvature Method-Bilinear stress-strain
diagram(Class XC1)(SOCOTEC France-Test 43) ................................................................................................ 598
5.68 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to eccentric loading
- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class X0) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 44) ................................ 607
5.69 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam supporting a balcony - Bilinear
stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 45) ............................................613
5.70 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete column subjected to compression on
the top – Method based on nominal stiffness - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by
5.71 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete column using the simplified method –
5.72 EC2/NF EN 1992-1-1/NA-France: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to a significant rotation
moment and small compression force to the top with Nominal Curvature Method-Bilinear stress-strain
diagram(Class XC1)(SOCOTEC France-Test 42) ................................................................................................ 631
5.73 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a square concrete beam subjected to a normal force of
traction - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class X0) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 46 II) ................640
5.74 EC2/NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Stresses and cracks verification for a planar element hinged on all
edges ..................................................................................................................................................................644
distributed load, without compressed reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (evaluated by SOCOTEC
France - ref. Test 2) ..............................................................................................................................................645
5.78 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam without compressed
reinforcement – Inclined stress-strain diagram (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 8) ...........................660
5.79 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a square concrete beam subjected to a normal force of
traction - Inclined stress-strain diagram (Class X0) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 46 I) .................667
5.80 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to Pivot B efforts –
Inclined stress-strain diagram (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 4 II) ..................................................670
5.81 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to tension load -
Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD2) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 47I) .............................. 675
5.82 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a tension
distributed load - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD2) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 47 II) .680
5.83 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1 - France: Reinforcement calculation for a simple bending beam ..........................683
5.84 A23.3-04 - Canada: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement value on a one-way reinforced concrete slab687
5.85 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to uniformly
distributed load, with compressed reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (evaluated by SOCOTEC France -
ref. Test 3) ............................................................................................................................................................ 690
5.86 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to Pivot A efforts –
Inclined stress-strain diagram (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 4 I) ...................................................699
5.87 EC2 / CSN EN 1992-1-1 - Czech Republic: Main reinforcement design for simple supported beam ........705
XIX
5.88 EC2 / NF EN1992-1-1 - France: Verifying a T concrete section - Inclined stress-strain diagram (Class XC3)708
5.89 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1 - France: Tie reinforcement .................................................................................. 710
5.90 NTC 2008 - Italy: Longitudinal reinforcement on a simply supported beam .............................................. 714
5.91 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1 - France: Reinforcement calculation on intermediate support on a continuous beam716
5.92 EC3 / CSN EN 1992-1-1 - Czech Republic: Verification of stresses in steel and concrete on simply
supported beam ................................................................................................................................................... 718
5.93 NTC 2008 - Italy: Verifying the shear resistance for a rectangular concrete beam with vertical transversal
reinforcement ....................................................................................................................................................... 722
5.94 NTC 2008 - Italy: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a uniformly distributed load ......... 725
5.95 EC2 / CSN EN 1992-1-1 - Czech Republic: Stresses and cracks verification for simple supported beam 729
6 GENERAL APPLICATIONS .............................................................................................. 735

6.1 Verifying the overlapping when a planar element is built in a hole (TTAD #13772).................................... 736
6.2 Verifying element creation using commas for coordinates (TTAD #11141) ................................................ 736
6.3 Modifying the "Design experts" properties for concrete linear elements (TTAD #12498) ........................... 736
6.4 Verifying the precision of linear and planar concrete covers (TTAD #12525) ............................................. 736
6.5 Defining the reinforced concrete design assumptions (TTAD #12354) ...................................................... 736
6.6 Creating system trees using the copy/paste commands (DEV2012 #1.5).................................................. 736
6.7 Changing the default material (TTAD #11870) ........................................................................................... 737
6.8 Verifying the appearance of the local x orientation legend (TTAD #11737) ............................................... 737
6.9 Creating system trees using the copy/paste commands (DEV2012 #1.5) .................................................. 737
6.10 Launching the verification of a model containing steel connections (TTAD #12100) ................................ 737
6.11 Creating a new Advance Design file using the "New" command from the "Standard" toolbar (TTAD
#12102) ................................................................................................................................................................ 737
6.12 Verifying the objects rename function (TTAD #12162) ............................................................................. 738
6.13 Generating liquid pressure on horizontal and vertical surfaces (TTAD #10724) ....................................... 738
6.14 Verifying 2 joined vertical elements with the clipping option enabled (TTAD #12238) .............................. 738
6.15 Importing a cross section from the Advance Steel profiles library (TTAD #11487) ................................... 738
6.16 Verifying the synthetic table by type of connection (TTAD #11422) .......................................................... 738
6.17 Verifying mesh, CAD and climatic forces - LPM meeting .......................................................................... 741
6.18 Creating and updating model views and post-processing views (TTAD #11552) ..................................... 741
6.19 Verifying material properties for C25/30 (TTAD #11617) .......................................................................... 741
6.20 Verifying geometry properties of elements with compound cross sections (TTAD #11601)...................... 741
XX
1 Finite Element Method
ADVANCE DESIGN USER GUIDE
1.1 Thin lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side (alpha = 15 °) (01-0008SDLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2440

Test status: Passed
1.1.1 Description
Verifies the eigen modes frequencies for a 10 mm thick lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side, subjected to its own
weight only.
1.1.2 Background
1.1.2.1 Model description

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLS 02/89;
■ Analysis type: modal analysis;
■ Element type: planar.
Thin lozenge-shaped plate fixed on one side Scale =1/10
01-0008SDLSB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Thickness: t = 0.01 m,
■ Side: a = 1 m,
■  = 15°
■ Points coordinates:
■ A(0;0;0)
■ B(a;0;0)
■ C ( 0.259a ; 0.966a ; 0 )
■ D ( 1.259a ; 0.966a ; 0 )
22
Materials properties
11
■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 Pa,
■ Poisson's ratio:  = 0.3,
Density:  = 7800 kg/m .
3
■
■ Outer: AB side fixed,

■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: None,
■ Internal: None.
1.1.2.2 Eigen modes frequencies function by  angle
Reference solution
M. V. Barton formula for a lozenge of side "a" leads to the frequencies:
1 Et 2
fj =  i2 where i = 1,2, or i = g().
2
2  a 2
12(1   2 )

 3.601
 8.872
M. V. Barton noted the sensitivity of the result relative to the mode and the  angle. He acknowledged that the i
values were determined with a limited development of an insufficient order, which led to consider a reference value
that is based on an experimental result, verified by an average of seven software that use the finite elements
calculation method.
Finite elements modeling

■ Planar element: plate, imposed mesh,
■ 961 nodes,
■ 900 surface quadrangles.
Eigen mode shapes
1.1.2.3 Theoretical results

Solver Result name Result description Reference value
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz] 8.999
23
1.1.3 Calculated results
Result name Result description Value Error

Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz] 8.95 Hz -0.54%
24
Test ID: 2441

Test status: Passed
1.2.1 Description
weight only.
1.2.2 Background

01-0009SDLSB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Side: a = 1 m,
■  = 30°
■ A(0;0;0)
■ B(a;0;0)
3
■ C ( 0.5a ; 2 a ; 0 )
25
3
■ D ( 1.5a ; 2 a ; 0 )
11
3
■

■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: None,
■ Internal: None.
1.2.2.2 Eigen mode frequencies relative to the  angle
Reference solution
1 Et 2
fj =  i2 where i = 1,2, or i = g().
2
2  a 2
12(1   2 )

 3.961
 10.19
calculation method.

■ 961 nodes,
Eigen mode shapes
26


27
1.3 Circular plate under uniform load (01-0003SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2435

Test status: Passed
1.3.1 Description
On a circular plate of 5 mm thickness and 2 m diameter, an uniform load, perpendicular on the plan of the plate, is
applied. The vertical displacement on the plate center is verified.
1.3.2 Background

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLS 03/89;
■ Analysis type: linear static;
Circular plate under uniform load Scale =1/10
01-0003SSLSB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Circular plate radius: r = 1m,
■ Circular plate thickness: h = 0.005 m.
11
■ Poisson's ratio:  = 0.3.
28
■ Outer: Plate fixed on the side (in all points of its perimeter),
For the modeling, we consider only a quarter of the plate and we impose symmetry conditions on some nodes
(see the following model; yz plane symmetry condition):translation restrained nodes along x and rotation
restrained nodes along y and z: translation restrained nodes along x and rotation restrained nodes along y and
z:
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: Uniform loads perpendicular on the plate: pZ = -1000 Pa,
■ Internal: None.
1.3.2.2 Vertical displacement of the model at the center of the plate
Reference solution
Circular plates form:
4 4
pr -1000 x 1 -3
u = 64D = 64 x 2404 = - 6.50 x 10 m
3 11 3
Eh 2.1 x 10 x 0.005
with the plate radius coefficient: D = 2 = 2
12(1-0.3 )
12(1- )
D = 2404

■ 70 nodes,
■ 58 planar elements.
Circular plate under uniform load Scale =1.5

Meshing 01-0003SSLSB_FEM
29
Deformed shape
Circular plate under uniform load Scale =1.5

Deformed 01-0003SSLSB_FEM

CM2 DZ Vertical displacement on the plate center [mm] -6.50

DZ Vertical displacement on the plate center [mm] -6.47032 mm 0.46%
30
1.4 Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow in plane (case 2) (01-0012SDLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2444

Test status: Passed
1.4.1 Description
Verifies the vibration modes of a thin piping elbow (1 m radius) extended by two straight elements of length L,
subjected to its self weight only.
1.4.2 Background

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SDLL 14/89;
■ Analysis type: modal analysis (plane problem);
■ Element type: linear.
Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow Scale = 1/11
Case 2 01-0012SDLLB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Average radius of curvature: OA = R = 1 m,
■ L = 0.6 m,
■ Straight circular hollow section:
■ Outer diameter de = 0.020 m,
■ Inner diameter di = 0.016 m,
-4 2
■ Section: A = 1.131 x 10 m ,
-9 4
■ Flexure moment of inertia relative to the y-axis: Iy = 4.637 x 10 m ,
-9 4
■ Flexure moment of inertia relative to z-axis: Iz = 4.637 x 10 m ,
31
-9 4
■ Polar inertia: Ip = 9.274 x 10 m .
■ Points coordinates (in m):
■ O(0;0;0)
■ A(0;R;0)
■ B(R;0;0)
■ C ( -L ; R ; 0 )
■ D ( R ; -L ; 0 )
11
3
■
■ Outer:
■ Fixed at points C and D
■ At A: translation restraint along y and z,
■ At B: translation restraint along x and z,
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: None,
■ Internal: None.
1.4.2.2 Eigen mode frequencies
Reference solution
The Rayleigh method applied to a thin curved beam is used to determine parameters such as:
■ in plane bending:
i
2
EI z
fj = where i = 1,2,
2  R 2
A

■ Linear element: beam,
■ 23 nodes,
■ 22 linear elements.
32
Eigen mode shapes

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode frequency in plane 1 [Hz] 94

Eigen mode frequency in plane 1 [Hz] 94.62 Hz 0.66%
33
Test ID: 2445

Test status: Passed
1.5.1 Description
Verifies the vibration modes of a thin piping elbow (1 m radius) extended by two straight elements of length L,
1.5.2 Background

Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Outer diameter: de = 0.020 m,
■ Inner diameter: di = 0.016 m,
-4 2
■ Section: A = 1.131 x 10 m ,
-9 4
-9 4
-9 4
■ O(0;0;0)
34
■ A(0;R;0)
■ B(R;0;0)
■ C ( -L ; R ; 0 )
■ D ( R ; -L ; 0 )
11
3
■
■ Outer:
■ Fixed at points C and Ds,
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: None,
■ Internal: None.
Reference solution
i
2
EI z
fj = where i = 1,2,
2  R 2
A

■ 41 nodes,
35
Eigen mode shapes

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode frequency in plane 1 [Hz] 25.300
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode frequency in plane 2 [Hz] 27.000

Eigen mode frequency in plane 1 [Hz] 24.96 Hz -1.34%
Eigen mode frequency in plane 2 [Hz] 26.71 Hz -1.07%
36
Test ID: 2439

Test status: Passed
1.6.1 Description
weight only.
1.6.2 Background

01-0007SDLSB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Side: a = 1 m,
■  = 0°
■ A(0;0;0)
■ B(a;0;0)
■ C(0;a;0)
■ D(a;a;0)
37
11
3
■

■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: None,
■ Internal: None.
Reference solution
M. V. Barton formula for a side "a" lozenge, leads to the frequencies:
1 Et 2
fj =  i2 where i = 1,2, and i = g().
2
2  a 2
12(1   2 )

 3.492
 8.525
M.V. Barton noted the sensitivity of the result relative to the mode and the  angle. He acknowledged that the i
calculation method.

■ 61 nodes,
Eigen mode shapes

38

39
Test ID: 2443

Test status: Passed
1.7.1 Description
Verifies the vibration modes of a thin piping elbow (1 m radius) with fixed ends and subjected to its self weight only.
1.7.2 Background

Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow in plane Scale = 1/7
Units
I. S.
Geometry
-4 2
■ Section: A = 1.131 x 10 m ,
-9 4
-9 4
-9 4
40

■ O(0;0;0)
■ A(0;R;0)
■ B(R;0;0)
11
3
■
■ Outer: Fixed at points A and B ,

■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: None,
■ Internal: None.
Reference solution
i
2
EI z
fj = where i = 1,2,
2  R 2
A

■ 11 nodes,
Eigen mode shapes

41

42
1.8 System of two bars with three hinges (01-0002SSLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2434

Test status: Passed
1.8.1 Description
On a system of two bars (AC and BC) with three hinges, a punctual load in applied in point C. The vertical
displacement in point C and the tensile stress on the bars are verified.
1.8.2 Background

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLL 09/89;
Effel2001- Structure- 10.1
System of two bars with three hinges S y s t è m e d e d

Scale =1/33
e u x b a r r e s à t r o is r o t u le s
E ch= 1/33
0002SSLLB_FEM 0 1 - 0 0 0 2 S S L L B _ M E F
3 0 °
3 0 °
4 . 5 0 0 m
4 . 5 0 0 m
Z X
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Bars angle relative to horizontal:  = 30°,
■ Bars length: l = 4.5 m,
-4 2
■ Bar section: A = 3 x 10 m .
11
■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 Pa.
43
■ Outer: Hinged in A and B,

■ Inner: Hinge on C
Loading
3
■ External: Punctual load in C: F = -21 x 10 N.
■ Internal: None.
1.8.2.2 Displacement of the model in C
Reference solution
-3
uc = -3 x 10 m

■ Linear element: beam, imposed mesh,
■ 21 nodes,
Displacement shape
System of two bars with three hinges Scale =1/33

Displacement in C 0002SSLLB_FEM
1.8.2.3 Bars stresses
Reference solutions
AC bar = 70 MPa
BC bar = 70 MPa

■ 21 nodes,
44
1.8.2.4 Shape of the stress diagram

System of two bars with three hinges Scale =1/34
Bars stresses 0002SSLLB_FEM

CM2 DZ Vertical displacement in point C [cm] -0.30
CM2 Sxx Tensile stress on AC bar [MPa] 70
CM2 Sxx Tensile stress on BC bar [MPa] 70

DZ Vertical displacement in point C [cm] -0.299954 cm 0.02%
Sxx Tensile stress on AC bar [MPa] 69.9998 MPa 0.00%
Sxx Tensile stress on BC bar [MPa] 69.9998 MPa 0.00%
45
1.9 Thin circular ring fixed in two points (01-0006SDLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2438

Test status: Passed
1.9.1 Description
Verifies the first eigen modes frequencies for a thin circular ring fixed in two points, subjected to its own weight only.
1.9.2 Background

■ Analysis type: modal analysis, plane problem;
Thin circular ring fixed in two points Scale =1/2
01-0006SDLLB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Average radius of curvature: OA = OB = R = 0.1 m,
■ Angular spacing between points A and B: 120° ;
■ Rectangular straight section:
■ Thickness: h = 0.005 m,
■ Width: b = 0.010 m,
-5 2
■ Section: A = 5 x 10 m ,
-10 4
■ Flexure moment of inertia relative to the vertical axis: I = 1.042 x 10 m ,
■ Point coordinates:
■ O (0 ;0),
46
■ A (-0.05 3 ; -0.05),
■ B (0.05 3 ; -0.05).
10
■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 7.2 x 10 Pa
3
■
■ Outer: Fixed at A and B,

■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: None,
■ Internal: None.
Reference solutions
The deformation of the fixed ring is calculated from the deformations of the free-free thin ring
■ Symmetrical mode:
■ u’i = i cos(i)
■ v’i = sin (i)
2
1-i
■ ’i = R sin (i)
■ Antisymmetrical mode:
■ u’i = i sin(i)
■ v’i = -cos (i)
2
1-i
■ ’i = R cos (i)
From Green’s method results:
1 h E
fj = j  with a support angle of 120°.
2 R 2 12
i 1 2 3 4
Symmetrical mode 4.8497 14.7614 23.6157
Antisymmetrical mode 1.9832 9.3204 11.8490 21.5545

■ Linear element: beam, without meshing,
■ 32 nodes,
47
Eigen mode shapes
48
1.9.2.3 Theoretic results

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 1 frequency - 1 antisymmetric 1 [Hz] 235.3
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 2 frequency - 2 symmetric 1 [Hz] 575.3
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 6 frequency - 6 antisymmetric 4 [Hz] 2557

Eigen mode 1 frequency - 1 antisymmetric 1 [Hz] 236.32 Hz 0.43%
Eigen mode 2 frequency - 2 symmetric 1 [Hz] 578.52 Hz 0.56%
Eigen mode 5 frequency - 5 symmetric 2 [Hz] 1760 Hz 0.51%
Eigen mode 7 frequency - 7 symmetric 3 [Hz] 2777.43 Hz -0.86%
49
Test ID: 2442

Test status: Passed
1.10.1 Description
weight only.
1.10.2 Background

01-0010SDLSB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Side: a = 1 m,
■  = 45°
■ A(0;0;0)
■ B(a;0;0)
2 2
■ C( a; a;0)
2 2
50
2 2 2
■ D( a; a;0)
2 2
11
3
■

■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: None,
■ Internal: None.
Reference solution
1 Et 2
fj =  i2 where i = 1,2, or i = g().
2
2  a 2 12(1   2 )


  4.4502
 10.56
calculation method.

■ 961 nodes,
51
Eigen mode shapes


Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz] 11.31 Hz 1.70%
52
1.11 Double fixed beam (01-0016SDLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2448

Test status: Passed
1.11.1 Description
Verifies the eigen modes frequencies and the vertical displacement on the middle of a beam consisting of eight
elements of length "l", having identical characteristics. A punctual load of -50000 N is applied.
1.11.2 Background

■ Reference: internal GRAITEC test (beams theory);
■ Analysis type: static linear, modal analysis;
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Length: l = 16 m,
2
■ Axial section: S=0.06 m
4
■ Inertia I = 0.0001 m
11 2
■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 N/m ,
Density:  = 7850 kg/m
3
■
■ Outer: Fixed at both ends x = 0 and x = 8 m,

■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: Punctual load P = -50000 N at x = 4m,
■ Internal: None.
53
1.11.2.2 Displacement of the model in the linear elastic range
Reference solution
The reference vertical displacement v5, is calculated at the middle of the beam at x = 2 m.
Pl 3 50000  16 3
v5    0.05079 m
192EI 192  2.1E11 0.0001

■ 9 nodes,
■ 8 elements.
Deformed shape
Double fixed beam

Deformed
1.11.2.3 Eigen mode frequencies of the model in the linear elastic range
Reference solution
Knowing that the first four eigen mode frequencies of a double fixed beam are given by the following formula:
  12  22.37  f1 = 2.937 Hz
 2
2
E.I  2  61.67  f 2 = 8.095 Hz
fn  n
where for the first 4 eigen modes frequencies 
2. .L2 .S  3
2
 120.9  f 3 = 15.871Hz
 2
 4  199.8  f 4 = 26.228 Hz

■ 9 nodes,
■ 8 elements.
54
Modal deformations
Double fixed beam

Mode 1
Double fixed beam

Mode 2
Double fixed beam

Mode 3
55
Double fixed beam

Mode 4

CM2 Dz Vertical displacement on the middle of the beam [m] -0.05079

Dz Vertical displacement on the middle of the beam [m] -0.0507937 m -0.01%
56
1.12 Short beam on simple supports (on the neutral axis) (01-0017SDLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2449

Test status: Passed
1.12.1 Description
Verifies the first eigen mode frequencies of a short beam on simple supports (the supports are located on the neutral
axis), subjected to its own weight only.
1.12.2 Background

Short beam on simple supports on the neutral axis Scale = 1/6
01-0017SDLLB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.2 m,
■ Width: b = 0.1 m,
-2 4
-5 4
■ Flexure moment of inertia relative to z-axis: Iz = 6.667 x 10 m .
11
3
■
57
■ Outer:
■ Hinged at A (null horizontal and vertical displacements),
■ Simple support in B.
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: None.
■ Internal: None.
1.12.2.1 Eigen modes frequencies
Reference solution
The bending beams equation gives, when superimposing, the effects of simple bending, shear force deformations
and rotation inertia, Timoshenko formula.
The reference eigen modes frequencies are determined by a numerical simulation of this equation, independent of
any software.
The eigen frequencies in tension-compression are given by:
i E ( 2i  1)
fi =  where i =
2l  2

■ Linear element: S beam, imposed mesh,
■ 10 nodes,
58
Eigen mode shapes

59

60
1.13 Rectangular thin plate simply supported on its perimeter (01-0020SDLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2452

Test status: Passed
1.13.1 Description
Verifies the first eigen mode frequencies of a thin rectangular plate simply supported on its perimeter.
1.13.2 Background

Rectangular thin plate simply supported on its perimeter Scale = 1/8
01-0020SDLSB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Length: a = 1.5 m,
■ Width: b = 1 m,
■ Points coordinates in m:
■ A (0 ;0 ;0)
■ B (0 ;1.5 ;0)
■ C (1 ;1.5 ;0)
■ D (1 ;0 ;0)
61
11
3
■
■ Outer:
■ Simple support on all sides,
■ For the modeling: hinged at A, B and D.
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: None.
■ Internal: None.
Reference solution
M. V. Barton formula for a rectangular plate with supports on all four sides, leads to:
 i 2 j 2 Et 2
fij = [( ) +( ) ]
2 a b 12(1   2 )
where:
i = number of half-length of wave along y ( dimension a)
j = number of half-length of wave along x ( dimension b)

■ Planar element: shell,
■ 496 nodes,
Eigen mode shapes
62

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode “i" - “j” frequency, for i = 1; j = 1. [Hz] 35.63
Result Result description Value Error

name
Eigen mode "i" - "j" frequency, for i = 1; j = 1 (Mode 1) [Hz] 35.58 Hz -0.14%
Eigen mode "i" - "j" frequency, for i = 1; j = 2 (Mode 3) [Hz] 109.98 Hz 0.33%
63
1.14 Cantilever beam in Eulerian buckling (01-0021SFLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2453

Test status: Passed
1.14.1 Description
Verifies the critical load result on node 5 of a cantilever beam in Eulerian buckling. A punctual load of -100000 is
applied.
1.14.2 Background

■ Reference: internal GRAITEC test (Euler theory);
■ Analysis type: Eulerian buckling;
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ L= 10 m
2
■ S=0.01 m
4
■ I = 0.0002 m
10 2
■ Outer: Fixed at end x = 0,

■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: Punctual load P = -100000 N at x = L,
■ Internal: None.
64
1.14.2.2 Critical load on node 5
Reference solution
The reference critical load established by Euler is:
 2EI 98696
Pcritique  2
 98696 N     0.98696
4L 100000

■ Planar element: beam, imposed mesh,
■ 5 nodes,
■ 4 elements.
Deformed shape

CM2 Fx Critical load on node 5. [N] -98696

Fx Critical load on node 5 (mode 1) [N] -100000 N -1.32%
65
1.15 Double fixed beam with a spring at mid span (01-0015SSLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2447

Test status: Passed
1.15.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement on the middle of a beam consisting of four elements of length "l", having identical
characteristics. A punctual load of -10000 N is applied.
1.15.2 Background

■ Reference: internal GRAITEC test;
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ = 1 m
2
■ S = 0.01 m
4
■ I = 0.0001 m
11
■ Outer:
■ Fixed at ends x = 0 and x = 4 m,
■ Elastic support with k = EI/ rigidity
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: Punctual load P = -10000 N at x = 2m,
■ Internal: None.
66
Reference solution
The reference vertical displacement v3, is calculated at the middle of the beam at x = 2 m.
Rigidity matrix of a plane beam:
 ES ES 
  0 0 - 0 0 

 12EI 6EI 12EI 6EI 
 0 0  
 3 2 3 2 
 6EI 4EI 6EI 2EI 
 0 0  2 
K e    ES 2 
ES
  
 0 0 0 0 
  l 
 12EI 6EI 12EI 6EI 
 0   0  2 
 3 2 3  
 0 6EI 2EI 6EI 4EI 
0  2
 2    
Given the symmetry / X and load of the structure, it is unnecessary to consider the degrees of freedom associated
with normal work (u2, u3, u4).
The same symmetry allows the deduction of:
■ v2 = v4
■ 2 = -4
■ 3 = 0
 12 6 12 6 
 3  
2 3 2
 6 4 6 2 
 2  2 
     
 12 6 24 12 6   v1   R1 
 3  2
 3
0 
3 2     M 
 6  1   1 
 2 2
0
8 6
 2
2  v 2   0  1
         
 12 6  24 1  12 6   2   0  2
   2  3   0   v 3   P  3 
EI  3    3 2     
 6 2
0
8
 2
6 2  3   0  4 
 2      v   0  5 
 6   
4

 4   0  6 
12 6 24 12
   2 0   
 3  3 3    
2

 6 2 8 6 2  v 5   R5 
 0  2
2      5   M5 
 12 6 12 6
   2  2
 3  3  
 6 2
 2
6 4 
 2    
67
The elementary rigidity matrix of the spring in its local axis system, k 5  
EI  1  1 (U 3 ) must be expressed in
  ,
  1 1  (U 6 )
the global axis system by means of the rotation matrix (90° rotation):
0 0 0 0 0 0 u 3 
 
0 1 0 0  1 0 v 3 
 0 0  3 
K 5   EI 0 0 0 0

 0 0 0 0 0 0 u 6 
0  1 0 0 1 0 v 6 
 
0 0 0 0 0 0  6 
6 2 8 3
 v 3  3  4  0  4   v 3
2
  4
12 6 24
  v 3  2  3  3 v 4  0  2v 4  v 3
3
 
6 2 8 6 2
 v   2   3  2 v4   4  0  v4  v2 (usually unnecessary)
2 2
   
(3)   12 v 2  6  2   24  1 v 3  12 v 4  6  4   P  v 3   P
3
 0.11905 10 03 m
3
2

3
 3
2
EI  
3  l EI
2

■ 6 nodes,
■ 4 linear elements + 1 spring,
Deformed shape
Double fixed beam with a spring at mid span

Deformed
Note: the displacement is expressed here in m

CM2 Dz Vertical displacement on the middle of the beam [mm] -0.11905

Dz Vertical displacement on the middle of the beam -0.119048 0.00%
[mm] mm
68
1.16 Thin square plate fixed on one side (01-0019SDLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2451

Test status: Passed
1.16.1 Description
Verifies the first eigen modes frequencies of a thin square plate fixed on one side.
1.16.2 Background

Thin square plate fixed on one side Scale = 1/6
01-0019SDLSB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Side: a = 1 m,
■ Thickness: t = 1 m,
■ A (0 ;0 ;0)
■ B (1 ;0 ;0)
■ C (1 ;1 ;0)
■ D (0 ;1 ;0)
69
11
3
■
Boundary conditions
■ Outer: Edge AD fixed.
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: None.
■ Internal: None.
Reference solution
M. V. Barton formula for a square plate with side "a", leads to:
1 Et 2
i
2
fj = where i = 1,2, . . .
2  a 2 12(1   2 )
i 1 2 3 4 5 6
i 3.492 8.525 21.43 27.33 31.11 54.44

■ 959 nodes,
Eigen mode shapes
Thin square plate fixed on one side

Mode 1
70

Mode 2

Mode 3

1.16.3
71

72
1.17 Bending effects of a symmetrical portal frame (01-0023SDLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2455

Test status: Passed
1.17.1 Description
Verifies the first eigen mode frequencies of a symmetrical portal frame with fixed supports.
1.17.2 Background

Bending effects of a symmetrical portal frame Scale = 1/5
01-0023SDLLB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Straight rectangular sections for beams and columns:
■ Width: b = 0.029 m,
-4 2
■ Section: A = 1.392 x 10 m ,
-10 4
A B C D E F
x -0.30 0.30 -0.30 0.30 -0.30 0.30
y 0 0 0.36 0.36 0.81 0.81
73
11
3
■

■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: None.
■ Internal: None.
Reference solution
Dynamic radius method (slender beams theory).

■ 60 nodes,
Deformed shape
Bending effects of a symmetrical portal frame Scale = 1/7

Mode 13
74

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 1 antisymmetric frequency [Hz] 8.8
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 3 symmetric frequency [Hz] 43.8
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 10 antisymmetric frequency [Hz] 206
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 12 antisymmetric frequency [Hz] 320
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 13 symmetric frequency [Hz] 335

Eigen mode 1 antisymmetric frequency [Hz] 8.78 Hz -0.23%
Eigen mode 2 antisymmetric frequency [Hz] 29.43 Hz 0.10%
Eigen mode 3 symmetric frequency [Hz] 43.85 Hz 0.11%
Eigen mode 13 symmetric frequency [Hz] 334.96 Hz -0.01%
75
1.18 Slender beam on two fixed supports (01-0024SSLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2456

Test status: Passed
1.18.1 Description
A straight slender beam with fixed ends is loaded with a uniform load, several punctual loads and a torque. The shear
force, bending moment, vertical displacement and horizontal reaction are verified.
1.18.2 Background

Slender beam on two fixed supports Scale = 1/4
01-0024SSLLB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Length: L = 1 m,
-8 4
■ Beam inertia: I = 1.7 x 10 m .
11
■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 Pa.
■ Inner: None.
76
Loading
■ External:
■ Uniformly distributed load from A to B: py = p = -24000 N/m,
■ Punctual load at D: Fx = F1 = 30000 N,
■ Torque at D: Cz = C = -3000 Nm,
■ Punctual load at E: Fx = F2 = 10000 N,
■ Punctual load at E: Fy = F = -20000 N.
■ Internal: None.
1.18.2.2 Shear force at G
Reference solution
Analytical solution:
■ Shear force at G: VG
C
VG = 0.216F – 1.26
L

■ 5 nodes,
77
Results shape

Shear force
1.18.2.3 Bending moment in G
Reference solution
■ Bending moment at G: MG
2
pL
MG = 24 - 0.045LF – 0.3C

■ 5 nodes,
78
Results shape

Bending moment
1.18.2.4 Vertical displacement at G
Reference solution
■ Vertical displacement at G: vG
4 3 2
pl 0.003375FL 0.015CL
vG = 384EI + EI + EI

■ 5 nodes,
79
Results shape

Deformed
1.18.2.5 Horizontal reaction at A
Reference solution
■ Horizontal reaction at A: HA
HA = -0.7F1 –0.3F2

■ 5 nodes,

CM2 Fz Shear force in point G. [N] -540
CM2 My Bending moment in point G. [Nm] -2800
CM2 Dz Vertical displacement in point G. [cm] -4.90
CM2 Fx Horizontal reaction in point A. [N] 24000

Fz Shear force in point G [N] -540 N 0.00%
My Bending moment in point G [Nm] -2800 N*m 0.00%
DZ Vertical displacement in point G [cm] -4.90485 cm -0.10%
80
Fx Horizontal reaction in point A [N] 24000 N 0.00%
81
1.19 Slender beam on three supports (01-0025SSLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2457

Test status: Passed
1.19.1 Description
A straight slender beam on three supports is loaded with two punctual loads. The bending moment, vertical
displacement and reaction on the center are verified.
1.19.2 Background

■ Analysis type: static (plane problem);
Slender beam on three supports Scale = 1/49
01-0025SSLLB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
-4 4
■ Beam inertia: I = 6.3 x 10 m .
82
11
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 Pa.
■ Outer:
■ Hinged at A,
6
■ Elastic support at B (Ky = 2.1 x 10 N/m),
■ Simple support at C.
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: 2 punctual loads F = Fy = -42000N.
■ Internal: None.
1.19.2.2 Bending moment at B
Reference solution
The resolution of the hyperstatic system of the slender beam leads to:
6EI
k=
L 3Ky
■ Bending moment at B: MB
L ( 6  2k )F
MB = ±
2 (8  k )

■ 5 nodes,
83
Results shape
Slender beam on three supports Scale = 1/49

Bending moment
1.19.2.3 Reaction in B
Reference solution
■ Compression force in the spring: VB
-11F
VB = 8 + k

■ 5 nodes,
1.19.2.4 Vertical displacement at B
Reference solution
■ Deflection at the spring location: vB
11F
vB = Ky(8 + k)

■ 5 nodes,
84
Results shape
Slender beam on three supports

Deformed

CM2 My Bending moment in point B. [Nm] -63000
CM2 DZ Vertical displacement in point B. [cm] -1.00
CM2 Fz Reaction in point B. [N] -21000

My Bending moment in point B [Nm] -63000 N*m 0.00%
DZ Vertical displacement in point B [cm] -1 cm 0.00%
Fz Reaction in point B [N] -21000 N 0.00%
85
1.20 Thin circular ring hanged on an elastic element (01-0014SDLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2446

Test status: Passed
1.20.1 Description
Verifies the first eigen modes frequencies of a circular ring hanged on an elastic element, subjected to its self weight
only.
1.20.2 Background

■ Analysis type: modal analysis, plane problem;
Thin circular ring hang from an elastic element Scale = 1/1
01-0014SDLLB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Average radius of curvature: OB = R = 0.1 m,
■ Length of elastic element: AB = 0.0275 m ;
■ Straight rectangular section:
■ Ring
86
Thickness: h = 0.005 m,
Width: b = 0.010 m,
-5 2
Section: A = 5 x 10 m ,
-10 4
Flexure moment of relative to the vertical axis: I = 1.042 x 10 m,
■ Elastic element
Thickness: h = 0.003 m,
Width: b = 0.010 m,
-5 2
Section: A = 3 x 10 m ,
-11 4
Flexure moment of inertia relative to the vertical axis: I = 2.25 x 10 m,
■ O ( 0 ; 0 ),
■ A ( 0 ; -0.0725 ),
■ B ( 0 ; -0.1 ).
10
3
■
■ Outer: Fixed in A,
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: None,
■ Internal: None.
Reference solutions
The reference solution was established from experimental results of a mass manufactured aluminum ring.

■ 43 nodes,
Eigen mode shapes
87

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 1 Asymmetrical frequency [Hz] 28.80
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 2 Symmetrical frequency [Hz] 189.30
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode 5 Symmetrical frequency [Hz] 682.00
Result Result description Value Error

name
Eigen mode 1 Asymmetrical frequency [Hz] 28.81 Hz 0.03%
Eigen mode 2 Symmetrical frequency [Hz] 189.69 Hz 0.21%
Eigen mode 5 Symmetrical frequency [Hz] 683.9 Hz 0.28%
88
1.21 Short beam on simple supports (eccentric) (01-0018SDLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2450

Test status: Passed
1.21.1 Description
Verifies the first eigen mode frequencies of a short beam on simple supports (the supports are eccentric relative to
the neutral axis).
1.21.2 Background

■ Analysis type: modal analysis, (plane problem);
Short beam on simple supports (eccentric) Scale = 1/5
01-0018SDLLB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.2m,
■ Width: b = 0.1 m,
-2 4
-5 4
■ Flexure moment of inertia relative to z-axis: Iz = 6.667 x 10 m .
11
89

3
■
■ Outer:
■ Hinged at A (null horizontal and vertical displacements),
■ Simple support at B.
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: None.
■ Internal: None.
Reference solution
The problem has no analytical solution, the solution is determined by averaging several software: Timoshenko model
with shear force deformation effects and rotation inertia. The bending modes and the traction-compression are
coupled.

■ Linear element: S beam, imposed mesh,
■ 10 nodes,
90
Eigen modes shape
Short beam on simple supports (eccentric)

Mode 1

Mode 2

Mode 3
91

Mode 4

Mode 5

92

93
1.22 Annular thin plate fixed on a hub (repetitive circular structure) (01-0022SDLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2454

Test status: Passed
1.22.1 Description
Verifies the eigen mode frequencies of a thin annular plate fixed on a hub.
1.22.2 Background

■ Element type: planar element.
Annular thin plate fixed on a hub (repetitive circular structure) Scale = 1/3
01-0022SDLSB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Inner radius: Ri = 0.1 m,
■ Outer radius: Re = 0.2 m,
■ Thickness: t = 0.001 m.
Material properties
11
■ Density:  = 7800 kg/m3.
94
■ Outer: Fixed on a hub at any point r = Ri.

■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: None.
■ Internal: None.
Reference solution
The solution of determining the frequency based on Bessel functions leads to the following formula:
2
1 Et
2 ij
2
fij = 2
2Re 12(1- )
where:
i = the number of nodal diameters
j = the number of nodal circles
ij
2
and such as:
j \ i 0 1 2 3
0 13.0 13.3 14.7 18.5
1 85.1 86.7 91.7 100

■ Planar element: plate,
■ 360 nodes,


Eigen mode “i" - “j” frequency, for i = 2; j = 1 (Mode 22) [Hz] 555.51 Hz -0.64%
95
96
1.23 Fixed thin arc in out of plane bending (01-0028SSLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2460

Test status: Passed
1.23.1 Description
An arc of a circle fixed at one end is loaded with a punctual force at its free end, perpendicular to the plane. The out
of plane displacement, torsion moment and bending moment are verified.
1.23.2 Background

■ Analysis type: static linear;
Fixed thin arc in out of plane bending Scale = 1/6
01-0028SSLLB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Medium radius: R = 1 m ,
■ Circular hollow section:
■ de = 0.02 m,
■ di = 0.016 m,
-4 2
■ A = 1.131 x 10 m ,
-9 4
■ Ix = 4.637 x 10 m .
97
11
■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2 x 10 Pa,
■ Outer: Fixed at A.
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: Punctual force in B perpendicular on the plane: F z = F = 100 N.
■ Internal: None.
1.23.2.2 Displacements at B
Reference solution
Displacement out of plane at point B:
FR  EIx 3
3
uB = EI [ 4 + K ( 4 - 2)]
x T
where KT is the torsional rigidity for a circular section (torsion constant is 2I x).
FR 
3
EIx 3
KT = 2GIx =  uB = EI [ 4 + (1 + ) ( 4 - 2)]
1+ x

■ 46 nodes,
1.23.2.3 Moments at  = 15°
Reference solution
■ Torsion moment: Mx’ = Mt = FR(1 - sin)
■ Bending moment: Mz’ = Mf = -FRcos

■ 46 nodes,

CM2 D Displacement out of plane in point B [m] 0.13462
CM2 Mx Torsion moment in  = 15° [Nm] 74.1180
CM2 Mz Bending moment in  = 15° [Nm] -96.5925

Displacement out of plane in point B [m] 0.135156 m 0.40%
Mx Torsion moment in Theta = 15° [Nm] 74.103 N*m -0.02%
Mz Bending moment in Theta = 15° [Nm] 96.5925 N*m 0.00%
98
1.24 Double hinged thin arc in planar bending (01-0029SSLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2461

Test status: Passed
1.24.1 Description
Verifies the rotation about Z-axis, the vertical displacement and the horizontal displacement on several points of a
double hinged thin arc in planar bending.
1.24.2 Background

■ Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Double hinged thin arc in planar bending Scale = 1/8
01-0029SSLLB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ de = 0.02 m,
■ di = 0.016 m,
-4 2
■ A = 1.131 x 10 m ,
-9 4
■ Ix = 4.637 x 10 m .
99
11
■ Outer:
■ Hinge at A,
■ At B: allowed rotation along z, vertical displacement restrained along y.
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: Punctual load at C: Fy = F = - 100 N.
■ Internal: None.
1.24.2.2 Displacements at A, B and C
Reference solution
■ Rotation about z-axis
 FR2
A = - B = ( 2 - 1) 2EI
■ Displacement;
 FR
3
3 FR
Vertical at C: vC = 8 EA + ( 4 - 2) 2EI
3
FR FR
Horizontal at B: uB = 2EA - 2EI

■ 37 nodes,
100
Displacements shape
Fixed thin arc in planar bending Scale = 1/11

Deformed

CM2 RY Rotation about Z-axis in point A [rad] 0.030774
CM2 RY Rotation about Z-axis in point B [rad] -0.030774
CM2 DZ Vertical displacement in point C [cm] -1.9206
CM2 DX Horizontal displacement in point B [cm] 5.3912

RY Rotation about Z-axis in point A [rad] 0.0307785 Rad 0.01%
RY Rotation about Z-axis in point B [rad] -0.0307785 Rad -0.01%
DZ Vertical displacement in point C [cm] -1.92019 cm 0.02%
DX Horizontal displacement in point B [cm] 5.386 cm -0.10%
101
1.25 Beam on elastic soil, free ends (01-0032SSLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2464

Test status: Passed
1.25.1 Description
A beam under 3 punctual loads lays on a soil of constant linear stiffness. The bending moment, vertical displacement
and rotation about z-axis on several points of the beam are verified.
1.25.2 Background

Beam on elastic soil, free ends Scale = 1/21
01-0032SSLLB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ L = ( 10 )/2,
-4 4
■ I = 10 m .
102
11
■ Outer:
■ Free A and B extremities,
■ Constant linear stiffness of soil ky = K = 840000 N/m2.
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: Punctual load at A, C and B: Fy = F = - 10000 N.
■ Internal: None.
1.25.2.2 Bending moment and displacement at C
Reference solution
4
= K/(4EI)
 = L/2
 = sh (2) + sin (2)
■ Bending moment:
MC = (F/(4))(ch(2) - cos (2) – 8sh()sin())/
■ Vertical displacement:
vC = - (F/(2K))( ch(2) + cos (2) + 8ch()cos() + 2)/

■ 72 nodes,
103
Bending moment diagram
Beam on elastic soil, free ends Scale = 1/20

Bending moment
1.25.2.3 Displacements at A
Reference solution
vA = (2F/K)( ch()cos() + ch(2) + cos(2))/
■ Rotation about z-axis
A = (-2F /K)( sh()cos() - sin()ch() + sh(2) - sin(2))/
2

■ 72 nodes,
■ 71 linear elements

CM2 My Bending moment in point C [Nm] 5759
CM2 Dz Vertical displacement in point C [m] -0.006844
CM2 Dz Vertical displacement in point A [m] -0.007854
CM2 RY Rotation  about z-axis in point A [rad] -0.000706

My Bending moment in point C [Nm] 5779.54 N*m 0.36%
Dz Vertical displacement in point C [m] -0.00684369 m 0.00%
Dz Vertical displacement in point A [m] -0.00786073 m -0.09%
104
RY Rotation Theta about z-axis in point A [rad] -0.000707427 Rad -0.20%
105
1.26 EDF Pylon (01-0033SFLLA_FEM)
Test ID: 2465

Test status: Passed
1.26.1 Description
Verifies the displacement at the top of an EDF Pylon and the dominating buckling results. Three punctual loads
corresponding to wind loads are applied on the main arms, on the upper arm and on the lower horizontal frames of
the pylon.
1.26.2 Background

■ Reference: Internal GRAITEC test;
■ Analysis type: static linear, Eulerian buckling;
■ Element type: linear
Units
I. S.
Geometry
11
■ Outer:
■ Hinged support,
■ For the modeling, a fixed restraint and 4 beams were added at the pylon supports level.
■ Inner: None.
106
Loading
■ External:
Punctual loads corresponding to a wind load.
■ FX = 165550 N, FY = - 1240 N, FZ = - 58720 N on the main arms,
■ FX = 50250 N, FY = - 1080 N, FZ = - 12780 N on the upper arm,
■ FX = 11760 N, FY = 0 N, FZ = 0 N on the lower horizontal frames
■ Internal: None.
Reference solution
107
Software ANSYS 5.3 NE/NASTRAN 7.0

Max deflection (m) 0.714 0.714
 dominating mode 2.77 2.77

■ 402 nodes,
■ 1034 elements.
Deformed shape
108
Buckling modal deformation (dominating mode)

CM2 D Displacement at the top of the pylon [m] 0.714
CM2 Dominating buckling - critical , mode 4 [Hz] 2.77

D Displacement at the top of the pylon [m] 0.71254 m -0.20%
Dominating buckling - critical Lambda - mode 4 [Hz] 2.83 Hz 2.17%
109
1.27 Fixed thin arc in planar bending (01-0027SSLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2459

Test status: Passed
1.27.1 Description
Arc of a circle fixed at one end, subjected to two punctual loads and a torque at its free end. The horizontal
displacement, vertical displacement and rotation about Z-axis are verified.
1.27.2 Background

01-0027SSLLB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ de = 0.02 m,
■ di = 0.016 m,
-4 2
■ A = 1.131 x 10 m ,
-9 4
■ Ix = 4.637 x 10 m .
110
11
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2 x 10 Pa.
■ Outer: Fixed in A.
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External:
At B:
■ punctual load F1 = Fx = 10 N,
■ punctual load F2 = Fy = 5 N,
■ bending moment about Oz, Mz = 8 Nm.
■ Internal: None.
1.27.2.2 Displacements at B
Reference solution
At point B:
2
R
■ displacement parallel to Ox: u = 4EI [F1R + 2F2R + 4Mz]
2
R
■ displacement parallel to Oy: v = 4EI [2F1R + (3 - 8)F2R + 2( - 2)Mz]
R
■ rotation around Oz:  = 4EI [4F1R + 2( - 2)F2R + 2Mz]

■ 31 nodes,
111
Results shape

Deformed

CM2 DX Horizontal displacement in point B [m] 0.3791
CM2 DZ Vertical displacement in point B [m] 0.2417
CM2 RY Rotation about Z-axis in point B [rad] -0.1654

DX Horizontal displacement in point B [m] 0.378914 m -0.05%
DZ Vertical displacement in point B [m] 0.241738 m 0.02%
RY Rotation about Z-axis in point B [rad] -0.165362 Rad 0.02%
112
1.28 Truss with hinged bars under a punctual load (01-0031SSLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2463

Test status: Passed
1.28.1 Description
Verifies the horizontal and the vertical displacement in several points of a truss with hinged bars, subjected to a
punctual load.
1.28.2 Background


Truss with hinged bars under a punctual load Scale = 1/10
01-0031SSLLB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
2
Elements Length (m) Area (m )
-4
AC 0.5 2 2 x 10
-4
CB 0.5 2 2 x 10
-4
CD 2.5 1 x 10
-4
BD 2 1 x 10
113
11
■ Outer: Hinge at A and B,
■ Inner: None.
Loading
3
■ External: Punctual force at D: Fy = F = - 9.81 x 10 N.
■ Internal: None.
1.28.2.2 Displacements at C and D
Reference solution
Displacement method.

■ 4 nodes,
Displacements shape
Truss with hinged bars under a punctual load Scale = 1/9
Deformed
114

CM2 DX Horizontal displacement in point C [mm] 0.26517
CM2 DX Horizontal displacement in point D [mm] 3.47902
CM2 DZ Vertical displacement in point C [mm] 0.08839
CM2 DZ Vertical displacement in point D [mm] -5.60084

DX Horizontal displacement in point C [mm] 0.264693 mm -0.18%
DX Horizontal displacement in point D [mm] 3.47531 mm -0.11%
DZ Vertical displacement in point C [mm] 0.0881705 mm -0.25%
DZ Vertical displacement in point D [mm] -5.595 mm 0.10%
115
1.29 Simply supported square plate (01-0036SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2467

Test status: Passed
1.29.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement in the center of a simply supported square plate.
1.29.2 Background

Simply supported square plate Scale = 1/9
01-0036SSLSB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Side = 1 m,
■ Thickness h = 0.01m.
11
3
■
116
■ Outer:
■ Simple support on the plate perimeter,
■ For the modeling, we add a fixed support at B.
■ Inner: None.
Loading
2
■ External: Self weight (gravity = 9.81 m/s ).
■ Internal: None.
1.29.2.2 Vertical displacement at O
Reference solution
According to Love- Kirchhoff hypothesis, the displacement w at a point (x,y):
w(x,y) =  wmnsinmxsinny
192g(1 -  )
2
where wmn = 2 2 6 2
mn(m + n ) Eh

■ 441 nodes,
Deformed shape
Simply supported square plate Scale = 1/6
Deformed

CM2 Dz Vertical displacement in point O [m] -0.158
117

Dz Vertical displacement in point O [µm] -0.164901 µm -4.37%
118
1.30 Caisson beam in torsion (01-0037SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2468

Test status: Passed
1.30.1 Description
A torsion moment is applied on the free end of a caisson beam fixed on one end. For both ends, the displacement,
the rotation about Z-axis and the stress are verified.
1.30.2 Background

Caisson beam in torsion Scale = 1/4
01-0037SSLSB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Length; L = 1m,
■ Square section of side: b = 0.1 m,
■ Thickness = 0.005 m.
11
119
Boundary conditions
■ Outer: Beam fixed at end x = 0;
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: Torsion moment M = 10N.m applied to the free end (for modeling, 4 forces of 50 N).
■ Internal: None.
1.30.2.2 Displacement and stress at two points
Reference solution
The reference solution is determined by averaging the results of several calculation software with implemented finite
elements method.
Points coordinates:
■ A (0,0.05,0.5)
■ B (-0.05,0,0.8)
Note: point O is the origin of the coordinate system (x,y,z).

■ 90 nodes,
Deformed shape
Caisson beam in torsion Scale = 1/4
Deformed
120

-6
CM2 D Displacement in point A [m] -0.617 x 10
-6
CM2 D Displacement in point B [m] -0.987 x 10
-4
CM2 RY Rotation about Z-axis in point A [rad] 0.123 x 10
-4
CM2 RY Rotation about Z-axis in point B [rad] 0.197 x 10
CM2 sxy_mid xy stress in point A [MPa] -0.11
CM2 sxy_mid xy stress in point B [MPa] -0.11

D Displacement in point A [µm] 0.615911 µm -0.18%
D Displacement in point B [µm] 0.986809 µm -0.02%
RY Rotation about Z-axis in point A [rad] -1.23211e-005 Rad -0.17%
RY Rotation about Z-axis in point B [rad] -1.97173e-005 Rad -0.09%
sxy_mid Sigma xy stress in point A [MPa] -0.100038 MPa -0.04%
sxy_mid Sigma xy stress in point B [MPa] -0.100213 MPa -0.21%
121
1.31 Thin cylinder under a uniform radial pressure (01-0038SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2469

Test status: Passed
1.31.1 Description
Verifies the stress, the radial deformation and the longitudinal deformation of a cylinder loaded with a uniform internal
pressure.
1.31.2 Background

■ Analysis type: static elastic;
Thin cylinder under a uniform radial pressure Scale = 1/18
01-0038SSLSB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Radius: R = 1 m,
■ Thickness: h = 0.02 m.
11
122
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
■ Free conditions
■ For the modeling, only ¼ of the cylinder is considered and the symmetry conditions are applied. On the
other side, we restrained the displacements at a few nodes in order to make the model stable.
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: Uniform internal pressure: p = 10000 Pa,
■ Internal: None.
1.31.2.2 Stresses in all points
Reference solution
Stresses in the planar elements coordinate system (x axis is parallel with the length of the cylinder):
■ xx = 0
pR
■ yy = h

■ 209 nodes,
1.31.2.3 Cylinder deformation in all points

■ Radial deformation:
pR2
R = Eh
■ Longitudinal deformation:
-pRL
L = Eh

CM2 syy_mid yy stress in all points [Pa] 500000.000000
CM2 Dz L radial deformation of the cylinder in all points [µm] 2.380000
CM2 DY L longitudinal deformation of the cylinder in all points [µm] -2.860000

syy_mid Sigma yy stress in all points [Pa] 499521 Pa -0.10%
Dz Delta R radial deformation of the cylinder in all points [µm] 2.39214 µm 0.51%
DY Delta L longitudinal deformation of the cylinder in all -2.85445 µm 0.19%
points [µm]
123
1.32 Bimetallic: Fixed beams connected to a stiff element (01-0026SSLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2458

Test status: Passed
1.32.1 Description
Two beams fixed at one end and rigidly connected to an undeformable beam is loaded with a punctual load. The
deflection, vertical reaction and bending moment are verified in several points.
1.32.2 Background

Fixed beams connected to a stiff element Scale = 1/10
01-0026SSLLB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Lengths:
■ L = 2 m,
■ l = 0.2 m,
-8 4
■ Beams inertia moment: I = (4/3) x 10 m ,
-2
■ The beam sections are squared, of side: 2 x 10 m.
124
11
■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2 x 10 Pa.
Boundary conditions
■ Outer: Fixed in A and C,
■ Inner: The tangents to the deflection of beams AB and CD at B and D remain horizontal; practically, we
restraint translations along x and z at nodes B and D.
Loading
■ External: In D: punctual load F = Fy = -1000N.
■ Internal: None.
1.32.2.2 Deflection at B and D
Reference solution
The theory of slender beams bending (Euler-Bernouilli formula) leads to a deflection at B and D:
The resolution of the hyperstatic system of the slender beam leads to:
3
FL
vB = vD = 24EI

■ 4 nodes,
Results shape
Fixed beams connected to a stiff element Scale = 1/10
Deformed
125
1.32.2.3 Vertical reaction at A and C
Reference solution
Analytical solution.

■ 4 nodes,
1.32.2.4 Bending moment at A and C
Reference solution

■ 4 nodes,

CM2 D Deflection in point B [m] 0.125
CM2 D Deflection in point D [m] 0.125
CM2 Fz Vertical reaction in point A [N] -500
CM2 Fz Vertical reaction in point C [N] -500
CM2 My Bending moment in point A [Nm] 500
CM2 My Bending moment in point C [Nm] 500

D Deflection in point B [m] 0.125376 m 0.30%
D Deflection in point D [m] 0.125376 m 0.30%
Fz Vertical reaction in point A [N] -500 N 0.00%
Fz Vertical reaction in point C [N] -500 N 0.00%
My Bending moment in point A [Nm] 500.083 N*m 0.02%
My Bending moment in point C [Nm] 500.083 N*m 0.02%
126
1.33 Portal frame with lateral connections (01-0030SSLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2462

Test status: Passed
1.33.1 Description
Verifies the rotation about z-axis and the bending moment on a portal frame with lateral connections.
1.33.2 Background

Portal frame with lateral connections Scale = 1/21
01-0030SSLLB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Beam Length Moment of inertia
AB lAB = 4 m 64 -8 4
IAB = 3 x 10 m
AC lAC = 1 m 1 -8 4
IAC = 12 x 10 m
AD lAD = 1 m 1 -8 4
IAD = 12 x 10 m
AE lAE = 2 m 4 -8 4
IAE = 3 x 10 m
127
■ G is in the middle of DA.

■ The beams have square sections:
-4
■ AAB = 16 x 10 m
-4
■ AAD = 1 x 10 m
-4
■ AAC = 1 x 10 m
-4
■ AAE = 4 x 10 m
11
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2 x 10 Pa,
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
■ Fixed at B, D and E,
■ Hinge at C,
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External:
5
■ Punctual force at G: Fy = F = - 10 N,
3
■ Distributed load on beam AD: p = - 10 N/m.
■ Internal: None.
1.33.2.2 Displacements at A
Reference solution
Rotation at A about z-axis:
EIAn
We say: kAn = l where n = B, C, D or E
An
3
K = kAB + kAD + kAE + 4 kAC
kAn
rAn = K
2
FlAD plAB
C1 = 8 - 12
C1
 = 4K

■ 6 nodes,
128
Displacements shape
Portal frame with lateral connections

Deformed
1.33.2.3 Moments in A
Reference solution
2
plAB
■ MAB = 12 + rAB x C1
FlAD
■ MAD = - 8 + rAD x C1
■ MAE = rAE x C1
■ MAC = rAC x C1

■ 6 nodes,

CM2 RY Rotation  about z-axis in point A [rad] -0.227118
CM2 My Bending moment in point A (MAB) [Nm] 11023.72
CM2 My Bending moment in point A (MAC) [Nm] 113.559
CM2 My Bending moment in point A (MAD) [Nm] 12348.588
CM2 My Bending moment in point A (MAE) [Nm] 1211.2994

RY Rotation Theta about z-axis in point A [rad] -0.227401 Rad -0.12%
My Bending moment in point A (Moment AB) [Nm] 11021 N*m -0.02%
My Bending moment in point A (Moment AC) [Nm] 113.704 N*m 0.13%
My Bending moment in point A (Moment AD) [Nm] 12347.5 N*m -0.01%
129
My Bending moment in point A (Moment AE) [Nm] 1212.77 N*m 0.12%
130
1.34 Beam on elastic soil, hinged ends (01-0034SSLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2466

Test status: Passed
1.34.1 Description
A beam under a punctual load, a distributed load and two torques lays on a soil of constant linear stiffness. The
rotation around z-axis, the vertical reaction, the vertical displacement and the bending moment are verified in several
points.
1.34.2 Background

Beam on elastic soil, hinged ends Scale = 1/27
01-0034SSLLB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ L = ( 10 )/2,
-4 4
■ I = 10 m .
131
11
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
■ Free A and B ends,
■ Soil with a constant linear stiffness ky = K = 840000 N/m2.
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External:
■ Punctual force at D: Fy = F = - 10000 N,
■ Uniformly distributed force from A to B: fy = p = - 5000 N/m,
■ Torque at A: Cz = -C = -15000 Nm,
■ Torque at B: Cz = C = 15000 Nm.
■ Internal: None.
1.34.2.2 Displacement and support reaction at A
Reference solution
4
= K/(4EI)
 = L/2
 = ch(2) + cos(2)
■ Vertical support reaction:
2 1
VA = -p(sh(2) + sin(2)) - 2Fch()cos() + 2 C(sh(2) - sin(2)) x
2
■ Rotation about z-axis:
1
A = p(sh(2) – sin(2)) + 2Fsh()sin() - 2 C(sh(2) + sin(2)) x
2
(K/)

■ 50 nodes,
132
Deformed shape

Deformed
1.34.2.3 Displacement and bending moment at D
Reference solution
1
vD = 2p( - 2ch()cos()) + F(sh(2) – sin(2)) - 8 Csh()sin() x
2
2K
■ Bending moment:
1
MD = 4psh()sin() + F(sh(2) + sin(2)) - 8 Cch()cos() x
2
4 
2

■ 50 nodes,
133
Bending moment diagram

Bending moment

CM2 RY Rotation around z-axis in point A [rad] 0.003045
CM2 Fz Vertical reaction in point A [N] -11674
CM2 Dz Vertical displacement in point D [cm] -0.423326
CM2 My Bending moment in point D [Nm] -33840

RY Rotation around z-axis in point A [rad] 0.00304333 Rad -0.05%
Fz Vertical reaction in point A [N] -11709 N -0.30%
Dz Vertical displacement in point D [cm] -0.423297 cm 0.01%
My Bending moment in point D [Nm] -33835.9 N*m 0.01%
134
1.35 Beam on two supports considering the shear force (01-0041SSLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2472

Test status: Passed
1.35.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement on a 300 cm long beam, consisting of an I shaped profile of a total height of 20.04
cm, a 0.96 cm thick web and 20.04 cm wide / 1.46 cm thick flanges.
1.35.2 Background

Units
I. S.
Geometry
l= 300 cm
h= 20.04 cm
b= 20.04 cm
tw = 1.46 cm
tf = 0.96 cm
2
Sx= 74.95 cm
4
Iz = 5462 cm
2
Sy = 16.43 cm
2
■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2285938 daN/cm ,
2
■ Transverse elastic modulus G = 879207 daN/cm
135
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
■ Simple support on node 11,
■ For the modeling, put an hinge at node 1 (instead of a simple support).
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: Vertical punctual load P = -20246 daN at node 6,
■ Internal: None.
1.35.2.2 Vertical displacement of the model in the linear elastic range
Reference solution
The reference displacement is calculated in the middle of the beam, at node 6.
flexion
  shear

Pl 3 Pl  20246x3003  20246x300
v6      0.912  0.105  1.017 cm
48EI z 4GS y 48x 2285938x5462 4 x 2285938 x16.43
21  0.3

■ Planar element: S beam, imposed mesh,
■ 11 nodes,
Deformed shape

CM2 DZ Vertical displacement at node 6 [cm] -1.017
136

DZ Vertical displacement at node 6 [cm] -1.01722 cm -0.02%
137
1.36 Thin cylinder under a uniform axial load (01-0042SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2473

Test status: Passed
1.36.1 Description
Verifies the stress, the longitudinal deformation and the radial deformation of a cylinder under a uniform axial load.
1.36.2 Background

■ Analysis type: static elastic;
Thin cylinder under a uniform axial load Scale = 1/19
01-0042SSLSB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Radius: R = 1 m.
11
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
■ Null axial displacement at the left end: vz = 0,
138
■ For the modeling, only a ¼ of the cylinder is considered.

■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: Uniform axial load q = 10000 N/m
■ Inner: None.
1.36.2.2 Stress in all points
Reference solution
x axis of the local coordinate system of planar elements is parallel to the cylinders axis.
q
xx = h
yy = 0

■ Planar element: shell, imposed mesh,
■ 697 nodes,
1.36.2.3 Cylinder deformation at the free end
Reference solution
■ L longitudinal deformation of the cylinder:
qL
L = Eh
■ R radial deformation of the cylinder:

-qR
R = Eh

■ 697 nodes,
139
Deformation shape
Thin cylinder under a uniform axial load Scale = 1/22

Deformation shape

5
CM2 sxx_mid xx stress at all points [Pa] 5 x 10
CM2 syy_mid yy stress at all points [Pa] 0
-6
CM2 DY L longitudinal deformation at the free end [m] 9.52 x 10
-7
CM2 Dz R radial deformation at the free end [m] -7.14 x 10

sxx_mid Sigma xx stress at all points [Pa] 500000 Pa 0.00%
syy_mid Sigma yy stress at all points [Pa] -1.53672e-009 Pa 0.00%
DY Delta L longitudinal deformation at the free end -0.00952381 mm -0.04%
[mm]
Dz Delta R radial deformation at the free end [mm] 0.000710887 mm -0.44%
140
1.37 Torus with uniform internal pressure (01-0045SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2476

Test status: Passed
1.37.1 Description
Verifies the stress and the radial deformation of a torus with uniform internal pressure.
1.37.2 Background

■ Analysis type: static, linear elastic;
Torus with uniform internal pressure

01-0045SSLSB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Transverse section radius: b = 1 m,
■ Average radius of curvature: a = 2 m.
11
141
Boundary conditions
1
■ Outer: For the modeling, only /8 of the cylinder is considered, so the symmetry conditions are imposed to end
nodes.
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: Uniform internal pressure p = 10000 Pa
■ Internal: None.
1.37.2.2 Stresses
Reference solution
(See stresses description on the first scheme of the overview)
If a – b  r  a + b
pb r + a
11 = 2h r
pb
22 = 2h

■ 361 nodes,
1.37.2.3 Cylinder deformation
Reference solution
■ R radial deformation of the torus:
pb
R = 2Eh (r - (r + a))

■ 361 nodes,

5
CM2 syy_mid 11 stresses for r = a - b [Pa] 7.5 x 10
5
CM2 syy_mid 11 stresses for r = a + b [Pa] 4.17 x 10
5
CM2 sxx_mid 22 stress for all r [Pa] 2.50 x 10
-7
CM2 Dz L radial deformations of the torus for r = a - b [m] 1.19 x 10
-6
CM2 Dz L radial deformations of the torus for r = a + b [m] 1.79 x 10

syy_mid Sigma 11 stresses for r = a - b [Pa] 742770 Pa -0.96%
syy_mid Sigma 11 stresses for r = a + b [Pa] 415404 Pa -0.38%
sxx_mid Sigma 22 stress for all r [Pa] 250331 Pa 0.13%
Dz Delta L radial deformations of the torus for r = a - b -0.000117352 mm 1.38%
[mm]
142
Dz Delta L radial deformations of the torus for r = a + b 0.00180274 mm 0.71%

[mm]
143
1.38 Spherical shell under internal pressure (01-0046SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2477

Test status: Passed
1.38.1 Description
A spherical shell is subjected to a uniform internal pressure. The stress and the radial deformation are verified.
1.38.2 Background

Spherical shell under internal pressure

01-0046SSLSB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Radius: R2 = 1 m,
■  = 90° (hemisphere).
144
11
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
Simple support (null displacement along vertical displacement) on the shell perimeter.
For modeling, we consider only half of the hemisphere, so we impose symmetry conditions (DOF restrains
placed in the vertical plane xy in translation along z and in rotation along x and y). In addition, the node at the
top of the shell is restrained in translation along x to assure the stability of the structure during calculation).
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: Uniform internal pressure p = 10000 Pa
■ Internal: None.
1.38.2.2 Stresses
Reference solution
(See stresses description on the first scheme of the overview)
If 0°    90°
2
pR2
11 = 22 = 2h

■ 343 nodes,
Reference solution
■ R radial deformation of the calotte:
pR22 (1 - ) sin 
R = 2Eh

■ 343 nodes,
145
Deformed shape
Spherical shell under internal pressure Scale = 1/11

Deformed

5
CM2 sxx_mid 11 stress for all  [Pa] 2.50 x 10
5
CM2 syy_mid 22 stress for all  [Pa] 2.50 x 10
-7
CM2 Dz R radial deformations for  = 90° [m] 8.33 x 10

sxx_mid Sigma 11 stress for all Theta [Pa] 250202 Pa 0.08%
syy_mid Sigma 22 stress for all Theta [Pa] 249907 Pa -0.04%
Dz Delta R radial deformations for Theta = 90° [mm] 0.000832794 mm -0.02%
146
1.39 Stiffen membrane (01-0040SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2471

Test status: Passed
1.39.1 Description
Verifies the horizontal displacement and the stress on a plate (8 x 12 cm) fixed in the middle on 3 supports with a
punctual load at its free node.
1.39.2 Background

■ Reference: Klaus-Jürgen Bathe - Finite Element Procedures in Engineering Analysis, Example 5.13;
■ Element type: planar (membrane).
 ,   1;1
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Thickness: e = 0.1 cm,
■ Length: l = 8 cm,
■ Width: B = 12 cm.
6 2
■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 30 x 10 N/cm ,
Boundary conditions
■ Outer: Fixed on 3 sides,
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: Uniform load Fx = F = 6000 N at A,
■ Internal: None.
147
1.39.2.2 Results of the model in the linear elastic range
Reference solution
Point B is the origin of the coordinate system used for the results positions.
F F 6000
uA     9.3410 4 cm
K eabE  2 1  ES 2.674106  3.75106
  
 
3  a 2 1   2 b 2 1     2a
   1;  xx1  0

 xx1 
E uA
1    for    0;  xx1  1924 N/cm2  19.24 MPa
1   2 2a   1;   3849 N/cm2  38.49 MPa
 xx1
   1;  yy1  0

 yy1   xx1 for    0;  yy1  577 N/cm2  5.77 MPa
  1;   1155 N/cm2  11.55 MPa
 yy1
   1;  xy1  0

 xy1  
E uA
1    for    0;  xy1  898 N/cm2  8.98 MPa
1   8b   1;   1796 N/cm2  17.96 MPa
 xy1

■ Planar element: membrane, imposed mesh,
■ 6 nodes,
■ 2 quadrangle planar elements and 1 bar.
Deformed shape
148

CM2 DX Horizontal displacement Element 1 in A [cm] 9.340000
CM2 sxx_mid xx stress Element 1 in y = 0 cm [MPa] 38.490000
CM2 sxx_mid xx stress Element 1 in y = 6 cm [MPa] 0
CM2 syy_mid yy stress Element 1 in y = 0 cm [MPa] 11.550000
CM2 syy_mid yy stress Element 1 in y = 6 cm [MPa] 0
CM2 sxy_mid xy stress Element 1 in x = 0 cm [MPa] 0
CM2 sxy_mid xy stress Element 1 in x = 4 cm [MPa] -8.980000
CM2 sxy_mid xy stress Element 1 in x = 8 cm [MPa] -17.960000

DX Horizontal displacement Element 1 in A [µm] 9.33999 µm 0.00%
sxx_mid Sigma xx stress Element 1 in y = 0 cm [MPa] 38.489 MPa 0.00%
sxx_mid Sigma xx stress Element 1 in y = 6 cm [MPa] -5.92119e-015 MPa 0.00%
syy_mid Sigma yy stress Element 1 in y = 0 cm [MPa] 11.5467 MPa -0.03%
syy_mid Sigma yy stress Element 1 in y = 6 cm [MPa] -2.96059e-015 MPa 0.00%
sxy_mid Sigma xy stress Element 1 in x = 0 cm [MPa] -7.27596e-015 MPa 0.00%
sxy_mid Sigma xy stress Element 1 in x = 4 cm [MPa] -8.98076 MPa -0.01%
sxy_mid Sigma xy stress Element 1 in x = 8 cm [MPa] -17.9615 MPa -0.01%
149
1.40 Thin cylinder under its self weight (01-0044SSLSB_MEF)
Test ID: 2475

Test status: Passed
1.40.1 Description
Verifies the stress, the longitudinal deformation and the radial deformation of a thin cylinder subjected to its self
weight only.
1.40.2 Background

A cylinder of R radius and L length subject of self weight only.
Thin cylinder under its self weight Scale = 1/24
01-0044SSLSB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
11
Density:  = 7.85 x 10 N/m .
4 3
■
150
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
■ Null axial displacement at z = 0,
■ For the modeling, we consider only a quarter of the cylinder, so we impose the symmetry conditions on
the nodes that are parallel with the cylinder’s axis.
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: Cylinder self weight,
■ Internal: None.
1.40.2.2 Stresses
Reference solution
xx = z
yy = 0

■ 697 nodes,
Reference solution
z
2
L = 2E
■ R radial deformation of the cylinder:

-Rz
R = E

CM2 sxx_mid xx stress for z = L [Pa] -314000.000000
CM2 DY L longitudinal deformation for z = L [mm] 0.002990
CM2 Dz R radial deformation for z = L[mm] -0.000440
To obtain this result, you must generate a calculation note “Planar elements stresses by load case in neutral fiber"
with results on center.

sxx_mid Sigma xx stress for z = L [Pa] -309143 Pa 1.55%
DY Delta L longitudinal deformation for z = L [mm] 0.00298922 mm -0.03%
Dz Delta R radial deformation for z = L [mm] -0.000443587 mm -0.82%
151
1.41 Spherical shell with holes (01-0049SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2479

Test status: Passed
1.41.1 Description
A spherical shell with holes is subjected to 4 forces, opposite 2 by 2. The horizontal displacement is verified.
1.41.2 Background

Spherical shell with holes

01-0049SSLSB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Radius: R = 10 m
152
■ Opening angle of the hole: 0 = 18°.
7
Boundary conditions
■ Outer: For modeling, we consider only a quarter of the shell, so we impose symmetry conditions (nodes in the
vertical yz plane are restrained in translation along x and in rotation along y and z. Nodes on the vertical xy
plane are restrained in translation along z and in rotation along x and y),
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: Punctual loads F = 1 N, according to the diagram,
■ Internal: None.
1.41.2.2 Horizontal displacement at point A
Reference solution
elements method. 2% uncertainty about the reference solution.

■ 99 nodes,
Deformed shape
Spherical shell with holes Scale = 1/79
Deformed
153
1.41.2.3 Theoretical background

CM2 DX Horizontal displacement at point A(R,0,0) [mm] 94.0

DX Horizontal displacement at point A(R,0,0) [mm] 92.6751 mm -1.41%
154
1.42 Spherical dome under a uniform external pressure (01-0050SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2480

Test status: Passed
1.42.1 Description
A spherical dome of radius (a) is subjected to a uniform external pressure. The horizontal displacement and the
external meridian stresses are verified.
1.42.2 Background

Spherical dome under a uniform external pressure

01-0050SSLSB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Radius: a = 2.54 m,
155
■ Angle:  = 75°.
10
Boundary conditions
■ Outer: Fixed on the dome perimeter,
■ Inner: None.
Loading
6
■ External: Uniform pressure p = 0.6897 x 10 Pa,
■ Internal: None.
1.42.2.2 Horizontal displacement and exterior meridian stress
Reference solution

■ 401 nodes,
Deformed shape
156

-3
CM2 DX Horizontal displacements in  = 15° 1.73 x 10
-3
CM2 DX Horizontal displacements in  = 45° -1.02 x 10
CM2 syy_mid yy external meridian stresses in  = 15° -74
CM2 sxx_mid XX external meridian stresses in  = 45° -68

DX Horizontal displacements in Psi = 15° [mm] 1.73064 mm 0.04%
DX Horizontal displacements in Psi = 45° [mm] -1.01367 mm 0.62%
syy_mid Sigma yy external meridian stresses in Psi = 15° -72.2609 MPa 2.35%
[MPa]
sxx_mid Sigma XX external meridian stresses in Psi = 45° -68.9909 MPa -1.46%
[MPa]
157
1.43 Simply supported square plate under a uniform load (01-0051SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2481

Test status: Passed
1.43.1 Description
A square plate simply supported is subjected to a uniform load. The vertical displacement and the bending moments
at the plate center are verified.
1.43.2 Background

Simply supported square plate under a uniform load Scale = 1/9
01-0051SSLSB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Side: a =b = 1 m,
7
Boundary conditions
■ Outer: Simple support on the plate perimeter (null displacement along z-axis),
158
■ Inner: None
Loading
■ External: Normal pressure of plate p = pZ = -1.0 Pa,
■ Internal: None.
1.43.2.2 Vertical displacement and bending moment at the center of the plate
Reference solution
Love-Kirchhoff thin plates theory.

■ 361 nodes,
1.43.2.3 Theoretical result

-3
CM2 DZ Vertical displacement at plate center [m] -4.43 x 10
CM2 Mxx MX bending moment at plate center [Nm] 0.0479
CM2 Myy MY bending moment at plate center [Nm] 0.0479

DZ Vertical displacement at plate center [m] -0.00435847 m 1.61%
Mxx Mx bending moment at plate center [Nm] 0.0471381 N*m -1.59%
Myy My bending moment at plate center [Nm] 0.0471381 N*m -1.59%
159
1.44 Square plate under planar stresses (01-0039SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2470

Test status: Passed
1.44.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement and the stresses on a square plate of 2 x 2 m, fixed on 3 sides with a uniform
surface load on its surface.
1.44.2 Background

■ Element type: planar (membrane).
Square plate under planar stresses Scale = 1/19
Modeling
 ,   1;1
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Thickness: e = 1 m,
■ 4 square elements of side h = 1 m.
11
Boundary conditions
■ Outer: Fixed on 3 sides,
160
■ Inner: None.
Loading
8
■ External: Uniform load p = -1. 10 N/ml on the upper surface,
■ Internal: None.
Reference solution
The reference displacements are calculated on nodes 7 and 9.
-6ph(3 + )(1 -  )
2
-3
v9 = 2 = -0.1809 x 10 m,
E(8(3 - ) - (3 + ) )
2
4(3 - ) -3
v7 = v9 = -0.592 x 10 m,
3+
For element 1.4:
(For the stresses calculated above, the abscissa point (x = 0; y = 0) corresponds to node 8.)
 = -1 ; yy = 0
yy =
E (v9 - v7)  = 0 ; yy = -47.44 MPa
1-
2
2h (1 + ) for  = 1 ; yy = -94.88 MPa
 = -1 ; xx = 0
xx = yy for  = 0 ; xx = -14.23 MPa
 = 1 ; xx = -28.46 MPa
 = -1 ;  = 0 ; xy = -47.82 MPa

E (v9 + v7) + (v9 - v7)  = 0 ;  = 0 ; xy = -31.21 MPa
xy = (1 + ) for
1+ 4h = 1 ;  = 0 ; xy = -14.61 MPa

■ Planar element: membrane, imposed mesh,
■ 9 nodes,
161
Deformed shape

CM2 DZ Vertical displacement on node 7 [mm] -0.592
CM2 DZ Vertical displacement on node 5 [mm] -0.1809
CM2 sxx_mid xx stresses on Element 1.4 in x = 0 m [MPa] 0
CM2 sxx_mid xx stresses on Element 1.4 in x = 0.5 m [MPa] -14.23
CM2 sxx_mid xx stresses on Element 1.4 in x = 1 m [MPa] -28.46
CM2 syy_mid yy stresses on Element 1.4 in x = 0 m [MPa] 0
CM2 syy_mid yy stresses on Element 1.4 in x = 0.5 m [MPa] -47.44
CM2 syy_mid yy stresses on Element 1.4 in x = 1 m [MPa] -94.88
CM2 sxy_mid xy stresses on Element 1.4 in y = 0 m [MPa] -14.66
CM2 sxy_mid xy stresses on Element 1.4 in y = 1 m [MPa] -47.82

DZ Vertical displacement on node 7 [mm] -0.59203 mm -0.01%
DZ Vertical displacement on node 5 [mm] -0.180898 mm 0.00%
sxx_mid Sigma xx stresses on Element 1.4 in x = 0 m [MPa] 0 MPa 0.00%
sxx_mid Sigma xx stresses on Element 1.4 in x = 0.5 m -14.2315 MPa -0.01%
[MPa]
sxx_mid Sigma xx stresses on Element 1.4 in x = 1 m [MPa] -28.463 MPa -0.01%
syy_mid Sigma yy stresses on Element 1.4 in x = 0 m [MPa] 1.49012e-014 MPa 0.00%
syy_mid Sigma yy stresses on Element 1.4 in x = 0.5 m -47.4383 MPa 0.00%
[MPa]
syy_mid Sigma yy stresses on Element 1.4 in x = 1 m [MPa] -94.8767 MPa 0.00%
sxy_mid Sigma xy stresses on Element 1.4 in y = 0 m [MPa] -14.611 MPa 0.33%
sxy_mid Sigma xy stresses on Element 1.4 in y = 1 m [MPa] -47.8178 MPa 0.00%
162
1.45 Thin cylinder under a hydrostatic pressure (01-0043SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2474

Test status: Passed
1.45.1 Description
Verifies the stress, the longitudinal deformation and the radial deformation of a thin cylinder under a hydrostatic
pressure.
1.45.2 Background

Thin cylinder under a hydrostatic pressure Scale = 1/25
01-0043SSLSB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
11
Boundary conditions
■ Outer: For the modeling, we consider only a quarter of the cylinder, so we impose the symmetry conditions on
the nodes that are parallel with the cylinder’s axis.
163
■ Inner: None.
Loading
z
■ External: Radial internal pressure varies linearly with the "p" height, p = p 0 L ,
■ Internal: None.
1.45.2.2 Stresses
Reference solution
xx = 0
p0Rz
yy = Lh

■ 209 nodes,
Reference solution
2
-p0Rz
L = 2ELh
■ L radial deformation of the cylinder:
p0R2z
R = ELh

■ 209 nodes,
164
Deformation shape
Thin cylinder under a hydrostatic pressure

Deformed

CM2 syy_mid yy stress in z = L/2 [Pa] 500000.000000
CM2 DY L longitudinal deformation of the cylinder at the inferior -0.002860
extremity [mm]
CM2 Dz L radial deformation of the cylinder in z = L/2 [mm] 0.002380

syy_mid Sigma yy stress in z = L/2 [Pa] 504489 Pa 0.90%
DY Delta L longitudinal deformation of the cylinder at the -0.00285442 mm 0.20%
inferior extremity [mm]
Dz Delta L radial deformation of the cylinder in z = L/2 0.00238372 mm 0.16%
[mm]
165
1.46 Pinch cylindrical shell (01-0048SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2478

Test status: Passed
1.46.1 Description
A cylinder of length L is pinched by 2 diametrically opposite forces (F). The vertical displacement is verified.
1.46.2 Background


A cylinder of length L is pinched by 2 diametrically opposite forces (F).
Pinch cylindrical shell

01-0048SSLSB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Length: L = 10.35 m (total length),
166
■ Radius: R = 4.953 m,
■ Thickness: h = 0.094 m.
6
Boundary conditions
■ Outer: For the modeling, we consider only half of the cylinder, so we impose symmetry conditions (nodes in
the horizontal xz plane are restrained in translation along y and in rotation along x and z),
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: 2 punctual loads F = 100 N,
■ Internal: None.
1.46.2.2 Vertical displacement at point A
Reference solution

■ 777 nodes,
1.46.2.3 Theoretical result

-3
CM2 DZ Vertical displacement in point A [m] -113.9 x 10

DZ Vertical displacement in point A [mm] -113.301 mm 0.53%
167
1.47 Simply supported rectangular plate loaded with punctual force and moments (01-
0054SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2484

Test status: Passed
1.47.1 Description
A rectangular plate simply supported is subjected to a punctual force and moments. The vertical displacement is
verified.
1.47.2 Background

Simply supported rectangular plate loaded with punctual force and moments
01-0054SSLSB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Width: DA = CB = 20 m,
■ Length: AB = DC = 5 m,
■ Thickness: h = 1 m,
■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E =1000 Pa,
Boundary conditions
■ Outer: Punctual support at A, B and D (null displacement along z-axis),
■ Inner: None.
168
Loading
■ External:
■ In A: MX = 20 Nm, MY = -10 Nm,
■ In B: MX = 20 Nm, MY = 10 Nm,
■ In C: FZ = -2 N, MX = -20 Nm, MY = 10 Nm,
■ In D: MX = -20 Nm, MY = -10 Nm,
■ Internal: None.
1.47.2.2 Vertical displacement at C
Reference solution

■ 867 nodes,
Deformed shape
Simply supported rectangular plate loaded with punctual force and moments
Deformed

CM2 Dz Vertical displacement in point C [m] -12.480

Dz Vertical displacement in point C [m] -12.6677 m -1.50%
169
1.48 Shear plate perpendicular to the medium surface (01-0055SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2485

Test status: Passed
1.48.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement of a rectangular shear plate fixed at one end, loaded with two forces.
1.48.2 Background

■ Analysis type: static;
Shear plate Scale = 1/50
01-0055SSLSB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Width: l = 1 m,
7
Boundary conditions
■ Outer: Fixed AD edge,
■ Inner: None.
170
Loading
■ External:
■ At B: Fz = -1.0 N,
■ At C: FZ = 1.0 N,
■ Internal: None.
Reference solution

■ 497 nodes,
Deformed shape
Shear plate Scale = 1/35
Deformed

-3
CM2 Dz Vertical displacement in point C [m] 35.37 x 10

Dz Vertical displacement in point C [m] 35.6655 mm 0.84%
171
1.49 A plate (0.01333 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a uniform pressure (01-
0058SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2488

Test status: Passed
1.49.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement for a square plate (0.01333 m thick), of side "a", fixed on its perimeter, loaded with
a uniform pressure.
1.49.2 Background

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLV 09/89;
Square plate of side "a", for the modeling, only a quarter of the plate is considered.
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Side: a = 1 m,
a
■ Slenderness:  = h = 75.
■ Reinforcement,
11
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
Fixed sides: AB and BD,
For the modeling, we impose symmetry conditions at the CB side (restrained displacement along x and
restrained rotation around y and z) and CD side (restrained displacement along y and restrained rotation
around x and z),
■ Inner: None.
172
Loading
■ External: 1 MPa uniform pressure,
■ Internal: None.
Reference solution
This problem has a precise analytical solution only for thin plates. Therefore we propose the solutions obtained with
Serendip elements with 20 nodes or thick plate elements of 4 nodes. The expected result should be between these
values at ± 5%.

■ 289 nodes,

-2
CM2 Dz Vertical displacement in point C [m] -2.8053 x 10

Dz Vertical displacement in point C [cm] -2.79502 cm 0.37%
173
0059SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2489

Test status: Passed
1.50.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement for a square plate (0.02 m thick), of side "a", fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a
uniform pressure.
1.50.2 Background

Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Side: a = 1 m,
a
■ Reinforcement,
11
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
Fixed edges: AB and BD,
around x and z),
■ Inner: None.
Loading
174
■ Internal: None.
Reference solution
values at ± 5%.

■ 289 nodes,

-2

175
1.51 Simply supported rectangular plate under a uniform load (01-0053SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2483

Test status: Passed
1.51.1 Description
A rectangular plate simply supported is subjected to a uniform load. The vertical displacement and the bending
moments at the plate center are verified.
1.51.2 Background

Simply supported rectangular plate under a uniform load Scale = 1/25
01-0053SSLSB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Width: a = 1 m,
■ Length: b = 5 m,
7
Boundary conditions
■ Inner: None.
176
Loading
■ Internal: None.
Reference solution

■ 793 nodes,

-2
CM2 DZ Vertical displacement at plate center [m] 1.416 x 10
CM2 Mxx MX bending moment at plate center [Nm] 0.1246
CM2 Myy MY bending moment at plate center [Nm] 0.0375

DZ Vertical displacement at plate center [cm] -1.40141 cm 1.03%
Mxx Mx bending moment at plate center [Nm] -0.124082 N*m 0.42%
Myy My bending moment at plate center [Nm] -0.0375624 N*m -0.17%
177
0057SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2487

Test status: Passed
1.52.1 Description
uniform pressure.
1.52.2 Background

Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Side: a = 1 m,
a
■ Reinforcement,
11
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
Fixed sides: AB and BD,
around x and z),
■ Inner: None.
Loading
178
■ Internal: None.
Reference solution
values at  5%.

■ 289 nodes,

-2

179
0061SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2491

Test status: Passed
1.53.1 Description
uniform pressure.
1.53.2 Background

Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Side: a = 1 m,
a
■ Reinforcement,
11
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
around x and z),
■ Inner: None.
Loading
180
■ Internal: None.
Reference solution
values at ± 5%.

■ 289 nodes,

-4

Dz Vertical displacement in point C [mm] -0.0781846 mm 0.61%
181
1.54 A plate (0.01 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a punctual force (01-
0062SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2492

Test status: Passed
1.54.1 Description
punctual force in the center.
1.54.2 Background


Square plate of side "a".
0.01 m thick plate fixed on its perimeter Scale = 1/5

01-0062SSLSB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Side: a = 1 m,
a
182
■ Reinforcement,
11
Boundary conditions
■ Outer: Fixed edges,
■ Inner: None.
Loading
6
■ External: Punctual force applied on the center of the plate: FZ = -10 N,
■ Internal: None.
1.54.2.2 Vertical displacement at point C (center of the plate)
Reference solution
values at ± 5%.

■ 961 nodes,
183

CM2 DZ Vertical displacement in point C [m] -0.29579

DZ Vertical displacement in point C [m] -0.292146 m 1.23%
184
0063SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2493

Test status: Passed
1.55.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement for a square plate (0.01333 m thick), of side "a", fixed on its perimeter, loaded with
a punctual force in the center.
1.55.2 Background

01-0063SSLSB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Side: a = 1 m,
a
■ Reinforcement,
11
185
Boundary conditions
■ Outer: Fixed sides,
■ Inner: None.
Loading
6
■ External: Punctual force applied on the center of the plate: FZ = -10 N,
■ Internal: None.
1.55.2.2 Vertical displacement at point C (the center of the plate)
Reference solution
values at ± 5%.

■ 961 nodes,

186

187
1.56 Simply supported rectangular plate under a uniform load (01-0052SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2482

Test status: Passed
1.56.1 Description
A rectangular plate simply supported is subjected to a uniform load. The vertical displacement and the bending
moments at the plate center are verified.
1.56.2 Background

Simply supported rectangular plate under a uniform load Scale = 1/11
01-0052SSLSB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Width: a = 1 m,
■ Length: b = 2 m,
7
188
Boundary conditions
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ Internal: None.
Reference solution

■ 435 nodes,
1.56.2.3 Theoretical background

-2
CM2 DZ Vertical displacement at plate center [m] -1.1060 x 10
CM2 Mxx MX bending moment at plate center [Nm] -0.1017
CM2 Myy MY bending moment at plate center [Nm] -0.0464

DZ Vertical displacement at plate center [cm] -1.10238 cm 0.33%
Mxx Mx bending moment at plate center [Nm] -0.101737 N*m -0.04%
Myy My bending moment at plate center [Nm] -0.0462457 N*m 0.33%
189
1.57 Triangulated system with hinged bars (01-0056SSLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2486

Test status: Passed
1.57.1 Description
A truss with hinged bars is placed on three punctual supports (subjected to imposed displacements) and is loaded
with two punctual forces. A thermal load is applied to all the bars. The traction force and the vertical displacement are
verified.
1.57.2 Background

■ Analysis type: static (plane problem);
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■  = 30°,
-3 2
■ Section A1 = 1.41 x 10 m ,
-3 2
■ Section A2 = 2.82 x 10 m .
11
■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E =2.1 x 10 Pa,
Coefficient of linear expansion:  = 10 °C .
-5 -1
■
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
■ Hinge at A (uA = vA = 0),
■ Roller supports at B and C ( uB = v’C = 0),
■ Inner: None.
190
Loading
■ External:
■ Support displacement: vA = -0.02 m ; vB = -0.03 m ; v’C = -0.015 m ,
■ Punctual loads: FE = -150 KN ; FF = -100 KN,
■ Expansion effect on all bars for a temperature variation of 150° in relation with the assembly
temperature (specified geometry),
■ Internal: None.
1.57.2.2 Tension force in BD bar
Reference solution
Determining the hyperstatic unknown with the section cut method.

■ Linear element: S beam, automatic mesh,
■ 11 nodes,
■ 17 S beams + 1 rigid S beam for the modeling of the simple support at C.
1.57.2.3 Vertical displacement at D
Reference solution
vD displacement was determined by several software with implemented finite elements method.

■ 11 nodes,
■ 17 S beams + 1 rigid S beam for the modeling of simple support at C.
Deformed shape
Triangulated system with hinged bars
01-0056SSLLB_FEM
191

CM2 Fx FX traction force on BD bar [N] 43633
CM2 DZ Vertical displacement on point D [m] -0.01618

Fx Fx traction force on BD bar [N] 42892.3 N -1.70%
DZ Vertical displacement on point D [m] -0.016236 m -0.35%
192
0060SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2490

Test status: Passed
1.58.1 Description
uniform pressure.
1.58.2 Background

Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Side: a = 1 m,
a
■ Reinforcement,
11
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
around x and z),
■ Inner: None.
Loading
193
■ Internal: None.
Reference solution
values at ± 5%.

■ 289 nodes,

-3

194
1.59 A plate (0.1 m thick), fixed on its perimeter, loaded with a punctual force (01-0066SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2496

Test status: Passed
1.59.1 Description
1.59.2 Background

01-0066SSLSB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Side: a = 1 m,
■ Slenderness:  = 10.
■ Reinforcement,
11
195
Boundary conditions
■ Inner: None.
Loading
6
■ External: punctual force applied in the center of the plate: FZ = -10 N,
■ Internal: None.
1.59.2.2 Vertical displacement at point C (center of the plate)
Reference solution
values at ± 5%.

■ 961 nodes,

-3
CM2 DZ Vertical displacement in point C [m] -0.42995 x 10

DZ Vertical displacement in point C [mm] -0.412094 mm 4.15%
196
1.60 Vibration mode of a thin piping elbow in space (case 1) (01-0067SDLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2497

Test status: Passed
1.60.1 Description
Verifies the eigen mode transverse frequencies for a thin piping elbow with a radius of 1 m, fixed on its ends and
1.60.2 Background

■ Analysis type: modal analysis (space problem);
01-0067SDLLB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
-4 2
■ Section: A = 1.131 x 10 m ,
-9 4
-9 4
-9 4
197

■ O(0;0;0)
■ A(0;R;0)
■ B(R;0;0)
11
3
■
Boundary conditions
■ Outer: Fixed at points A and B,
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: None,
■ Internal: None.
Reference solution
■ transverse bending:
i
2
GIp
fj = where i = 1,2.
A
2
2 R

■ 11 nodes,
Eigen mode shapes

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode Transverse 1 frequency [Hz] 44.23
CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode Transverse 2 frequency [Hz] 125
198

Eigen mode Transverse 1 frequency [Hz] 44.12 Hz -0.25%
199
1.61 Reactions on supports and bending moments on a 2D portal frame (Rafters) (01-
0077SSLPB_FEM)
Test ID: 2500

Test status: Passed
1.61.1 Description
Moments and actions on supports calculation on a 2D portal frame. The purpose of this test is to verify the results of
Advance Design for the M. R. study of a 2D portal frame.
1.61.2 Background

■ Reference: Design and calculation of metal structures.
200
1.61.2.2 Moments and actions on supports M.R. calculation on a 2D portal frame.

RDM results, for the linear load perpendicular on the rafters, are:
qL qL² 8h  5f
VA  VE  H A  HE  H
2 32 h²k  3   f 3h  f 
 Hh  f 
qL²
MB  MD  Hh MC 
8
Comparison between theoretical results and the results obtained by Advance Design for a linear load
perpendicular on the chords

CM2 Fz Vertical reaction V in A [DaN] -1000
CM2 Fz Vertical reaction V in E [DaN] -1000
CM2 Fx Horizontal reaction H in A [DaN] -332.9
CM2 Fx Horizontal reaction H in E [DaN] -332.9
CM2 My Moment in node B [DaNm] 2496.8
CM2 My Moment in node D [DaNm] -2496.8
CM2 My Moment in node C [DaNm] -1671

Fz Vertical reaction V on node A [daN] -1000 daN 0.00%
Fz Vertical reaction V on node E [daN] -1000 daN 0.00%
Fx Horizontal reaction H on node A [daN] -332.665 daN 0.07%
Fx Horizontal reaction H on node E [daN] -332.665 daN 0.07%
My Moment in node B [daNm] 2494.99 daN*m -0.07%
My Moment in node D [daNm] -2494.99 daN*m 0.07%
My Moment in node C [daNm] -1673.35 daN*m -0.14%
201
1.62 Reactions on supports and bending moments on a 2D portal frame (Columns) (01-
0078SSLPB_FEM)
Test ID: 2501

Test status: Passed
1.62.1 Description
Moments and actions on supports calculation on a 2D portal frame. The purpose of this test is to verify the results of
Advance Design for the M. R. study of a 2D portal frame.
1.62.2 Background

■ Reference: Design and calculation of metal structures.
202
1.62.2.2 Moments and reactions on supports M.R. calculation on a 2D portal frame.

RDM results, for the linear load perpendicular on the column, are:
qh² qh² 5kh  62h  f 

VA   VE   HE  HA  HE  qh
2L 16 h²k  3   f 3h  f 
qh²
 HE h  f 
qh²
MB   HEh MC  MD  HEh
2 4

CM2 Fz Vertical reaction V in A [DaN] 140.6
CM2 Fz Vertical reaction V in E [DaN] -140.6
CM2 Fx Horizontal reaction H in A [DaN] 579.1
CM2 Fx Horizontal reaction H in E [DaN] 170.9
CM2 My Moment in B [DaNm] -1530.8
CM2 My Moment in D [DaNm] -1281.7
CM2 My Moment in C [DaNm] 302.7
CM2

Fz Vertical reaction V on node A [daN] 140.625 daN 0.02%
Fz Vertical reaction V on node E [daN] -140.625 daN -0.02%
Fx Horizontal reaction H on node A [daN] 579.169 daN 0.01%
Fx Horizontal reaction H on node E [daN] 170.831 daN -0.04%
My Moment in node B [daNm] -1531.27 daN*m -0.03%
My Moment in node D [daNm] -1281.23 daN*m 0.04%
My Moment in node C [daNm] 302.063 daN*m -0.21%
203
0065SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2495

Test status: Passed
1.63.1 Description
1.63.2 Background

01-0065SSLSB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Side: a = 1 m,
■ Reinforcement,
11
204
Boundary conditions
■ Outer: Fixed sides,
■ Inner: None.
Loading
6
■ External: Punctual force applied at the center of the plate: F Z = -10 N,
■ Internal: None.
1.63.2.2 Vertical displacement at point C center of the plate)
Reference solution
values at ± 5%.

■ 961 nodes,

-2
CM2 DZ Vertical displacement in point C [m] -0.2595 x 10

205
Test ID: 2499

Test status: Passed
1.64.1 Description
Verifies the eigen mode transverse frequencies for a thin piping elbow with a radius of 1 m, extended with two
straight elements (2 m long) and subjected to its self weight only.

■ Analysis type: modal analysis (space problem);
01-0069SDLLB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ L = 2 m,
-4 2
■ Section: A = 1.131 x 10 m ,
-9 4
-9 4
-9 4
■ O(0;0;0)
■ A(0;R;0)
206
■ B(R;0;0)
■ C ( -L ; R ; 0 )
■ D ( R ; -L ; 0 )
11
3
■
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: None,
■ Internal: None.
Reference solution
i
2
GIp
fj = where i = 1,2 with i = 1,2:
A
2
2 R

■ 41 nodes,
Eigen mode shapes
Reference

207

208
1.65 Slender beam of variable rectangular section with fixed-free ends (ß=5) (01-0085SDLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2503

Test status: Passed
1.65.1 Description
Verifies the eigen modes (bending) for a slender beam with variable rectangular section (fixed-free).
1.65.2 Background

Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Straight initial section:
■ h0 = 0.04 m
■ b0 = 0.05 m
-3
■ A0 = 2 x 10 m²
■ Straight final section
■ h1 = 0.01 m
■ b1 = 0.01 m
-4
■ A1 = 10 m²
11
■ E = 2 x 10 Pa
 = 7800 kg/m
3
■
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
■ Fixed at end x = 0,
■ Free at end x = 1
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: None,
■ Internal: None.
209
1.65.2.2 Reference results

Calculation method used to obtain the reference solution
Precise calculation by numerical integration of the differential equation of beams bending (Euler-Bernoulli theories):
2  ²   ² 
 EIz   A
x 2  x ²  t ²
where Iz and A vary with the abscissa.
The result is:
 h
   h1  4
i,
1 h1 E
fi  with 
12
2 l²    b  5
 b1
1 2 3 4 5
=5 24.308 75.56 167.21 301.9 480.4
Uncertainty about the reference: analytical solution:
Reference values
Eigen mode type Frequency (Hz)
1 56.55
2 175.79
Flexion 3 389.01
4 702.36
5 1117.63
MODE 1 Scale = 1/4
210
MODE 2 Scale = 1/4
MODE 3 Scale = 1/4
211
MODE 4 Scale = 1/4
MODE 5 Scale = 1/4

Theoretical Result name Result description Reference value
Frequency
Eigen mode Frequency of eigen mode 1 [Hz] 56.55
212

Frequency of eigen mode 1 [Hz] 58.49 Hz 3.43%
Frequency of eigen mode 3 [Hz] 388.85 Hz -0.04%
213
1.66 Slender beam of variable rectangular section (fixed-fixed) (01-0086SDLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2504

Test status: Passed
1.66.1 Description
Verifies the eigen modes (flexion) for a slender beam with variable rectangular section (fixed-fixed).
1.66.2 Background Overview

Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Length: L = 0.6 m,
■ Constant thickness: h = 0.01 m
■ Initial section:
■ b0 = 0.03 m
-4
■ A0 = 3 x 10 m²
■ Section variation:
■ with ( = 1)
-2x
■ b = b0e
-2x
■ A = A 0e
11
■ E = 2 x 10 Pa
■  = 0.3
 = 7800 kg/m
3
■
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
■ Fixed at end x = 0,
■ Fixed at end x = 0.6 m.
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: None,
■ Internal: None.
214
Calculation method used to obtain the Reference solution

i pulsation is given by the roots of the equation:
s²  r ²
1  cosrlchsl  shslsinrl  0
2rs
with
4i 
A 0 i2
EI zo
;r  ²  2i ; s  2i  ² 
si

2i  ²  0 
Therefore, the translation components of i(x) mode, are:
 cos(rl)  ch(sl) 
 i x   e x cosrx  chsx   (s sin(rx)  rsh(sx ))
 rsh(sl)  s sin(rl) 
Reference values
Eigen mode Frequency (Hz) Eigen mode i(x)*
order x=0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6
1 143.303 0 0.237 0.703 1 0.859 0.354 0
2 396.821 0 -0.504 -0.818 0 0.943 0.752 0
3 779.425 0 0.670 0.210 -0.831 0.257 1 0
4 1289.577 0 -0.670 0.486 0 -0.594 1 0
* i(x) eigen modes* standardized to 1 at the point of maximum amplitude.
Eigen modes
215

CM2 Eigen mode Frequency of eigen mode 1 [Hz] 143.303

216
1.67 Plane portal frame with hinged supports (01-0089SSLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2505

Test status: Passed
1.67.1 Description
Calculation of support reactions of a 2D portal frame with hinged supports.
1.67.2 Background

Units
I. S.
Geometry
-4 4
■ I1 = 5.0 x 10 m
■ a=4m
■ h=8m
■ b = 10.77 m
-4 4
■ I2 = 2.5 x 10 m
■ Isotropic linear elastic material.
11
■ E = 2.1 x 10 Pa
217
Boundary conditions
Hinged base plates A and B (uA = vA = 0 ; uB = vB = 0).
Loading
■ p = -3 000 N/m
■ F1 = -20 000 N
■ F2 = -10 000 N
■ M = -100 000 Nm
1.67.2.2 Calculation method used to obtain the reference solution

■ K = (I2/b)(h/I1)
■ p = a/h
■ m=1+p
■ B = 2(K + 1) + m
■ C = 1 + 2m
■ N = B + mC
■ VA = 3pl/8 + F1/2 – M/l + F2h/l
■ HA = pl²(3 + 5m)/(32Nh) + (F1l/(4h))(C/N) + F2(1-(B + C)/(2N)) + (3M/h)((1 + m)/(2N))
1.67.2.3 Reference values

Point Magnitudes and units Value
A V, vertical reaction (N) 31 500.0
A H, horizontal reaction (N) 20 239.4
C vc (m) -0.03072

CM2 Fz Vertical reaction V in point A [N] -31500
CM2 Fx Horizontal reaction H in point A [N] -20239.4
CM2 DZ vc displacement in point C [m] -0.03072

Fz Vertical reaction V in point A [N] -31500 N 0.00%
Fx Horizontal reaction H in point A [N] -20239.3 N 0.00%
DZ Displacement in point C [m] -0.0307191 m 0.00%
218
0064SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2494

Test status: Passed
1.68.1 Description
1.68.2 Background

01-0064SSLSB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Side: a = 1 m,
■ Reinforcement,
11
219
Boundary conditions
■ Inner: None.
Loading
6
■ External: punctual force applied in the center of the plate: FZ = -10 N,
■ Internal: None.
1.68.2.2 Vertical displacement at point C (the center of the plate)
Reference solution
values at ± 5%.

■ 961 nodes,

220

221
Test ID: 2498

Test status: Passed
1.69.1 Description
Verifies the eigen mode transverse frequencies for a thin piping elbow with a radius of 1 m, extended with two
straight elements (0.6 m long) and subjected to its self weight only.
1.69.2 Background

■ Analysis type: modal analysis (in space);
01-0068SDLLB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ L = 0.6 m,
-4 2
■ Section: A = 1.131 x 10 m ,
-9 4
-9 4
-9 4
222

■ O(0;0;0)
■ A(0;R;0)
■ B(R;0;0)
■ C ( -L ; R ; 0 )
■ D ( R ; -L ; 0 )
11
3
■
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
■ In A: translation restraint along y and z,
■ In B: translation restraint along x and z,
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: None,
■ Internal: None.
Reference solution
i
2
GIp
fj = where i = 1,2.
A
2
2 R

■ 23 nodes,
Eigen mode shapes

CM2 Eigen mode Eigen mode Transverse 2 frequency [Hz] 100
223

224
1.70 Short beam on two hinged supports (01-0084SSLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2502

Test status: Passed
1.70.1 Description
Verifies the deflection magnitude on a non-slender beam with two hinged supports.
1.70.2 Background

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLL 02/89
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Length: L = 1.44 m,
-4
■ Area: A = 31 x 10 m²
-8 4
■ Inertia: I = 2810 x 10 m
■ Shearing coefficient: az = 2.42 = A/Ar
11
■ E = 2 x 10 Pa
■  = 0.3
Boundary conditions
■ Hinge at end x = 0,
■ Hinge at end x = 1.44 m.
Loading
5
Uniformly distributed force of p = -1. X 10 N/m on beam AB.

The deflection on the middle of a non-slender beam considering the shear force deformations given by the
Timoshenko function:
5 pl 4 l 2p
v 
384 EI 8A r G
E
where G  and A r  A
21   az
225
where "Ar" is the reduced area and "az" the shear coefficient calculated on the transverse section.
Reference values
Point Magnitudes and units Value
-3
C V, deflection (m) -1.25926 x 10

CM2 Dz Deflection magnitude in point C [m] -0.00125926

Dz Deflection magnitude in node C [m] -0.00125926 m 0.00%
226
1.71 A 3D bar structure with elastic support (01-0094SSLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2508

Test status: Passed
1.71.1 Description
A 3D bar structure with elastic support is subjected to a vertical load of -100 kN. The V2 magnitude on node 5, the
normal force magnitude, the reaction magnitude on supports and the action magnitude are verified.

■ Reference: Internal GRAITEC;
Units
I. S.
Geometry
For all bars:
■ H=3m
■ B=3m
2
■ S = 0.02 m
Element Node i Node j
1 (bar) 1 5
2 (bar) 2 5
3 (bar) 3 5
4 (bar) 4 5
5 (spring) 5 6
■ Isotropic linear elastic materials
2
■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 E8 N/m ,
Boundary conditions
■ Outer: At node 5: K = 50000 kN/m ;
227
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: Vertical load at node: P = -100 kN,
■ Internal: None.
System solution
B2
L H2  . Also, U1 = V1 = U5 = U6 = V6 = 0
2
■ Stiffness matrix of bar 1
u ( x)  (1  ).ui  .u j  u ( )  1   .ui  1   .u j

x x 1 1
L L 2 2
2x
where  = 1
L
in the local coordinate system:
 1
 
k1    B H BdVe  ES 0 B Bdx  ES 1  12  1 1  2 d
T L T 1
ve   2 2  L
 2 
 1 0 1 0 (ui )
 1 1

2 ES  4  4 
1
ES  1  1 (ui ) ES  0 0 0 0 (vi )
L 1  1 1 
 d  
L  1 1  (u j ) L  1 0 1
=
0 (u j )
 4 4   
0 0 0 0  (v j )
1 0  1 0 (u1 )
 
0 0 0 ( v 1 )
where k 1   ES  0
L 1 0 1 0 (u 5 )
 
0 0 0 0 ( v 5 )
228
 
The elementary matrix k e expressed in the global coordinate system XY is the following: ( angle allowing
the transition from the global base to the local base):
 cos  sin  0 0 
 
 sin  cos 
 K e   R e  k e R e  avec R e   
T 0 0 
 0 0 cos  sin  
 
 0 0  sin  cos 
 cos 2  cos  sin   cos 2   cos  sin 

 
K e   ES  cos  sin  sin   cos  sin   sin 2  
2
L  cos 2   cos  sin  cos 2  cos  sin  

 
 cos  sin   sin 2  cos  sin  sin 2  
 B2
cos   2
2
 2L
B H  2 H2
Knowing that cos  and sin  , then: sin   2
L 2 L  L
 HB
sin  cos  
 2L2
 B2 HB B2 HB 
 2   
 2 2 2
(U 1 )
 HB H2 
HB
H2
ES   (V1 )
for element 1 nodes 1  5, = arctan ( ) : K1   3  22
H 2
D L B HB B 2
HB  (U 5 )
  
 2 2 2 2  (V5 )
 HB HB 
 2  H2 H2 
 2 
■ Stiffness matrix of spring support 5
K
We say K  
4
1 0  1 0 (ui )
0 0 0 0 (vi )
 1  1 (ui )
in the local coordinate system : k 5   K  
 (u )  K  1
  1 1  j 0 1 0 (u j )
 
0 0 0 0  (v j )
0 0 0 0  (U 5 )
0 1 0  1 (V5 )
for element 5 nodes 5  6, = 90 : K 5   K ' 
0 0 0 0  (U 6 )
 
0 1 0  1 (V6 )
■  
System K Q  F
229
 ES B 2 ES HB ES B 2 ES HB 
 3   0 0 
 L 2 L3 2 L3 2 L3 2  U  R 
 ES HB ES 2 ES HB ES  1 X1
 L3 H  3  3 H2 0 0   V  R 
   
2 L3 L 2 L 1 Y 1

  ES B
2
ES B 2  5   X5 
U R
0    
ES HB ES HB
 3 0 
 L 23
L3 2 L3 2  V5 P
  
L 2

 ES HB ES 2 ES HB ES 2    
 3 H H  K 0  K  U 6  R X 6 
 L3 2 L L3 2 L3  V  R 
  6   Y6 
0 0 0 0 0 0 
 
 0 0 0  K 0 K  
If U1 = V1 = U5 = U6 = V6 = 0, then:
P P
V5  4  4  0.001885 m
ES 2 ES 2 K
H  K H 
L3 L3 4
ES HB ES HB
R X1   3
V5  1015 N R X5  3 V5  1015 N R X6  0
And L 2 L 2
ES K
R Y1   3 H 2 V5  1436 N R Y 6   V5  23563 N
L 4
Note:
■ The values on supports specified by Advance Design correspond to the actions,
■ RY6 calculated value must be multiplied by 4 in relation to the double symmetry,
■ x1 value is similar to the one found by Advance Design by dividing this by 2
Effort in bar 1:
 B H 
L 2 0 0 
L
u1   H B  U1 
v    0 0 V 
 1  L L 2   1  and ES  1  1 u1    N1    1759 
  H  U 5       
u5   0
B
  L  1 1  u5   N 5   1759
L  V 
0
v5   L 2  5
 0 H B 
0 
 L L 2 
u1   cos sin 0 0  U1 

 v   sin cos 0   V1 
 1  0 ES  1  1 u1   N1 
    and   
u5   0 0 cos sin  U 5  L  1 1  u5   N5 
v5   0 0  sin

cos  V5 
230
Reference values
Point Magnitude Units Value

-3
5 V2 m -1.885 10
All bars Normal force N -1759
Supports 1, 3, 4 and 5 Fz action N -1436
Supports 1, 3, 4 and 5 Action Fx=Fy N
1015 / 2  718
Support 6 Fz action N 23563 x 4=94253

■ Linear element: beam, automatic mesh,
■ 5 nodes,
Deformed shape
231
Normal forces diagram
1.71.1.3 Reference values

-3
CM2 D V2 magnitude on node 5 [m] -1.885 10
CM2 Fx Normal force magnitude on bar 1 [N] -1759
CM2
CM2 Fz Fz reaction magnitude on support 1 [N] 1436
CM2 Fx Action Fx magnitude on support 1 [N] -718
CM2 Fx Action Fx magnitude on support 3 [N] 718
CM2 Fx Action Fx magnitude on support 4 [N] 718
CM2
CM2 Fx Action Fx magnitude on support 5 [N] -718
CM2 Fy Action Fy magnitude on support 1 [N] -718
CM2 Fy Action Fy magnitude on support 3 [N] -718
CM2 Fy Action Fy magnitude on support 4 [N] 718
CM2 Fy Action Fy magnitude on support 5 [N] 718
CM2 Fz Fz reaction magnitude on support 6 [N] 23563 x 4=94253

D Displacement on node 5 [mm] 1.88508 mm 0.00%
Fx Normal force magnitude on bar 1 [N] -1759.4 N -0.02%
232
Fy Fz reaction magnitude on support 1 [N] 1436.55 N 0.04%

Fx Action Fx magnitude on support 1 [N] -718.274 N -0.04%
Fx Action Fx magnitude on support 2 [N] 718.274 N 0.04%
Fx Action Fx magnitude on support 3 [N] 718.274 N 0.04%
Fx Action Fx magnitude on support 4 [N] -718.274 N -0.04%
Fz Action Fy magnitude on support 1 [N] -718.274 N -0.04%
Fz Action Fy magnitude on support 2 [N] -718.274 N -0.04%
Fz Action Fy magnitude on support 3 [N] 718.274 N 0.04%
Fz Action Fy magnitude on support 4 [N] 718.274 N 0.04%
Fy Action Fy magnitude on support 6 [N] 94253.8 N 0.00%
233
1.72 Fixed/free slender beam with centered mass (01-0095SDLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2509

Test status: Passed
1.72.1 Description
Fixed/free slender beam with centered mass.

Tested functions: Eigen mode frequencies, straight slender beam, combined bending-torsion, plane bending,
transverse bending, punctual mass.
1.72.2 Background

■ Tested functions: Eigen mode frequencies, straight slender beam, combined bending-torsion, plane bending,
1.72.2.1 Test data
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Outer diameter de = 0.35 m,
■ Beam length: l = 10 m,
■ Area: A = 1.57865 x 10-2 m2
-4 4
■ Polar inertia: IP = 4.43798 x 10 m
-4 4
■ Inertia: Iy = Iz = 2.21899 x 10 m
234
■ Punctual mass: mc = 1000 kg

■ Beam self-weight: M
11
■ Density:  = 7800 kg/m3
■ Poisson's ratio: =0.3 (this coefficient was not specified in the AFNOR test , the value 0.3 seems to be the
more appropriate to obtain the correct frequency value of mode No. 8 with NE/NASTRAN)
Boundary conditions
■ Outer: Fixed at point A, x = 0,
■ Inner: none
Loading
None for the modal analysis
Reference frequency
For the first mode, the Rayleigh method gives the approximation formula
3 EI z
f1  1/ 2 x
I (m c  0.24M)
3
Mode Shape Units Reference

1 Flexion Hz 1.65
2 Flexion Hz 1.65
3 Flexion Hz 16.07
4 Flexion Hz 16.07
5 Flexion Hz 50.02
6 Flexion Hz 50.02
7 Traction Hz 76.47
8 Torsion Hz 80.47
9 Flexion Hz 103.2
10 Flexion Hz 103.2
Comment: The mass matrix associated with the beam torsion on two nodes, is expressed as:
  l  IP  1 1/ 2
 
3 1/ 2 1 
And to the extent that Advance Design uses a condensed mass matrix, the value of the torsion mass inertia
  l  Ip
introduced in the model is set to:
3
Uncertainty about the reference frequencies

■ Analytical solution mode 1
■ Other modes:  1%

■ Linear element AB: Beam
■ Beam meshing: 20 elements.
235
Modal deformations
236
Observation: the deformed shape of mode No. 8 that does not really correspond to a torsion deformation, is
actually the display result of the translations and not of the rotations. This is confirmed by the rotation values of the
corresponding mode.
Eigen modes vector 8

Node DX DY DZ RX RY RZ
1 -3.336e-033 6.479e-031 -6.316e-031 1.055e-022 5.770e-028 5.980e-028
2 -5.030e-013 1.575e-008 -1.520e-008 1.472e-002 6.022e-008 6.243e-008
3 -1.005e-012 6.185e-008 -5.966e-008 2.944e-002 1.171e-007 1.214e-007
4 -1.505e-012 1.365e-007 -1.317e-007 4.416e-002 1.705e-007 1.769e-007
5 -2.002e-012 2.381e-007 -2.296e-007 5.887e-002 2.206e-007 2.289e-007
6 -2.495e-012 3.648e-007 -3.517e-007 7.359e-002 2.673e-007 2.774e-007
7 -2.983e-012 5.149e-007 -4.963e-007 8.831e-002 3.106e-007 3.225e-007
8 -3.464e-012 6.867e-007 -6.618e-007 1.030e-001 3.506e-007 3.641e-007
9 -3.939e-012 8.785e-007 -8.464e-007 1.177e-001 3.873e-007 4.023e-007
10 -4.406e-012 1.088e-006 -1.049e-006 1.325e-001 4.207e-007 4.371e-007
11 -4.863e-012 1.315e-006 -1.267e-006 1.472e-001 4.508e-007 4.684e-007
12 -5.310e-012 1.556e-006 -1.499e-006 1.619e-001 4.777e-007 4.964e-007
13 -5.746e-012 1.811e-006 -1.744e-006 1.766e-001 5.015e-007 5.210e-007
14 -6.169e-012 2.077e-006 -2.000e-006 1.913e-001 5.221e-007 5.423e-007
15 -6.580e-012 2.353e-006 -2.265e-006 2.061e-001 5.396e-007 5.605e-007
16 -6.976e-012 2.637e-006 -2.539e-006 2.208e-001 5.541e-007 5.755e-007
17 -7.357e-012 2.928e-006 -2.819e-006 2.355e-001 5.658e-007 5.874e-007
18 -7.723e-012 3.224e-006 -3.104e-006 2.502e-001 5.746e-007 5.965e-007
19 -8.072e-012 3.524e-006 -3.393e-006 2.649e-001 5.808e-007 6.028e-007
20 -8.403e-012 3.826e-006 -3.685e-006 2.797e-001 5.844e-007 6.065e-007
21 -8.717e-012 4.130e-006 -3.977e-006 2.944e-001 5.856e-007 6.077e-007
With NE/NASTRAN, the results associated with mode No. 8, are:
237

CM2 Eigen mode 1 frequency [Hz] 1.65
Comment: The difference between the reference frequency of torsion mode (mode No. 8) and the one found by
Advance Design may be explained by the fact that Advance Design is using a lumped mass matrix (see the
corresponding description sheet).

Eigen mode 5 frequency [Hz] 50 Hz -0.04%
Eigen mode 6 frequency [Hz] 50 Hz -0.04%
238
1.73 Simple supported beam in free vibration (01-0098SDLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2512

Test status: Passed
1.73.1 Description
Simple supported beam in free vibration.

Tested functions: Shear force, eigen frequencies.
1.73.2 Background
■ Reference: NAFEMS, FV5

■ Tested functions: Shear force, eigen frequencies.
1.73.2.1 Problem data
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Full square section:

■ Dimensions: a x b = 2m x 2 m
2
■ Area: A = 4m
4
■ Inertia: IP = 2.25 m
4
Iy = Iz = 1.333 m
11
239

3
■
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
■ x = y = z = Rx = 0 at A ;
■ y = z =0 at B ;
■ Inner: None.
Loading
1.73.2.2 Reference frequencies

Mode Shape Units Reference
1 Flexion Hz 42.649
2 Flexion Hz 42.649
3 Torsion Hz 77.542
4 Traction Hz 125.00
5 Flexion Hz 148.31
6 Flexion Hz 148.31
7 Torsion Hz 233.10
8 Flexion Hz 284.55
9 Flexion Hz 284.55
Comment: Due to the condensed (lumped) nature of the mass matrix of Advance Design, the frequencies values of 3
and 7 modes cannot be found by this software. The same modeling done with NE/NASTRAN gave respectively for
mode 3 and 7: 77.2 and 224.1 Hz.

■ Straight elements: linear element
■ Imposed mesh: 5 meshes
Modal deformations
240

CM2 Frequency of eigen mode 1 [Hz] 42.649
Comment: The torsion modes No. 3 and 7 that are calculated with NASTRAN cannot be calculated with Advance
Design CM2 solver and therefore the mode No. 3 of the Advance Design analysis corresponds to mode No. 4 of the
reference. The same problem in the case of No. 7 - Advance Design, that corresponds to mode No. 8 of the
reference.

241
1.74 Membrane with hot point (01-0099HSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2513

Test status: Passed
1.74.1 Description
Membrane with hot point.

Tested functions: Stresses.
1.74.2 Background
■ Reference: NAFEMS, Test T1

■ Analysis type: static, thermo-elastic;
■ Tested functions: Stresses.
Observation: the units system of the initial NAFEMS test, defined in mm, was transposed in m for practical reasons.
However, this has no influence on the results values.
Units
I. S.
Geometry / meshing
A quarter of the structure is modeled by incorporating the terms of symmetries.
Thickness: 1 m
242
11
■ Elongation coefficient  = 0.00001.
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
■ For all nodes in y = 0, uy =0;
■ For all nodes in x = 0, ux =0;
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: None,
■ Internal: Hot point, thermal load T = 100°C;
1.74.3 yy stress at point A:
Reference solution:
243
Reference value: yy = 50 MPa in A

■ Planar elements: membranes,
■ 28 planar elements,
■ 39 nodes.

CM2 syy_mid yy in A [MPa] 50
Note: This value (50.87) is obtained with a vertical cross section through point A. The value represents yy at the left
end of the diagram.
With CM2, it is essential to display the results with the “Smooth results on planar elements” option deactivated.

syy_mid Sigma yy in A [MPa] 50.8666 MPa 1.73%
244
1.75 Cantilever beam in Eulerian buckling with thermal load (01-0092HFLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2507

Test status: Passed
1.75.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement and the normal force on a cantilever beam in Eulerian buckling with thermal load.
1.75.2 Background

■ Reference: Euler theory;
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ L= 10 m
2
■ S=0.01 m
4
■ I = 0.0002 m
10 2
■ Coefficient of thermal expansion:  = 0.00001
Boundary conditions
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: Punctual load P = -100000 N at x = L,
■ Internal: T = -50°C (Contraction equivalent to the compression force)
N 100000
( 0    0.0005  T  0.00001 50 )
ES 2.1010  0.01
245
Reference solution
 2 EI 98696
Pcritical  2
 98696 N     0.98696
4L 100000
Observation: in this case, the thermal load has no effect over the critical coefficient

■ 5 nodes,
■ 4 elements.
Deformed shape

CM2 DZ Vertical displacement v5 on Node 5 - Case 101 [cm] -1.0
CM2 Fx Normal Force on Node A - Case 101 [N] -100000
CM2 Fx Normal Force on Node A - Case 102 [N] -98696

DZ Vertical displacement on Node 5 [cm] -1 cm 0.00%
Fx Normal Force - Case 101 [N] -100000 N 0.00%
Fx Normal Force - Case 102 [N] -98699.3 N 0.00%
246
1.76 Double cross with hinged ends (01-0097SDLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2511

Test status: Passed
1.76.1 Description
Double cross with hinged ends.

Tested functions: Eigen frequencies, crossed beams, in plane bending.
1.76.2 Background
■ Reference: NAFEMS, FV2 test

■ Tested functions: Eigen frequencies, Crossed beams, In plane bending.
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Full square section:

■ Arm length: L=5m
■ Dimensions: a x b = 0.125 x 0.125
-2 2
■ Area: A = 1.563 10 m
-5 4
■ Inertia: IP = 3.433 x 10 m
247
-5 4
Iy = Iz = 2.035 x 10 m
11
3
■
Boundary conditions
■ Outer: A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H points restraint along x and y;
■ Inner: None.
Loading

Mode Units Reference
1 Hz 11.336
2,3 Hz 17.709
4 to 8 Hz 17.709
9 Hz 45.345
10,11 Hz 57.390
12 to 16 Hz 57.390

■ Linear elements type: Beam
■ Imposed mesh: 4 Elements / Arms
Modal deformations
248

CM2 Frequency Frequency of Eigen Mode 1 [Hz] 11.336

Frequency of Eigen Mode 1 [Hz] 11.33 Hz -0.05%
249
250
1.77 Beam on 3 supports with T/C (k -> infinite) (01-0101SSNLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2515

Test status: Passed
1.77.1 Description
Verifies the rotation, the displacement and the moment on a beam consisting of two elements of the same length and
identical characteristics with 3 T/C supports (k -> infinite).
1.77.2 Background

■ Analysis type: static non linear;
■ Element type: linear, T/C.
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ L= 10 m
4
■ Section: IPE 200, Iz = 0.00001943 m
11 2
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
■ Support at node 1 restrained along x and y (x = 0),
■ Support at node 2 restrained along y (x = 10 m),
T/C stiffness ky   (1.10 N/m),
30
■
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: Vertical punctual load P = -100 N at x = 5 m,
■ Internal: None.
251
1.77.2.2 References solutions

ky being infinite, the non linear model behaves the same way as a beam on 3 supports.
Displacements
1 
   0.000115 rad
3PL2 2EI z  k y L3
32EI 3EI  2k L 
z z y
3
PL 3EI  k L 
2 3
2   0.000077 rad
z y
16EI 3EI  2k L 
z z y
3
 3PL3
v3  0

16 3EI z  2k y L3 
3 

PL  6EI z  k y L3
2
  0.000038 rad
32EI z 3EI z   2k L 
y
3
Mz Moments
M z1  0
3k y PL4
Mz2 

16 3EI z  2k y L3   93.75 N.m
PL M z 2  M z1 
M z ( x  5m)    203.13 N.m
4 2

■ 3 nodes,
■ 2 linear elements + 1 T/C.
Deformed shape
252
Moment diagram

CM2 RY Rotation Ry - node 1 [rad] 0.000115
CM2 RY Rotation Ry - node 2 [rad] -0.000077
CM2 DZ Displacement - node 3 [m] 0
CM2 RY Rotation Ry - node 3 [rad] 0.000038
CM2 My Moment M - node 1 [Nm] 0
CM2 My Moment M - node 2 [Nm] 93.75
CM2 My Moment M - middle span 1 [Nm] -203.13

RY Rotation Ry in node 1 [rad] 0.000115005 Rad 0.00%
RY Rotation Ry in node 2 [rad] -7.65875e-005 Rad 0.54%
DZ Displacement - node 3 [m] 9.36486e-030 m 0.00%
RY Rotation Ry in node 3 [rad] 3.81695e-005 Rad 0.45%
My Moment M - node 1 [Nm] 1.3145e-013 N*m 0.00%
My Moment M - node 2 [Nm] 93.6486 N*m -0.11%
My Moment M - middle span 1 [Nm] -203.176 N*m -0.02%
253
1.78 Beam on 3 supports with T/C (k = -10000 N/m) (01-0102SSNLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2516

Test status: Passed
1.78.1 Description
identical characteristics with 3 T/C supports (k = -10000 N/m).
1.78.2 Background

Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ L= 10 m
■ Section: IPE 200, Iz = 0.00001943 m4
11 2
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
■ T/C ky Rigidity = -10000 N/m (the – sign corresponds to an upwards restraint),
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ Internal: None.
254
Displacements
1 
   0.000129 rad
32EI 3EI  2k L 
z z y
3
2 3
2   0.000106 rad
z y
16EI 3EI  2k L 
z z y
3
 3PL3
v3   0.00058 m

16 3EI z  2k y L3 
3 

2
  0.000034 rad
32EI z 3EI z   2k L 
y
3
Mz Moments
M z1  0
3k y PL4
Mz2 

16 3EI z  2k y L3   58.15 N.m
PL M z 2  M z1 
M z ( x  5m)    220.9 N.m
4 2

■ 3 nodes,
Deformed shape
255
Moment diagram

CM2 RY Rotation Ry in node 1 [rad] -0.000129
CM2 RY Rotation Ry in node 2 [rad] 0.000106
CM2 DZ Displacement - node 3 [m] 0.00058
CM2 My M moment - node 1 [Nm] 0
CM2 My M moment - node 2 [Nm] -58.15
CM2 My M moment - middle span 1 [Nm] -220.9

RY Rotation Ry in node 2 [rad] -0.000105646 Rad 0.33%
DZ Displacement - node 3 [m] 0.000581169 m 0.20%
RY Rotation Ry in node 3 [rad] -3.44295e-005 Rad -1.26%
My M moment - node 1 [Nm] 1.77636e-015 N*m 0.00%
My M moment - node 2 [Nm] 58.1169 N*m -0.06%
My M moment - middle span 1 [Nm] -220.942 N*m -0.02%
256
1.79 Linear system of truss beams (01-0103SSLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2517

Test status: Passed
1.79.1 Description
Verifies the displacement and the normal force for a bar system containing 4 elements of the same length and 2
diagonals.
1.79.2 Background

■ Element type: linear, bar.
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ L= 5 m
2
■ Section S = 0.005 m
11 2
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 N/m .
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
■ Support at node 1 restrained along x and y,
■ Inner: None.
257
Loading
■ External: Horizontal punctual load P = 50000 N at node 3,
■ Internal: None.
Displacements
30PL
u3   0.000649 m
11ES
 6PL
v3   0.000129 m
11ES
25PL
u4   0.000541 m
11ES
5PL
v4   0.000108 m
11ES
N normal forces
5
N12  0 N14  P  22727 N
11
6 6 2
N23   P  27272 N N13  P  38569 N
11 11
5 5 2
N 43  P  22727 N N 42   P  32141N
11 11

■ Linear element: bar, without meshing,
■ 4 nodes,
Deformed shape
258
Normal forces

CM2 DX u3 displacement on Node 3 [m] 0.000649
CM2 DZ v3 displacement on Node 3 [m] -0.000129
CM2 DZ v4 displacement on Node 4 [m] 0.000108
CM2 Fx N12 normal force on Element 1 [N] 0
CM2 Fx N23 normal force on Element 2 [N] -27272
CM2 Fx N13 normal effort on Element 5 [N] 38569

DX u3 displacement on Node 3 [m] 0.000649287 m 0.04%
DZ v3 displacement on Node 3 [m] -0.000129871 m -0.68%
DX u4 displacement on Node 4 [m] 0.000541063 m 0.01%
DZ v4 displacement on Node 4 [m] 0.000108224 m 0.21%
Fx N12 normal force on Element 1 [N] 0N 0.00%
Fx N23 normal force on Element 2 [N] -27272.9 N 0.00%
Fx N43 normal force on Element 3 [N] 22727.1 N 0.00%
Fx N14 normal force on Element 4 [N] 22727.1 N 0.00%
Fx N13 normal effort on Element 5 [N] 38569.8 N 0.00%
Fx N42 normal force on Element 6 [N] -32140.9 N 0.00%
259
1.80 Double fixed beam in Eulerian buckling with a thermal load (01-0091HFLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2506

Test status: Passed
1.80.1 Description
Verifies the normal force on the nodes of a double fixed beam in Eulerian buckling with a thermal load.
1.80.2 Background

■ Reference: Euler theory;
Units
I. S.
Geometry
L= 10 m
Cross Section Sx m² Sy m² Sz m² Ix m4 Iy m4 Iz m4
Vx m3 V1y m3 V1z m3 V2y m3 V2z m3
IPE200 0.002850 0.001400 0.001799 0.0000000646 0.0000014200 0.0000194300
0.00000000 0.00002850 0.00019400 0.00002850 0.00019400
11 2
■ Coefficient of thermal expansion:  = 0.00001
Boundary conditions
■ Inner: None.
260
Loading
■ External: Punctual load FZ = 1 N at = L/2 (load that initializes the deformed shape),
■ Internal: T = 5°C corresponding to a compression force of:
N  ES T  2.1E11  0.00285  0.00001  5  29.925 kN
Reference solution
 2 EI 29.925
Pcritical  2
 117.724 kN     3.93
L 117.724
 
2
Observation: in this case, the thermal load has no effect over the critical coefficient

■ 11 nodes,
■ 10 elements.
Deformed shape of mode 1

CM2 Fx Normal Force on Node 6 - Case 101 [kN] -29.925
CM2 Fx Normal Force on Node 6 - Case 102 [kN] -117.724
261

Fx Normal Force Fx on Node 6 - Case 101 [kN] -29.904 kN 0.07%
Fx Normal Force Fx on Node 6 - Case 102 [kN] -118.081 kN -0.30%
262
1.81 Fixed/free slender beam with eccentric mass or inertia (01-0096SDLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2510

Test status: Passed
1.81.1 Description
Fixed/free slender beam with eccentric mass or inertia.

Tested functions: Eigen mode frequencies, straight slender beam, combined bending-torsion, plane bending,
1.81.2 Background

■ Tested functions: Eigen mode frequencies, straight slender beam, combined bending-torsion, plane bending,
transverse bending, punctual mass..
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Outer diameter: de= 0.35 m,
■ Distance BC: lBC = 1 m
■ Area: A =1.57865 x 10-2 m2
-4 4
■ Inertia: Iy = Iz = 2.21899 x 10 m
-4 4
■ Polar inertia: Ip = 4.43798 x 10 m
263
■ Punctual mass: mc = 1000 kg
11
■ Longitudinal elasticity modulus of AB element: E = 2.1 x 10 Pa,
Density of the linear element AB:  = 7800 kg/m
3
■
■ Poisson's ratio =0.3(this coefficient was not specified in the AFNOR test , the value 0.3 seems to be the more
appropriate to obtain the correct frequency value of modes No. 4 and 5 with NE/NASTRAN:
21
■ Elastic modulus of BC element: E = 10 Pa
■ Density of the linear element BC:  = 0 kg/m3
Boundary conditions
Fixed at point A, x = 0,
Loading
Reference solutions
The different eigen frequencies are determined using a finite elements model of Euler beam (slender beam).
fz + t0 = flexion x,z + torsion
fy + tr = flexion x,y + traction
Mode Units Reference
1 (fz + t0) Hz 1.636
2 (fy + tr) Hz 1.642
3 (fy + tr) Hz 13.460
4 (fz + t0) Hz 13.590
5 (fz + t0) Hz 28.900
6 (fy + tr) Hz 31.960
7 (fz + t0) Hz 61.610
1 (fz + t0) Hz 63.930
Uncertainty about the Reference solutions

The uncertainty about the reference solutions:  1%

■ Linear element AB: Beam
■ Imposed mesh: 50 elements.
■ Linear element BC: Beam
■ Without meshing
Modal deformations
264

CM2 Frequency Eigen mode 1 frequency (fz + t0) [Hz] 1.636
CM2 Frequency Eigen mode 2 frequency (fy + tr) [Hz] 1.642
Note:
fz + t0 = flexion x,z + torsion
fy + tr = flexion x,y + traction
Observation: because the mass matrix of Advance Design is condensed and not consistent, the torsion modes
obtained are not taking into account the self rotation mass inertia of the beam.
265

266
1.82 Beam on 3 supports with T/C (k = 0) (01-0100SSNLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2514

Test status: Passed
1.82.1 Description
identical characteristics with 3 T/C supports (k = 0).
1.82.2 Background

Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ L= 10 m
4
■ Section: IPE 200, Iz = 0.00001943 m
11 2
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
■ T/C stiffness ky = 0,
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ Internal: None.
267

ky being null, the non linear model behaves the same way as the structure without support 3.
Displacements
1 
   0.000153 rad
32EI 3EI  2k L 
z z y
3
2 3
2   0.000153 rad
z y
16EI 3EI  2k L 
z z y
3
 3PL3
v3   0.00153 m

16 3EI z  2k y L3 
3 

2
  0.000153 rad
32EI z 3EI z   2k L 
y
3
Mz Moments
M z1  0
3k y PL4
Mz2 

16 3EI z  2k y L3 0
PL M z 2  M z1 
M z ( x  5m)    250 N.m
4 2

■ 3 nodes,
Deformed shape
268
Moment diagrams

CM2 RY Rotation Ry in node 2 [rad] -0.000153
CM2 DZ Displacement V in node 3 [m] 0.00153
CM2 My Moment M in node 1 [Nm] 0
CM2 My Moment M - middle span 1 [Nm] -250

RY Rotation Ry in node 2 [rad] -0.000153175 Rad -0.11%
DZ Displacement V in node 3 [m] 0.00153175 m 0.11%
RY Rotation Ry in node 3 [rad] -0.000153175 Rad -0.11%
My Moment M in node 1 [Nm] 5.05771e-014 N*m 0.00%
My Moment M - middle span 1 [Nm] -250 N*m 0.00%
269
1.83 BAEL 91 (concrete design) - France: Linear element in combined bending/tension - without
compressed reinforcements - Partially tensioned section (02-0158SSLLB_B91)
Test ID: 2520

Test status: Passed
1.83.1 Description
Verifies the reinforcement results for a concrete beam with 8 isostatic spans subjects to uniform loads and
compression normal forces.

■ Reference: J. Perchat (CHEC) reinforced concrete course
Units
■ Forces: kN
■ Moment: kN.m
■ Stresses: MPa
■ Reinforcement density: cm²
Geometry
■ Beam dimensions: 0.2 x 0.5 ht
■ Length: l = 48 m in 8 spans of 6m,
■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 20000 MPa,
■ Poisson's ratio:  = 0.
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
■ Hinged at end x = 0,
■ Vertical support at the same level with all other supports
■ Inner: Hinged at each beam end (isostatic)
Loading
■ External:
■ Case 1 (DL):uniform linear load g= -5kN/m (on all spans except 8)
Fx = 10 kN at x = 42m: Ng = -10 kN for spans from 6 to 7
Fx = 140 kN at x = 32m: Ng = -150 kN for span 5
Fx = -50 kN at x = 24m: Ng = -100 kN for span 4
Fx = -70 kN at x = 6m: Ng = -30 kN for span 1
■ Case 10 (DL):uniform linear load g = -5 kN/m (span 8)

Fx = 10 kN at x = 48m: Ng = -10 kN
Fx = -10 kN at x = 42m
■ Case 2 to 8 (LL):uniform linear load q = -9 kN/m (on spans 1, 3 to 7)
270
uniform linear load q = -15 kN/m (on span 2)

Fx = 30 kN at x = 6m (case 2 span 1)
Fx = -50 kN at x = 6m (case 3 span 2)
Fx = -8 kN at x = 36m (case 8 span 7
■ Case 9 (ACC):uniform linear load a = -25 kN/m (on 8th span)

Comb BAELUS: 1.35xDL+1.5xLL with duration of more than 24h (comb 101, 104 to 107)
Comb BAEULI: 1.35xDL+1.5xLL with duration between 1h and 24h (comb 102)
Comb BAELUC: 1.35xDL + 1.5xLL with duration of less than 1h (comb 103)
Comb BAELS: 1xDL + 1*LL (comb 108 to 114)
Comb BAELA: 1xDL + 1xACC with duration of less than 1h (comb 115)
■ Internal: None.
Reinforced concrete calculation hypothesis:

All concrete covers are set to 5 cm
BAEL 91 calculation (according to 99 revised version)
Span Concrete Reinforcement Application Concrete Cracking
1 B20 HA fe500 D>24h No Non
prejudicial
2 B35 Adx fe235 1h<D<24h No Non
prejudicial
3 B50 HA fe 400 D<1h Yes Non
prejudicial
4 B25 HA fe500 D>24h Yes Prejudicial
5 B25 HA fe500 D>24h No Very
prejudicial
6 B30 Adx fe235 D>24h Yes Prejudicial
7 B40 HA fe500 D>24h Yes 160 MPa
8 B45 HA fe500 D<1h Yes Non
prejudicial
1.83.1.2 Reinforcement calculation
Reference solution
Span 1 Span 2 Span 3 Span 4 Span 5 Span 6 Span 7 Span 8

fc28 20 35 50 25 25 30 40 45
ft28 1.8 2.7 3.6 2.1 2.1 2.4 3 3.3
fe 500 235 400 500 500 235 500 500
271

teta 1 0.9 0.85 1 1 1 1 0.85
gamb 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.15
gams 1.15 1.15 1.15 1.15 1.15 1.15 1.15 1
h 1.6 1 1.6 1.6 1.6 1 1.6 1.6
fbu 11.33 22.04 33.33 14.17 14.17 17.00 22.67 39.13

fed 434.78 204.35 347.83 434.78 434.78 204.35 434.78 500.00
sigpreju 250.00 156.67 264.00 250.00 250.00 156.67 160.00 252.76
sigtpreju 200.00 125.33 211.20 200.00 200.00 125.33 160.00 202.21
g 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00

q 9.00 15.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 25.00
pu 20.25 29.25 20.25 20.25 20.25 20.25 20.25 30.00
pser 14.00 20.00 14.00 14.00 14.00 14.00 14.00
G -30.00 -100.00 -50.00 -100.00 -150.00 -10.00 -10.00 -10.00
Q -30.00 -50.00 -40.00 -100.00 -100.00 -8.00 -8.00 -8.00
l 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00
Mu 91.13 131.63 91.13 91.13 91.13 91.13 91.13 135.00
Nu -85.50 -210.00 -127.50 -285.00 -352.50 -25.50 -25.50 -18.00
Mser 63.00 90.00 63.00 63.00 63.00 63.00 63.00
Nser -60.00 -150.00 -90.00 -200.00 -250.00 -18.00 -18.00
Vu 60.75 87.75 60.75 60.75 60.75 60.75 60.75 90.00
Main reinforcement calculation according to ULS
Mu/A 74.03 89.63 65.63 34.13 20.63 86.03 86.03 131.40
ubu 0.161 0.100 0.049 0.059 0.036 0.125 0.094 0.083
a 0.221 0.133 0.062 0.077 0.046 0.167 0.123 0.108
z 0.410 0.426 0.439 0.436 0.442 0.420 0.428 0.430
Au 6.12 20.57 7.97 8.35 9.18 11.27 5.21 6.46
Main reinforcement calculation with prejudicial cracking according to SLS
Mser/A 51.000 60.000 45.000 23.000 13.000 59.400 59.400 0.000
a 0.4186 0.6678 0.6303 0.4737 0.4737 0.6328 0.6923 0.6157
Mrb 87.53 220.78 302.44 121.16 121.16 182.01 258.82 267.55
A 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000
B -3.0000 -3.0000 -3.0000 -3.0000 -3.0000 -3.0000 -3.0000 -3.0000
C -0.4533 -0.8511 -0.3788 -0.2044 -0.1156 -0.8426 -0.8250 0.0000
D 0.4533 0.8511 0.3788 0.2044 0.1156 0.8426 0.8250 0.0000
alpha1 0.238 0.432 0.428
z 0.414 0.385 0.386
Aserp 10.22 10.99 10.75
Main reinforcement calculation with very prejudicial cracking according to SLS
Mser/A 51.00 60.00 45.00 23.00 13.00 59.40 59.40 0.00
a 0.47 0.72 0.68 0.53 0.53 0.68 0.69 0.67
Mrb 96.93 231.67 319.66 132.43 132.43 192.27 258.82 283.60
A 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000
B -3.0000 -3.0000 -3.0000 -3.0000 -3.0000 -3.0000 -3.0000 -3.0000
C -0.5667 -1.0638 -0.4735 -0.2556 -0.1444 -1.0532 -0.8250 0.0000
D 0.5667 1.0638 0.4735 0.2556 0.1444 1.0532 0.8250 0.0000
alpha1 0.203
z 0.420
Asertp 14.049
Transverse reinforcement calculation
tu 0.68 0.98 0.68 0.68 0.68 0.68 0.68 1.00
k 0.57 0.40 0.00 -0.14 -0.41 0.00 0.00 0.00
272

At/st 1.87 7.08 4.31 3.90 4.77 7.34 3.45 4.44
Recapitulation
Aflex 6.12 20.57 7.97 10.22 14.05 11.27 10.75 6.46
e0 -0.95 -1.67 -1.43 -3.17 -3.97 -0.29 -0.29 -0.13
Aminfsimp 0.75 2.38 1.86 0.87 0.87 2.11 1.24 1.37
Aminfcomp 0.83 2.54 2.01 0.90 0.90 2.80 1.65 0.30
At 1.87 7.08 4.31 3.90 4.77 7.34 3.45 4.44
Atmin 1.60 3.40 2.00 1.60 1.60 3.40 1.60 1.60

■ Linear elements: beams with imposed mesh
■ 29 nodes,

2
CM2 Az Inf. main reinf. T1 [cm ] 6.12
2
CM2 Amin Min. main reinf. T1 [cm ] 0.75
2
CM2 Atz Trans. reinf. T1 [cm ] 1.87
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
CM2 Amin Min. main. reinf. T7 [cm ] 1.24
2
2
2
2
The "Mu limit" method must be applied in order to achieve the same results.

Az Inf. main reinf. T1 [cm²] -6.11718 cm² 0.05%
Amin Min. main reinf. T1 [cm²] 0.7452 cm² -0.64%
Atz Trans. reinf. T1 [cm²] 1.8699 cm² -0.01%
273

Atz Trans. reinf. T2 [cm²] 7.07943 cm² -0.01%
Amin Min. main reinf. T3 [cm²] 1.863 cm² 0.16%
Atz Trans. reinf. T3 [cm²] 4.3125 cm² 0.06%
Az Inf. main reinf. T4 [cm²] -10.2301 cm² -0.10%
Amin Min. main. reinf. T7 [cm²] 1.242 cm² 0.16%
274
1.84 BAEL 91 (concrete design) - France: Linear element in simple bending - without compressed
reinforcement (02-0162SSLLB_B91)
Test ID: 2521

Test status: Passed
1.84.1 Description
Verifies the reinforcement results for a concrete beam with 8 isostatic spans subjected to uniform loads.

■ Reference: J. Perchat (CHEC) reinforced concrete course
Units
■ Forces: kN
■ Moment: kN.m
■ Stresses: MPa
2
■ Reinforcement density: cm
Geometry
■ Beam dimensions: 0.2 x 0.5 ht
■ Length: l = 42 m in 7 spans of 6m,
■ Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 20000 MPa,
■ Poisson's ratio:  = 0.
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
■ Hinged at end x = 0,
■ Vertical support at the same level with all other supports
■ Inner: Hinge z at each beam end (isostatic)
Loading
■ External:
■ Case 1 (DL):uniform linear load g = -5 kN/m (on all spans except 8)
■ Case 2 to 8 (LL):uniform linear load q = -9 kN/m (on spans 1, 3 to 7)

uniform linear load q = -15 kN/m (on span 2)
th
■ Case 9 (ACC): uniform linear load a = -25 kN/m (on 8 span)
th
■ Case 10 (DL):uniform linear load g = -5 kN/m (on 8 span)
Comb BAELUS: 1.35xDL+1.5xLL with duration of more than 24h (comb 101, 104 to 107)
Comb BAEULI: 1.35xDL+1.5xLL with duration between 1h and 24h (comb 102)
Comb BAELUC: 1.35xDL + 1.5xLL with duration of less than 1h (comb 103)
Comb BAELS: 1xDL + 1*LL (comb 108 to 114)
Comb BAELUA: 1xDL + 1xACC (comb 115)
■ Internal: None.
275
Reinforced concrete calculation hypothesis:

■ All concrete covers are set to 5 cm
■ BAEL 91 calculation with the revised version 99
Span Concrete Reinforcement Application Concrete Cracking
1 B20 HA fe500 D>24h No Non
prejudicial
2 B35 Adx fe235 1h<D<24h No Non
prejudicial
3 B50 HA fe 400 D<1h Yes Non
prejudicial
4 B25 HA fe500 D>24h Yes Prejudicial
5 B60 HA fe500 D>24h No Very
prejudicial
6 B30 Adx fe235 D>24h Yes Prejudicial
7 B40 HA fe500 D>24h Yes 160 MPa
8 B45 HA fe500 D<1h Yes Non
prejudicial
1.84.1.2 Reinforcement calculation
Reference solution
fc28 20 35 50 25 60 30 40 45
ft28 1.8 2.7 3.6 2.1 4.2 2.4 3 3.3
fe 500 235 400 500 500 235 500 500
teta 1 0.9 0.85 1 1 1 1 0.85
gamb 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.15
gams 1.15 1.15 1.15 1.15 1.15 1.15 1.15 1
h 1.6 1 1.6 1.6 1.6 1 1.6 1.6
fbu 11.33 22.04 33.33 14.17 34.00 17.00 22.67 39.13

fed 434.78 204.35 347.83 434.78 434.78 204.35 434.78 500.00
sigpreju 250.00 156.67 264.00 250.00 285.15 156.67 160.00 252.76
sigtpreju 200.00 125.33 211.20 200.00 228.12 125.33 160.00 202.21
g 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00

q 9.00 15.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 9.00 25.00
pu 20.25 29.25 20.25 20.25 20.25 20.25 20.25 30.00
pser 14.00 20.00 14.00 14.00 14.00 14.00 14.00
l 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00
Mu 91.13 131.63 91.13 91.13 91.13 91.13 91.13 135.00
Mser 63.00 90.00 63.00 63.00 63.00 63.00 63.00
Vu 60.75 87.75 60.75 60.75 60.75 60.75 60.75 90.00
Longitudinal reinforcement calculation according to ELU
ubu 0.199 0.147 0.068 0.159 0.066 0.132 0.099 0.085
a 0.279 0.200 0.087 0.217 0.086 0.178 0.131 0.111
z 0.400 0.414 0.434 0.411 0.435 0.418 0.426 0.430
Au 5.24 15.56 6.03 5.10 4.82 10.67 4.91 6.28
Main reinforcement calculation with prejudicial cracking according to SLS
A 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000
B -3.000 -3.000 -3.000 -3.000 -3.000 -3.000 -3.000 -3.000
C -0.56000 -0.89362 -0.87500
D 0.56000 0.89362 0.87500
alpha1 0.367 0.442 0.438
z 0.395 0.384 0.384
Aserp 6.38 10.48 10.25
Main reinforcement calculation with very prejudicial cracking according to SLS
A 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
B -3.00 -3.00 -3.00 -3.00 -3.00 -3.00 -3.00 -3.00
C -0.70 -1.60 -0.66 -0.70 -0.61371 -1.12 -0.88 0.00
D 0.70 1.60 0.66 0.70 0.61371 1.12 0.88 0.00
alpha1 0.381
z 0.393
Asertp 7.030
276

Transversal reinforcement calculation
tu 0.68 0.98 0.68 0.68 0.68 0.68 0.68 1.00
k 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
At/st 0.69 1.79 4.31 3.45 3.45 7.34 3.45 4.44
Recapitulation
Aflex 5.24 15.56 6.03 6.38 7.03 10.67 10.25 6.28
Aminflex 0.75 2.38 1.86 0.87 1.74 2.11 1.24 1.37
At 0.69 1.79 4.31 3.45 3.45 7.34 3.45 4.44
Atmin 1.60 3.40 2.00 1.60 1.60 3.40 1.60 1.60

■ Linear elements: beams with imposed mesh
■ 29 nodes,
Reference

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
CM2 Amin Min. main. reinf. T7 [cm ] 1.24
2
2
2
2
The "Mu limit" method must be applied to attain the same results.
277

Amin Min. main. reinf. T7 [cm²] 1.242 cm² 0.16%
278
1.85 BAEL 91 (concrete design) - France: Design of a concrete floor with an opening (03-
0208SSLLG_BAEL91)
Test ID: 2524

Test status: Passed
1.85.1 Description
Verifies the displacements, bending moments and reinforcement results for a 2D concrete slab with supports and
punctual loads.
1.85.2 Background

■ Calculation model: 2D concrete slab.
■ Slab thickness: 20 cm
■ Slab length: 20m
■ Slab width: 10m
■ The supports (punctual and linear) are considered as hinged.
■ Supports positioning (see scheme below)
■ 1,50m*2,50m opening => see positioning on the following scheme
■ Materials:
■ Concrete B25
■ Young module: E= 36000 MPa
■ Load case:
■ Permanent loads: 100 kg/m2
■ Permanent loads: 200 kg/ml around the opening
■ Punctual loads of 2T in permanent loads (see the following definition)
■ Usage overloads: 250 kg/m2
■ Mesh density: 0.5 m
279
Slab Geometry
Support positions
280
Positions of punctual loads
Global Loading overview
281
Load Combinations
Code Numbers Type Title
BAGMAX 1 Static Permanent loads + self weight
BAQ 2 Static Usage overloads
BAELS 101 Comb_Lin Gmax+Q
BAELU 102 Comb_Lin 1.35Gmax+1.5Q
1.85.2.2 Effel Structure Results
SLS max displacements (load combination 101)
Mx bending moment for ULS load combination
282
My bending moment for ULS load combination
Mxy bending moment for ULS load combination
1.85.2.3 Effel RC Expert Results
Main hypothesis
■ Top and bottom concrete covers: 3 cm
■ Slightly dangerous cracking
■ Concrete B25 => Fc28= 25 MPa
■ Reinforcement calculation according to Wood method.
■ Calculation starting from non averaged forces.
283
Axi reinforcements
Ayi reinforcements
284
Axs reinforcements
Ays reinforcements

Solver Result Result description Reference
name value
CM2 D Max displacement for SLS (load combination 101) [cm] 0.176
CM2 Myy Mx and My bending moments for ULS (load combination 102) Max(Mx) [kN.m] 25.20
CM2 Myy Mx and My bending moments for ULS (load combination 102) Min(Mx) [kN.m] -15.71
CM2 Mxx Mx and My bending moments for ULS (load combination 102) Max(My) [kN.m] 31.17
CM2 Mxx Mx and My bending moments for ULS (load combination 102) Min(My) [kN.m] -18.79
CM2 Mxy Mx and My bending moments for ULS (load combination 102) Max (Mxy) [kN.m] 10.26
CM2 Mxy Mx and My bending moments for ULS (load combination 102) Min (Mxy) [kN.m] -10.14
285
2
CM2 Axi Theoretic reinforcements Axi [cm ] 3.84
2
CM2 Axs Theoretic reinforcements Axs [cm ] 3.55
2
CM2 Ayi Theoretic reinforcements Ayi [cm ] 3.75
2
CM2 Ays Theoretic reinforcements Ays [cm ] 4.53
These values are obtained from the maximum values from the mesh.

D Max displacement for SLS (load combination 101) [cm] 0.174641 cm -0.77%
Myy Mx and My bending moments for ULS (load combination 102) 25.2594 kN*m 0.24%
Max(Mx) [kNm]
Myy Mx and My bending moments for ULS (load combination 102) -15.6835 kN*m 0.17%
Min(Mx) [kNm]
Mxx Mx and My bending moments for ULS (load combination 102) 31.2449 kN*m 0.24%
Max(My) [kNm]
Mxx Mx and My bending moments for ULS (load combination 102) -18.7726 kN*m 0.09%
Min(My) [kNm]
Mxy Mx and My bending moments for ULS (load combination 102) -10.1558 kN*m 1.02%
Max (Mxy) [kNm]
Mxy Mx and My bending moments for ULS (load combination 102) 10.2508 kN*m 1.09%
Min (Mxy) [kNm]
Axi Theoretic reinforcements Axi [cm2] 3.83063 cm² -0.24%
Axs Theoretic reinforcementsAxs [cm2] 3.629 cm² 2.23%
Ayi Theoretic reinforcements Ayi [cm2] 3.72879 cm² -0.57%
Ays Theoretic reinforcements Ays [cm2] 4.61909 cm² 1.97%
286
1.86 PS92 - France: Study of a mast subjected to an earthquake (02-0112SMLLB_P92)
Test ID: 2519

Test status: Passed
1.86.1 Description
A structure consisting of 2 beams and 2 punctual masses, subjected to a lateral earthquake along X. The frequency
modes, the eigen vectors, the participation factors, the displacement at the top of the mast and the forces at the top
of the mast are verified.

■ Analysis type: modal and spectral analyses;
■ Element type: linear, mass.
1.86.1.2 Material strength model
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Outer radius: Rext = 3.00 m
■ Inner radius: Rint = 2.80 m
2
■ Axial section: S= 3.644 m
4
■ Polar inertia: Ip = 30.68 m
4
■ Bending inertias: Ix =15.34 m
4
Iy = 15.34 m
Masses
■ M1 =203873.6 kg
■ M2 =101936.8 kg
10 2
 = 25 kN/m
3
■ Density:
287
Boundary conditions
■ Outer: Fixed in X = 0, Y = 0 m,
Loading
■ External: Seismic excitation on X direction

Linear element: beam, automatic mesh,
1.86.1.3 Seismic hypothesis in conformity with PS92 regulation

■ Zone: Nice Sophia Antipolis (Zone II).
■ Site: S1 (Medium soil, 10m thickness).
■ Construction type class: B
■ Behavior coefficient: 3
■ Material damping: 4% (Reinforced concrete).
1.86.1.4 Modal analysis
Eigen periods Reference solution

Substract the value of structure’s specific horizontal periods by solving the following equation:

det K  M 2  0
48EI  16  5
K  
 5 
7L3  2 

 M1 0 
M  
 0 

 M2 
Eigen modes Units Reference
1 Hz 2.085
2 Hz 10.742
Modal vectors
For 1:
 48EI  16  5   M  2 0   U1  U   1 
   1 1     0   1  1   
 7L3   5 2   0   
M 2  1   U 2 
2  U   3.055 
   2  
For 2:
U   1 
 2  1    
 U 2    0.655 
Normalizing relative to the mass
 9.305  10 4   2.01 10 3 
1   ; 2 
3 

  1.316  10 3 
 2.842  10   
288
Modal deformations
1.86.1.5 Spectral study
Design spectrum
Nominal acceleration:
f1  2.085Hz  a n  5.5411m s 2
f2  10.742Hz  a n  6.25 m s 2
Observation: the gap between pulses is greater than 10%, so the modal responses can be regarded as independent.
Reference participation factors

 i   iM
289
 : Vecteur  directeur  de  la  direction  du  séisme

Eigen modes Reference
1 479.427
2 275.609
Pseudo-acceleration
i  a i     i   i in (m/s2)
0.4
 5% 
    : Damping correction factor.
  
: Structure damping.
 2.7026   3.7852 
1    1   
 8.2556   - 2.4783 
Reference modal displacement
 1.576E  02   8.318E  04 
 1     2   
 4.814E  02   - 5.446E  04 
Equivalent static forces
 5.510E  05   7.717E  05 
F1    F2   
 8.415E  05   - 2.526E  05 
Displacement at the top of the mast
U1  4.81E  02 2
  5.446E  04
2

Units Reference
m 4.814 E-02
Shear force at the top of the mast
T1 
8.415E  05 2
  2.526E  05
2

3
3: Being the behavior coefficient of forces
Units Reference
N 2.929 E+05
Moment at the base
Units Reference
N.m 1.578 E+07
Reference

CM2 Frequency Frequency Mode 1 [Hz] 2.085
CM2 Frequency Frequency Mode 2 [Hz] 10.742
CM2 D Displacement at the top of the mast [cm] 4.814
290
CM2 Fz Forces at the top of the mast [N] 2.929E+05

Frequency Mode 1 [Hz] 2.08 Hz -0.24%
Frequency Mode 2 [Hz] 10.74 Hz -0.02%
D Displacement at the top of the mast [cm] 4.81159 cm -0.05%
Fz Forces at the top of the mast [N] 292677 N -0.08%
291
1.87 CM66 (steel design) - France: Design of a 2D portal frame (03-0207SSLLG_CM66)
Test ID: 2523

Test status: Passed
1.87.1 Description
Verifies the steel calculation results (displacement at ridge, normal forces, bending moments, deflections, stresses,
buckling lengths, lateral torsional buckling lengths and cross section optimization) for a 2D metallic portal frame,
according to CM66.
1.87.2 Background

■ Calculation model: 2D metallic portal frame.
■ Column section: IPE500
■ Rafter section: IPE400
■ Base plates: hinged.
■ Portal frame width: 20m
■ Columns height: 6m
■ Portal frame height at the ridge: 7.5m
■ Load case:
■ Permanent loads: 150 kg/m on the roof + elements self weight.
■ Usage overloads: 800 kg/ml on the roof
■ Mesh density: 1m
Model preview
Combinations
Code Numbers Type Title

CMP 1 Static Permanent load + self weight
CMS 2 Static Usage overloads
CMCFN 101 Comb_Lin 1.333P
CMCFN 102 Comb_Lin 1.333P+1.5S
CMCFN 103 Comb_Lin P+1.5S
CMCD 104 Comb_Lin P+S
292
1.87.2.2 Effel Structure Results
Ridge displacements (combination 104)
Diagram of normal force envelope
293
Envelope of bending moments diagram
1.87.2.3 Effel Expert CM results
Main hypotheses
For columns
■ Deflections: 1/150
Envelopes deflections calculation.
■ Buckling: XY plane: Automatic calculation of the structure on fixed nodes
XZ plane: Automatic calculation of the structure on fixed nodes
Ka-Kb Method
■ Lateral-torsional buckling: Ldi automatic calculation: no restraints
Lds imposed value: 2 m
For the rafters

■ Buckling: XY plane: Automatic calculation of the structure on fixed nodes
Ka-Kb Method
■ Lateral-torsional buckling: Ldi automatic calculation: No restraints
Lds imposed value: 1.5m
Optimization criteria
■ Work ratio optimization between 90 and 100%
■ Labels optimization (on Advance Design templates)
294
Defection verification
Ratio
CM Stress diagrams
Work ratio
Stresses
295
Buckling lengths
Lfy
Lfz
Lateral-torsional buckling lengths
Ldi
296
Lds
Optimization

CM2 D Displacement at the ridge [cm] 9.36
CM2 Fx Envelope normal forces on Columns (min) [T] -15.77
CM2 Fx Envelope normal forces on Rafters (max) [T] -1.02
CM2 My Envelope bending moments on Columns (min) [T.m] -42.41
CM2 My Envelope bending moments on Rafters (max) [T.m] 42.41
CM2 Deflection CM deflections on Columns [%] L / 438 (34%)
CM2 Deflection CM deflections on Rafters [%] L / 111 (180%)
CM2 Stress CM stresses on Columns [MPa] 230.34
CM2 Stress CM stresses on Rafters [MPa] 458.38
CM2 Lfy Buckling lengths on Columns - Lfy [m] 5.84
CM2 Lfz Buckling lengths on Columns - Lfz [m] 6
CM2 Lfy Buckling lengths on Rafters - Lfy [m] 7.08
CM2 Lfz Buckling lengths on Rafters - Lfz [m] 10.11
297
Warning, the local axes in Effel Structure have different orientation in Advance Design.

CM2 Ldi Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Columns Ldi [m] 6
CM2 Lds Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Columns Lds [m] 2
CM2 Ldi Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Rafters Ldi [m] 10.11
CM2 Lds Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Rafters Lds [m] 1.5
Solver Result name Result description Rate (%) Final section

CM2 Work ratio IPE500 columns - section optimization 98 IPE500
CM2 Work ratio IPE400 rafters - section optimization 195 IPE550

D Displacement at the ridge [cm] 9.36473 cm 0.05%
Fx Envelope normal forces on Columns (min) [T] -15.7798 T -0.06%
Fx Envelope normal forces on Rafters (max) [T] -1.0161 T 0.38%
My Envelope bending moments on Columns (min) [Tm] 42.4226 T*m 0.03%
My Envelope bending moments on Rafters (max) [Tm] 42.4226 T*m 0.03%
Deflection CM deflections on Columns [adm] 438.077 Adim. 0.02%
Deflection CM deflections on Rafters [adm] 111.325 Adim. 0.29%
Stress CM stresses on Columns [adm] 230.331 MPa 0.00%
Stress CM stresses on Rafters [adm] 458.367 MPa 0.00%
Lfy Buckling lengths on Columns - Lfy [m] 6m 0.00%
Lfz Buckling lengths on Columns - Lfz [m] 5.84401 m 0.07%
Lfy Buckling lengths on Rafters - Lfy [m] 10.1119 m 0.02%
Lfz Buckling lengths on Rafters - Lfz [m] 7.07904 m -0.01%
Ldi Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Columns Ldi [m] 6m 0.00%
Lds Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Columns Lds [m] 2m 0.00%
Ldi Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Rafters Ldi [m] 10.1119 m 0.02%
Lds Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Rafters Lds [m] 1.5 m 0.00%
Work ratio IPE500 columns - section optimization [adm] 0.980131 Adim. 0.01%
Work ratio IPE400 rafters - section optimization [adm] 1.9505 Adim. 0.03%
298
1.88 Non linear system of truss beams (01-0104SSNLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2518

Test status: Passed
1.88.1 Description
Verifies the displacement and the normal force for a bar system containing 4 elements of the same length and 2
diagonals.
1.88.2 Background

■ Element type: linear, bar, tie.
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ L= 5 m
■ Section S = 0.005 m2
11 2
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 N/m .
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
■ Inner: None.
299
Loading
■ External: Horizontal punctual load P = 50000 N at node 3,
■ Internal: None.

In non linear analysis without large displacement, the introduction of ties for the diagonal bars removes bar 5 (test
No. 0103SSLLB_FEM allows finding an compression force in this bar at the linear calculation).
Displacements
5PL
u3  u 4   0.001195 m
11ES
PL
v3    0.000238 m
ES
v4  0
N normal forces
N12  0 N14  0
N23  P  50000 N N13  2P  70711N
N 43  0 N42  0

■ Linear element: bar, without meshing,
■ 4 nodes,
Deformed shape
300
Normal forces

CM2 DZ v3 displacement on Node 3 [m] -0.000238
CM2 DZ v4 displacement on Node 4 [m] 0
CM2 Fx N13 normal effort on Element 5 [N] 70711

DX u3 displacement on Node 3 [m] 0.00119035 m -0.39%
DZ v3 displacement on Node 3 [m] -0.000238095 m -0.04%
DX u4 displacement on Node 4 [m] 0.00119035 m -0.39%
DZ v4 displacement on Node 4 [m] 9.94686e-316 m 0.00%
Fx N23 normal force on Element 2 [N] -50000 N 0.00%
Fx N14 normal force on Element 4 [N] 2.08884e-307 N 0.00%
Fx N13 normal effort on Element 5 [N] 70710.7 N 0.00%
301
302
1.89 CM66 (steel design) - France: Design of a Steel Structure (03-0206SSLLG_CM66)
Test ID: 2522

Test status: Passed
1.89.1 Description
Verifies the steel calculation results (maximum displacement, normal force, bending moment, deflections, buckling
lengths, lateral-torsional buckling and cross section optimization) for a simple metallic framework with a concrete
floor, according to CM66.
1.89.2 Background

■ Calculation model: Simple metallic framework with a concrete floor.
■ Load case:
■ Permanent loads: 150 kg/m² for the floor and 25kg/m² for the roof.
■ Overloads: 250 kg/m² on the floor.
■ Wind loads on region II for a normal location
■ Snow loads on region 2B at an altitude of 750m.
■ CM66 Combinations
Model preview
303
Structure’s load case

Code No. Type Title
CMP 1 Static SW + Dead loads
CMS 2 Static Overloads for usage
CMV 3 Static Wind overloads along +X in overpressure
CMV 4 Static Wind overloads along +X in depression
CMV 5 Static Wind overloads along -X in overpressure
CMV 6 Static Wind overloads along -X in depression
CMV 7 Static Wind overloads along +Z in overpressure
CMV 8 Static Wind overloads along +Z in depression
CMV 9 Static Wind overloads along -Z in overpressure
CMV 10 Static Wind overloads along -Z in depression
CMN 11 Static Normal snow overloads
1.89.2.2 Effel Structure results

Displacement Envelope (“CMCD" load combinations)
Envelope of linear element forces

Max. D DX DY DZ
Env. Case No.
location (cm) (cm) (cm) (cm)
Max(D) 213 148 CENTER 12.115 0.037 12.035 -1.393
Min(D) 188 1.1 START 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
Max(DX) 204 72.1 START 3.138 3.099 0.434 0.244
Min(DX) 204 313 END 2.872 -1.872 -0.129 -2.174
Max(DY) 213 148 CENTER 12.115 0.037 12.035 -1.393
Min(DY) 213 61.5 END 9.986 -0.118 -9.985 0.046
Max(DZ) 201 371 CENTER 4.149 -0.006 -0.188 4.145
Min(DZ) 203 370 CENTER 4.124 -0.006 -0.240 -4.118
Envelope of forces on linear elements (“CMCFN” load combinations)
Envelope of linear element forces

Fx Fy Fz Mx My Mz
Env. Case No. MaxSite
(T) (T) (T) (T*m) (T*m) (T*m)
Max (Fx) 120 4.1 START 19.423 -4.108 -1.384 -0.003 1.505 7.551
Min (Fx) 138 98 START -41.618 -0.962 -0.192 0.000 0.000 0.000
Max(Fy) 120 57 END -13.473 16.349 -0.016 -0.003 0.002 55.744
Min(Fy) 120 60 START -15.994 -16.112 -0.006 -3E-004 6E-006 53.096
Max(Fz) 177 371 START -3.486 -0.118 2.655 0.000 0.000 0.000
Min(Fz) 187 370 START -3.666 -0.147 -2.658 0.000 0.000 0.000
Max(Mx) 120 111 END 3.933 4.840 0.278 0.028 -4E-005 11.531
Min(Mx) 120 21 END -22.324 13.785 -0.191 -0.028 -0.004 42.562
Max(My) 177 371 CENTER -3.099 -0.118 -0.323 0.000 4.403 -0.500
Min(My) 179 370 CENTER -3.283 -0.155 0.321 0.000 -4.373 -0.660
Max (Mz) 120 57 END -13.473 16.349 -0.016 -0.003 0.002 55.744
Min (Mz) 120 59.2 END -19.455 -8.969 -0.702 -0.003 -0.001 -57.105
Envelope of linear element stresses (“CMCFN” load combinations)
Envelope of linear element stresses

sxxMax sxyMax sxzMax sFxx sMxxMax
Env. Case No. MaxSite
(MPa) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa)
Max(sxxMax) 120 59.2 END 273.860 -14.696 -1.024 -16.453 290.312
Min(sxxMax) 120 292 START -150.743 0.000 0.000 -150.743 0.000
Max(sxyMax) 120 57 START 262.954 37.139 -0.030 -15.609 278.562
Min(sxyMax) 120 60 END 241.643 -36.595 -0.011 -18.536 260.179
Max(sxzMax) 185 371 START -2.949 -0.183 3.876 -2.949 0.000
Min(sxzMax) 179 370 START -3.104 -0.255 -3.882 -3.104 0.000
Max(sFxx) 120 293 END 161.095 9E-005 -0.002 161.095 0.000
Min(sFxx) 120 292 START -150.743 0.000 0.000 -150.743 0.000
Max(sMxxMax) 120 59.2 END 273.860 -14.696 -1.024 -16.453 290.312
Min(sMxxMax) 1 1.1 START -4.511 3.155 -0.646 -4.511 0.000
304
1.89.2.3 CM66 Effel Expertise results
Hypotheses
For columns
■ Buckling XY plane: Automatic calculation of the structure on displaceable nodes
■ Lateral-torsional buckling: Ldi automatic calculation: hinged restraint
Lds automatic calculation: hinged restraint
For rafters
■ Buckling: XY plane: Automatic calculation of the structure on displaceable nodes
■ Lateral-torsional buckling: Ldi automatic calculation: no restraint
For columns
■ Buckling: XY plane: Automatic calculation of the structure on displaceable nodes
XZ plane: Automatic calculation of the structure on displaceable nodes
■ Lateral-torsional buckling: Ldi automatic calculation: hinged restraint
Optimization parameters
■ Work ratio optimization between 90 and 100%
■ All the sections from the library are available.
■ Labels optimization.
The results of the optimization given below correspond to an iteration of the finite elements calculation.
305
Deflection verification
Ratio
Max values on the element
■ Columns: L / 168
■ Rafter: L / 96
■ Column: L / 924
306
CM Stress diagrams
Work ratio
Stresses
Max values on the element

■ Columns: 375.16 MPa
■ Rafter: 339.79 MPa
■ Column: 180.98 MPa
307
Buckling lengths
Lfy
Lfz
308
Lateral-torsional buckling lengths
Ldi
Lds
309
Optimization

CM2 D Maximum displacement (CMCD) [cm] 12.115
CM2 Fx Envelope normal force (CMCFN) Min (Fx) [T] -41.618
CM2 Fx Envelope normal force (CMCFN) Max (Fx) [T] 19.423
CM2 My Envelope bending moment (CMCFN) Min (Mz) [Tm] -57.105
CM2 My Envelope bending moment (CMCFN) Max (Mz) [Tm] 55.744
Warning, the Mz bending moment of Effel Structure corresponds to the My bending moment of Advance Design.

CM2 Deflection CM deflections on Columns [adm] L / 168 (89%)
CM2 Deflection CM deflections on Rafters [adm] L / 96 (208%)
CM2 Deflection CM deflections on Columns [adm] L / 924 (16%)
CM2 Stress CM stresses on Rafters [MPa] 339.74
CM2 Lfy Buckling lengths on Columns Lfy [m] 8.02
CM2 Lfz Buckling lengths on Columns Lfz [m] 24.07
CM2 Lfy Buckling lengths on Rafters Lfy [m] 1.72
CM2 Lfz Buckling lengths on Rafters Lfz [m] 20.25
CM2C Lfy Buckling lengths on Columns Lfy [m] 4.20
M2
CM2 Lfz Buckling lengths on Columns Lfz [m] 5.67
Warning, the local axes in Effel Structure are opposite to those in Advance Design.

CM2 Ldi Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Columns Ldi [m] 8.5
CM2 Lds Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Columns Lds [m] 8.5
CM2 Ldi Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Rafters Ldi [m] 8.61
CM2 Lds Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Rafters Lds [m] 1.72
310
CM2 Ldi Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Columns Ldi [m] 2

CM2 Lds Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Columns Lds [m] 2
Solver Result name Result description Rate (%) Final section

CM2 Work ratio IPE500 columns - section optimization [adm] 1.59 IPE600
CM2 Work ratio IPE400 rafters - section optimization [adm] 1.45 IPE500
CM2 Work ratio IPE400 columns - section optimization [adm] 0.77 IPE360
D Maximum displacement (CMCD) [cm] 12.138 cm 0.19%

Fx Envelope normal force (CMCFN) Min (Fx) [T] -41.6526 T -0.08%
Fx Envelope normal force (CMCFN) Max (Fx) [T] 19.4736 T 0.26%
My Envelope bending moment (CMCFN) Min (Mz)[Tm] -57.1128 T*m -0.01%
My Envelope bending moment (CMCFN) Max (Mz) [Tm] 55.7622 T*m 0.03%
Deflection CM deflections on Columns [adm] 167.595 Adim. -0.24%
Deflection CM deflections on Rafters [adm] 96.077 Adim. 0.08%
Deflection CM deflections on Columns [adm] 925.218 Adim. 0.13%
Stress CM stresses on Columns [MPa] 374.504 MPa -0.04%
Stress CM stresses on Rafters [MPa] 347.516 MPa 2.29%
Stress CM stresses on Columns [MPa] 180.65 MPa -0.18%
Lfy Buckling lengths on Columns Lfy [m] 7.96718 m -0.66%
Lfz Buckling lengths on Columns Lfz [m] 24.0693 m 0.00%
Lfy Buckling lengths on Rafters Lfy [m] 1.72255 m 0.15%
Lfz Buckling lengths on Rafters Lfz [m] 20.2452 m -0.02%
Lfy Buckling lengths on Columns Lfy [m] 4.19567 m -0.10%
Lfz Buckling lengths on Columns Lfz [m] 5.67211 m 0.04%
Ldi Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Columns Ldi [m] 8.5 m 0.00%
Lds Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Columns Lds [m] 8.5 m 0.00%
Ldi Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Rafters Ldi [m] 8.61187 m 0.02%
Lds Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Rafters Lds [m] 8.61187 m 0.02%
Ldi Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Columns Ldi [m] 2m 0.00%
Lds Lateral-torsional buckling lengths on Columns Lds [m] 2m 0.00%
Work ratio IPE500 columns - section optimization [adm] 1.59363 Adim. 0.23%
Work ratio IPE400 rafters - section optimization [adm] 1.47879 Adim. 1.99%
Work ratio IPE400 columns - section optimization [adm] 0.768723 -0.17%
Adim.
311
1.90 Cantilever rectangular plate (01-0001SSLSB_FEM)
Test ID: 2433

Test status: Passed
1.90.1 Description
Verifies the vertical displacement on the free extremity of a cantilever rectangular plate fixed on one side. The plate is
1 m long, subjected to a uniform planar load.
1.90.2 Background

■ Reference: Structure Calculation Software Validation Guide, test SSLS 01/89.
■ Analysis type: linear static.
Cantilever rectangular plate Scale =1/4
01-0001SSLSB_FEM
Units
S.I.
Geometry
■ Thickness: e = 0.005 m,
■ Width: b = 0.1 m.
11
312
Boundary conditions
■ Inner: None.
Loadings
■ External: Uniform load p = -1700 Pa on the upper surface,
■ Internal: None.
Reference solution
The reference displacement is calculated for the unsupported end located at x = 1m.
4 4
bl p 0.1 x 1 x 1700
u = 8EI = 0.1 x 0.005
3 = -9.71 cm
z 11
8 x 2.1 x 10 x 12

■ 1100 nodes,
Deformed shape
Deformed cantilever rectangular plate Scale =1/4

01-0001SSLSB_FEM

CM2 DZ Vertical displacement on the free extremity [cm] -9.71
313

DZ Vertical displacement on the free extremity [cm] -9.58696 cm 1.27%
314
1.91 Tied (sub-tensioned) beam (01-0005SSLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2437

Test status: Passed
1.91.1 Description
Verifies the tension force on a beam reinforced by a system of hinged bars, subjected to a uniform linear load
1.91.2 Background

■ Analysis type: static, thermoelastic (plane problem);
Tied (sub-tensioned) beam Scale =1/37
01-0005SSLLB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Length:
■ AD = FB = a = 2 m,
■ DF = CE = b = 4 m,
■ CD = EF = c = 0.6 m,
■ AC = EB = d = 2.088 m,
■ Total length: L = 8 m,
■ AD, DF, FB Beams:
2
■ Section: A = 0.01516 m ,
■ Shear area: Ar = A / 2.5,
315
-4 4
■ Inertia moment: I = 2.174 x 10 m ,
■ CE Bar:
-3 2
■ Section: A1 = 4.5 x 10 m ,
■ AC, EB bar:
-3 2
■ Section: A2 = 4.5 x 10 m ,
■ CD, EF bars:
-3 2
■ Section: A3 = 3.48 x 10 m .
■ Isotropic linear elastic material,
11
■ Shearing module: G = 0.4x E.
Boundary conditions
■ Outer: Hinged in A, support connection in B (blocked vertical translation),
■ Inner: Hinged at bar ends: AC, CD, EF, EB.
Loading
■ External: Uniform linear load p = -50000 N/ml,
Internal: Shortening of the CE tie of  = 6.52 x 10 m (dilatation coefficient: CE = 1 x 10 /°C and temperature
-3 -5
■
variation T = -163°C).
1.91.2.2 Compression force in CE bar
Reference solution
The solution is established by considering the deformation effects due to the shear force and normal force:
4 a
=1-3 xL
A
k = A = 2.5
r
I
t= A
 = (L/c) x (1+ (A/A1) x (b/L) + 2 x (A/A2) x (d/a) x (d/L) + 2 x (A/A3) (c/a) x (c/L)
2 2 2
 = k x [(2Et ) / (GaL)]
2
=++
0 = 1 – (a/L) x (2 – a/L)
2
0 = 6k x (E/G) x (t/L) x (1 + b/L)

2
0 = 0 + 0
2 2
NCE = - (1/12) x (pL /c) x (0 /) + (EI/(Lc )) x (/) = 584584 N

Linear element: without meshing,
■ AD, DF, FB: S beam (considering the shear force deformations),
■ AC, CD, EF, EB: bar,
■ CE: beam,
■ 6 nodes.
316
Force diagrams

Compression force in CE bar
1.91.2.3 Bending moment at point H
Reference solution
2
MH = - (1/8) x pL x [1- (2/3) x (0/)] – (EI/(Lc)) x (/p) = 49249.5 N

Linear element: without meshing,
■ CE: beam,
■ 6 nodes.
317
Shape of the bending moment diagram

Mz bending moment
1.91.2.4 Vertical displacement at point D
Reference solution
The reference displacement vD provided by AFNOR is determined by averaging the results of several software with
implemented finite elements method.
-3
vD = -0.5428 x 10 m

■ Linear element: without meshing,
■ CE: beam,
■ 6 nodes.
318
Deformed shape

Deformed

CM2 FX Tension force on CE bar [N] 584584

Fx Tension force on CE bar [N] 584580 N 0.00%
319
1.92 Slender beam with variable section (fixed-free) (01-0004SDLLB_FEM)
Test ID: 2436

Test status: Passed
1.92.1 Description
Verifies the first eigen mode frequencies for a slender beam with variable section, subjected to its own weight.
1.92.2 Background

Slender beam with variable section (fixed-free) Scale =1/4
01-0004SDLLB_FEM
Units
I. S.
Geometry
■ Initial section (in A):
■ Height: h1 = 0.04 m,
■ Width: b1 = 0.04 m,
■ Section: A1 = 1.6 x 10-3 m2,
-7 4
■ Flexure moment of inertia relative to z-axis: Iz1 = 2.1333 x 10 m ,
■ Final section (in B):
■ Height: h2 = 0.01 m,
■ Width: b2 = 0.01 m,
320
-4 2
■ Section: A2 = 10 m ,
-10 4
■ Flexure moment of inertia relative to z-axis: Iz2 = 8.3333 x 10 m .
11
3
■ Density: 7800 kg/m .
Boundary conditions
■ Outer: Fixed in A,
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External: None,
■ Internal: None.
Reference solutions
Precise calculation by numerical integration of the differential equation of beams bending (Euler-Bernoulli theories):
 v v
2 2 2
2 (EIz 2 ) = -A where Iz and A vary with the abscissa.
x x x
2
1 h2 E
The result is: fi =  2
2 i l 12
1 2 3 4 5
23.289 73.9 165.23 299.7 478.1

■ Linear element: variable beam, imposed mesh,
■ 31 nodes,
Eigen mode shapes
321


322
1.93 Verifying the internal forces results for a simple supported steel beam
Test ID: 4533

Test status: Passed
1.93.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation for a horizontal element (S235 material and IPE180 cross section) with two
hinge rigid supports at each end. One of the supports has translation restraints on X, Y and Z, the other support has
restraints on Y and Z.
Verifies the internal forces My, Fz.
Validated according to:
Example: 3.1 - Simple beam bending without the stability loss
Publication: Steel structures members - Examples according to Eurocodes
By: F. Wald a kol.

Fz shear force extremity 1 -29.2425 kN 0.1962 %
Fz shear force extremity 2 29.2425 kN -0.1962 %
My max bending moment -29.2425 0.1962 %
kN*m
323
1.94 Verifying forces on a linear elastic support which is defined in a user workplane (TTAD
#11929)
Test ID: 4553

Test status: Passed
1.94.1 Description
Verifies forces on a linear elastic support, which is defined in a user workplane, and generates a report with forces for
linear support in global and local workplane.
1.95 Calculating torsors using different mesh sizes for a concrete wall subjected to a horizontal
force (TTAD #13175)
Test ID: 5088

Test status: Passed
1.95.1 Description
Calculates torsors using different mesh sizes for a concrete wall subjected to a horizontal force.
1.96 Verifying the display of the forces results on planar supports (TTAD #11728)
Test ID: 4375

Test status: Passed
1.96.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the display of the forces results on a planar support. The model
consists of a concrete vertical element with a planar support.
1.97 Verifying a simply supported concrete slab subjected to temperature variation between top
and bottom fibers
Test ID: 6239

Test status: Passed
1.97.1 Description
Verifies a simply supported concrete slab subjected to a variation of temperature (8 Celsius degrees outside and 22
Celsius degrees inside).
In this project, global Z axis is oriented downwards.
1.98 Verifying tension/compression supports on nonlinear analysis (TTAD #11518)
Test ID: 4198

Test status: Passed
1.98.1 Description
Verifies the behavior of supports with several rigidities fields defined.

Performs the finite elements calculation and generates the "Displacements of linear elements by element" report.
324
The model consists of a vertical linear element (concrete B20, R20*30 cross section) with a rigid punctual support at
the base and a T/C punctual support at the top. A value of 15000.00 kN/m is defined for the KTX and KTZ stiffeners
of the T/C support. Two loads of 500.00 kN are applied.
1.99 Verifying tension/compression supports on nonlinear analysis (TTAD #11518)
Test ID: 4197

Test status: Passed
1.99.1 Description
Verifies the supports behavior when the rigidity has a high value.
Performs the finite elements calculation and generates the "Displacements of linear elements by element" report.
The model consists of a vertical linear element (concrete B20, R20*30 cross section) with a rigid punctual support at
the base and a T/C punctual support at the top. A large value of the KTX stiffener of the T/C support is defined. Two
loads of 500.00 kN are applied.
1.100 Verifying the main axes results on a planar element (TTAD #11725)
Test ID: 4310

Test status: Passed
1.100.1Description
Verifies the main axes results on a planar element.

Performs the finite elements calculation for a concrete wall (20 cm thick) with a linear support. Displays the forces
results on the planar element main axes.
1.101 Generating a report with torsors per level (TTAD #11421)
Test ID: 3774

Test status: Passed
1.101.1Description
Generates a report with the torsors per level results.
1.102 Verifying nonlinear analysis results for frames with semi-rigid joints and rigid joints (TTAD
#11495)
Test ID: 3795

Test status: Passed
1.102.1Description
Verifies the nonlinear analysis results for two frames with one level. One of the frames has semi-rigid joints and the
other has rigid joints.
1.103 Verifying results on punctual supports (TTAD #11489)
Test ID: 3693

Test status: Passed
325
1.103.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and generates the punctual supports report, containing the following tables:
"Displacements of point supports by load case", "Displacements of point supports by element", "Point support actions
by load case", "Point support actions by element" and "Sum of actions on supports and nodes restraints".
The structure consists of concrete, steel and timber linear elements with punctual supports.
1.104 Verifying diagrams after changing the view from standard (top, left,...) to user view (TTAD
#11854)
Test ID: 3539

Test status: Passed
1.104.1Description
Verifies the results diagrams display after changing the view from standard (top, left,...) to user view.
1.105 Generating planar efforts before and after selecting a saved view (TTAD #11849)
Test ID: 3454

Test status: Passed
1.105.1Description
Generates efforts for all planar elements before and after selecting the third saved view.
1.106 Verifying stresses in beam with "extend into wall" property (TTAD #11680)
Test ID: 3491

Test status: Passed
1.106.1Description
Verifies the results on two concrete beams which have the "Extend into the wall" option enabled. One of the beams is
connected to 2 walls on both sides and one with a wall and a pole. Generates the linear elements forces by elements
report.
1.107 Verifying forces for triangular meshing on planar element (TTAD #11723)
Test ID: 3463

Test status: Passed
1.107.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation, verifies the forces for triangular meshing on a planar element and generates
a report for planar elements forces by load case.
The planar element is a square shell (5 m) with a thickness of 20 cm, C20/25 material with a linear rigid support. A
linear load of -10.00 kN is applied on FZ direction.
1.108 Verifying the displacement results on linear elements for vertical seism (TTAD #11756)
Test ID: 3442
326
Test status: Passed
1.108.1Description
Verifies the displacements results on an inclined steel bar for vertical seism according to Eurocodes 8 localization
and generates the corresponding report.
The steel bar has a rigid support and IPE100 cross section and is subjected to self weight and seism load on Z
direction (vertical).
1.109 Verifying constraints for triangular mesh on planar elements (TTAD #11447)
Test ID: 3460

Test status: Passed
1.109.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation, verifies the stresses for triangular mesh on a planar element and generates
a report for planar elements stresses in neutral fiber.
The planar element is 20 cm thick, C20/25 material with a linear rigid support. A linear load of 30.00 kN is applied on
FX direction.
1.110 EC8 / NF EN 1998-1 - France: Verifying the level mass center (TTAD #11573, TTAD #12315)
Test ID: 3609

Test status: Passed
1.110.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation on a model with two planar concrete elements with a linear support. Verifies
the level mass center and generates the "Excited total masses" and "Level modal mass and rigidity centers" reports.
The model consists of two planar concrete elements with a linear fixed support. The loads applied on the model are:
self weight, a planar live load of -1 kN and seism loads according to French standards of Eurocodes 8.
1.111 Verifying Sxx results on beams (TTAD #11599)
Test ID: 3595

Test status: Passed
1.111.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation on a complex model with concrete, steel and timber elements. Verifies the
Sxx results on beams. Generates the maximum stresses report.
The structure has 40 timber linear elements, 24 concrete linear elements, 143 steel elements. The loads applied on
the structure: dead loads, live loads, snow loads, wind loads and temperature loads (according to Eurocodes).
1.112 Verifying forces results on concrete linear elements (TTAD #11647)
Test ID: 3551

Test status: Passed
327
1.112.1Description
Verifies forces results on concrete beams consisting of a linear element and on beams consisting of two linear
elements. Generates the linear elements forces by load case report.
1.113 Generating results for Torsors NZ/Group (TTAD #11633)
Test ID: 3594

Test status: Passed
1.113.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation on a complex concrete structure with four levels. Generates results for
Torsors NZ/Group. Verifies the legend results.
The structure has 88 linear elements, 30 planar elements, 48 windwalls, etc.
1.114 Verifying diagrams for Mf Torsors on divided walls (TTAD #11557)
Test ID: 3610

Test status: Passed
1.114.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the results diagrams for Mf torsors on a high wall divided in 6
walls (by height).
The loads applied on the model: self weight, two live load cases and seism loads according to Eurocodes 8.
1.115 Correct use of symetric steel cross-sections (eg. IPE300S)
Test ID: 6350

Test status: Passed
1.115.1Description
This test is veryfing if the symetryc steel cross-sections are pushed correctly into the CM2 engine with the inversed
cross-sections characteristics.
Unitl 2015, version SP0, it seems that, even the cross-sections characteristics were inversed in the properties list,
they were not pushed correctly into the CM2. So, the results on a Symetric cross section (eg. IPE300S) are the same
with the results on IPE300.
OBSERVATION:
This test should have Passed status, starting with 2015SP1
1.116 Verifying torsors on a single story coupled walls subjected to horizontal forces
Test ID: 4804

Test status: Passed
1.116.1Description
Verifies torsors on a single story coupled walls subjected to horizontal forces
328
1.117 Verifying displacements of a prestressed cable structure with results presented in Tibert,
1999.
Test ID: 6365

Test status: Passed
1.117.1Description
The model contains 12 prestressed cable elements subjected to a small uniform self-weight and concentrated loads
at each cable intersection point.
Note that the cable net is not in equilibrium under its assumed initial configuration.
The displacement at the cable intersection points under the four point loads is compared with results presented in
Tibert, 1999.
1.118 Temperature load: SD frame with elements under tempertature gradient, applied on separate
systems
Test ID: 6362

Test status: Passed
1.118.1Description
The purpose of this test is check the displacements values of a node (hinge node) on a Static determined frame.
All 3 linear elements are subjected to a load from a temperature applies with different gradient values.
All 3 temperature load cases are applied on each element, using the List option from the temperature load case.
329
1.119 Checks the bending moments in the central node of a steel frame with two beams having a
rotational stiffness of 42590 kN/m.
Test ID: 6381

Test status: Passed
1.119.1Description
ECCS-Manual Design of Steel Structures to EC3(2010) L.S da Silva, R Simoes H Gervasio.(page 79-Example 2.2),
point a.
It checks the bending moments in the central node of a steel frame with two beams having a rotational stiffness of
42590 kN/m.
1.119.2Calculated results

My My-10 168.183 kN*m 3.8167 %
My My-7 89.7301 kN*m 7.7192 %
My My-9 78.4531 kN*m -0.4402 %
330
1.120 FEM Results - United Kingdom: Simply supported laterally restrained (from P364 Open
Sections Example 2)
Test ID: 6327

Test status: Passed
1.120.1Description
The 533x210x92 UKB in S275 beam is fully laterally restrained along its length and pinned supports, includes a UDL
and point load at the centre.
1.120.2Background
The 533x210x92 UKB in S275 beam is fully laterally restrained along its length and pinned supports, includes a UDL
and point load at the centre.

Reference: SCI PUBLICATION P364, Steel Building Design: Worked Examples - Open Sections. In accordance with
Eurocodes and the UK National Annexes, Example 2 - Simply supported laterally restrained beam
■ Analysis type: static linear (plane problem)
The beam shown in the figure below is fully laterally restrained along its length and has bearing lengths of 50
mm at the unstiffened supports and 75 mm under the point load. Design the beam in S275 steel for the
loading shown below.
The design aspects covered in this example are:

■ Calculation of design values of actions for ULS and SLS
■ Cross section classification
■ Cross sectional resistance:
► Shear buckling
► Shear
► Bending moment
■ Resistance of web to transverse forces
■ Vertical deflection of beam at SLS.
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the column cross section characteristics:
■ Depth: h = 533.1 mm
■ Width: b = 209.3 mm
■ Flange thickness: 15.6 mm
■ Root radius: r = 12.7 mm
■ Depth between flange fillets: d = 476.5 mm
■ Second moment of area, y-y axis:
■ Plastic modulus, y-y ax:
331
■ Section area: A = 117

■ Modulus of elasticity:
For buildings that will be built in the UK, the nominal values of the yield strength (fy) and the ultimate strength (fu) for
structural steel should be those obtained from the product standard. Where a range is given, the lowest nominal
value should be used.
For S275 steel and t ≤ 16 mm
■ Yield strength:
1.120.2.2 Shear resistance

Verify that:
For plastic design, is the design plastic shear resistance ( ).
is the shear area and is determined as follows for rolled I and H sections with the load applied parallel to the web.
Therefore,
The design plastic shear resistance is:
Maximum design shear
Therefore the shear resistance of the section is adequate.
Result name Result description Reference value

Steel Strength - Work ratio - Fz Shear Resistance 30%

My My -539.624 kN*m -0.0230 %
Fz Fz end -269.602 kN -0.0378 %
Fz Fz mid -62.475 kN 0.0400 %
332
1.121 Verifying results of a steel beam subjected to dynamic temporal loadings (TTAD #14586)
Test ID: 5853

Test status: Passed
1.121.1Description
Verifies a double-end fixed steel beam subjected to harmonic concentrated loadings.

2 Hz and 3 Hz excitation frequencies are studied.
1.121.2Background
The harmonic response of a steel beam fixed at both ends is studied. The beam contains 8 elements having the
same length and identical characteristics. Harmonic concentrated loadings (a vertical load and a bending moment)
are applied in the middle of the beam. Two excitation frequencies are studied: 2.0 and 3.0 Hz.

■ Reference: NE/Nastran V8;
Units
I. S.
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
■ Beam length: L = 16 m,
■ Square shaped cross section: b = 0.05 m,
2
■ Section area: A = 0.06 m ,
4
■ Flexion inertia moment about the y (or z) axis: I = 0.0001 m .
11 2
■ Poisson coefficient:  = 0.3,
3
■
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
► Fixed support at start point (x = 0),
333
► Fixed support at end point (x = 16.00).

■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ External:
► Point load at x=8: P = Fz = -50 000 sin (2π f t) N
► Bending moment at x=8: M = My = 10000 sin (2π f t) Nm
■ Internal: None.Harmonic response from NE/Nastran V8
Reference solution
Considering a natural frequency (modal) analysis for a double-end fixed beam, the first four natural frequencies can
be determined using the following formula:
 n2 EI
fn 
2    L2 A
The modal response is determined considering 14 modes.
The first four mode shapes and their frequencies are:
1 = 22.37  f1 = 2.937 Hz
2
2 = 61.67  f2 = 8.095 Hz
2
3 = 120.9  f3 = 15.871 Hz
2
4 = 199.8  f4 = 26.228 Hz
2
The vertical reference displacement is calculated in the middle of the beam at x = 8 m.

Software NE/NASTRAN 8.0
Vertical maximum displacement (f = 2 Hz) in the middle 0.155 m
of the beam
Vertical maximum displacement (f = 3 Hz) in the middle 2.266 m
of the beam
Response in the middle of the beam with f = 2 Hz
334
Response in the middle of the beam with f = 3 Hz

■ Linear element: beam, imposed mesh
■ 9 nodes,

Deformed – D Vertical maximum displacement in the middle of the beam 0.155 m
(2 Hz) [m]
Deformed – D Vertical maximum displacement in the middle of the beam 2.266 m
(3 Hz) [m]

D Vertical maximum displacement in the middle of the beam (2 15.3783 cm -0.7852 %
Hz)
D Vertical maximum displacement in the middle of the beam (3 211.41 cm -6.7034 %
Hz)
335
2 CAD, Rendering and Visualization
2.1 Verifying the annotation of a variable surface load (TTAD #13618)
Test ID: 6371
Test status: Passed
2.1.1 Description
Verifies the annotation of a variable surface load. It takes a printscreen in descriptive model.
2.2 Verifying the dimensions and position of annotations on selection when new analysis is made
(TTAD #12807)
Test ID: 6201
Test status: Passed
2.2.1 Description
Verifies the dimensions and position of annotations on selection when new analysis is made. It takes a printscreen of
the loaded saved view.
2.3 Verifying the annotations dimensions when new analysis is made (TTAD #14825)
Test ID: 6199
Test status: Passed
2.3.1 Description
Verifies the annotations dimensions when new analysis is made. It takes a printscreen of the loaded saved view.
2.4 Verifying the default view (TTAD #13248)
Test ID: 6198
Test status: Passed
2.4.1 Description
Verifies the default view to be the top view. It takes a printscreen of the loaded saved view.
2.5 Verifying annotation on selection (TTAD #12700)
Test ID: 4575
Test status: Passed
2.5.1 Description
Verifying annotation on selection (TTAD #12700)
338
2.6 Verifying hide/show elements command (TTAD #11753)
Test ID: 3443
Test status: Passed
2.6.1 Description
Verifies the hide/show elements command for the whole structure using the right-click option.
2.7 Verifying the grid text position (TTAD #11657)
Test ID: 3465
Test status: Passed
2.7.1 Description
Verifies the grid text position from different views.
2.8 System stability during section cut results verification (TTAD #11752)
Test ID: 3457
Test status: Passed
2.8.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the section cut results on a concrete planar element with an
opening.
2.9 Verifying the grid text position (TTAD #11704)
Test ID: 3464
Test status: Passed
2.9.1 Description
Verifies the grid text position from different views.
2.10 Generating combinations (TTAD #11721)
Test ID: 3468
Test status: Passed
2.10.1 Description
Generates combinations for three types of loads: live loads, dead loads and snow (with an altitude > 1000 m and
base effect); generates the combinations description report.
339
2.11 Verifying the coordinates system symbol (TTAD #11611)
Test ID: 3550
Test status: Passed
2.11.1 Description
Verifies the coordinates system symbol display from different views.
2.12 Verifying descriptive actors after creating analysis (TTAD #11589)
Test ID: 3579
Test status: Passed
2.12.1 Description
Generates the finite elements calculation on a complex concrete structure (C35/45 material). Verifies the descriptive
actors after creating the analysis.
The structure consists of 42 linear elements, 303 planar elements, 202 supports, etc. 370 planar loads are applied:
live loads, dead loads and temperature.
2.13 Creating a camera (TTAD #11526)
Test ID: 3608
Test status: Passed
2.13.1 Description
Verifies the camera creation and visibility.
2.14 Verifying the snap points behavior during modeling (TTAD #11458)
Test ID: 3644
Test status: Passed
2.14.1 Description
Verifies the snap points behavior when the "Allowed deformation" function is enabled (stretch points) and when it is
disabled (grip points).
2.15 Verifying the representation of elements with HEA cross section (TTAD #11328)
Test ID: 3701
Test status: Passed
2.15.1 Description
Verifies the representation of elements with HEA340 cross section.
340
2.16 Creating a circle (TTAD #11525)
Test ID: 3607
Test status: Passed
2.16.1 Description
Creates a circle.
2.17 Verifying the local axes of a section cut (TTAD #11681)
Test ID: 3637
Test status: Passed
2.17.1 Description
Changes the local axes of a section cut in the descriptive model and verifies if the local axes are kept in analysis
model.
2.18 Verifying the display of elements with compound cross sections (TTAD #11486)
Test ID: 3742
Test status: Passed
2.18.1 Description
Creates an element with compound cross section (CS1 IPE400 IPE240) and verifies the cross section display.
2.19 Verifying holes in horizontal planar elements after changing the level height (TTAD #11490)
Test ID: 3740
Test status: Passed
2.19.1 Description
Verifies holes in horizontal planar elements after changing the level height.
2.20 Modeling using the tracking snap mode (TTAD #10979)
Test ID: 3745
Test status: Passed
2.20.1 Description
Enables the "tracking" snap mode to model structure elements.
341
2.21 Verifying the descriptive model display after post processing results in analysis mode (TTAD
#11475)
Test ID: 3733
Test status: Passed
2.21.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and displays the forces results on linear elements. Returns to the model
mode to verify the descriptive model display.
2.22 Moving a linear element along with the support (TTAD #12110)
Test ID: 4302
Test status: Passed
2.22.1 Description
Moves a linear element along with the element support, after selecting both elements.
2.23 Verifying the "ghost display on selection" function for saved views (TTAD #12054)
Test ID: 4347
Test status: Passed
2.23.1 Description
Verifies the display of saved views which contain elements with the "ghost on selection" function enabled.
2.24 Verifying the dividing of planar elements which contain openings (TTAD #12229)
Test ID: 4483
Test status: Passed
2.24.1 Description
Verifies the dividing of planar elements which contain openings.
2.25 Verifying the display of punctual loads after changing the load case number (TTAD #11958)
Test ID: 4508
Test status: Passed
2.25.1 Description
Creates a punctual load and verifies the display of the load after placing it in another load case using the load case
number from the properties window.
342
2.26 Verifying the display of a beam with haunches (TTAD #12299)
Test ID: 4513
Test status: Passed
2.26.1 Description
Verifies the display of a beam with haunches, in the "Linear contour" rendering mode.
2.27 Verifying the program behavior when trying to create lintel (TTAD #12062)
Test ID: 4507
Test status: Passed
2.27.1 Description
Verifies the program behavior when trying to create lintel on a planar element with an inappropriate opening.
2.28 Verifying the program behavior when launching the analysis on a model with overlapped
loads (TTAD #11837)
Test ID: 4511
Test status: Passed
2.28.1 Description
Verifies the program behavior when launching the analysis on a model that had overlapped loads.
2.29 Verifying the "ghost" display after changing the display colors (TTAD #12064)
Test ID: 4349
Test status: Passed
2.29.1 Description
Verifies the "ghost" display on selected elements after changing the element display color.
2.30 Turning on/off the "ghost" rendering mode (TTAD #11999)
Test ID: 4304
Test status: Passed
2.30.1 Description
Verifies the on/off function for the "ghost" rendering mode when the workplane display is disabled.
343
2.31 Verifying the fixed load scale function (TTAD #12183).
Test ID: 4429
Test status: Passed
2.31.1 Description
Verifies the "fixed load scale" function.
2.32 Creating base plate connections for non-vertical columns (TTAD #12170)
Test ID: 4534
Test status: Passed
2.32.1 Description
Creates a base plate connection on a non-vertical column.
2.33 Verifying the steel connections modeling (TTAD #11698)
Test ID: 4440
Test status: Passed
2.33.1 Description
Verifies the modeling of steel connections.
2.34 Verifying drawing of joints in y-z plan (TTAD #12453)
Test ID: 4551
Test status: Passed
2.34.1 Description
Verifying drawing of joints in y-z plan (TTAD #12453)
2.35 Verifying rotation for steel beam with joint (TTAD #12592)
Test ID: 4560
Test status: Passed
2.35.1 Description
Verifying rotation for steel beam with joint at one end (TTAD #12592)
344
2.36 Verifying the saved view of elements by cross-section (TTAD #13197)
Test ID: 6180
Test status: Passed
2.36.1 Description
Verifies the saved view of elements by cross-section. It takes a printscreen of the loaded saved view.
2.37 Verifying the saved view of elements with annotations. (TTAD #13033)
Test ID: 6209
Test status: Passed
2.37.1 Description
Verifies the saved view of elements with annotations. It makes saved views and takes printscreens of them after
switching between them.
2.38 Verifying the visualisation of supports with rotational or moving DoFs (TTAD #13891)
Test ID: 6213
Test status: Passed
2.38.1 Description
Verifies the visualisation of supports with rotational or moving DoFs by taking a printscreen.
2.39 Verifying the annotations of a wind generated load (TTAD #13190)
Test ID: 6210
Test status: Passed
2.39.1 Description
Verifies annotations of a wind generated load. It generates wind on the current 2 slope building( the remarks are
filled) then hides all the elements, makes visible only the load with identifier 1 and takes a printscreen.
345
3 Climatic Generator
3.1 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating 2D wind loads on a 2 slope isolated roof (TTAD
#14985)
Test ID: 6204

Test status: Passed
3.1.1 Description
Generates 2D wind loads on a 2 slope isolated roof, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-
4/NA). The depth for one slope is set to 20m and for the other to 40m.
3.2 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating 2D wind loads on a multiple roof portal (TTAD
#15140)
Test ID: 6208

Test status: Passed
3.2.1 Description
Generates 2D wind loads on a one slope compound next to a higher double slope compound, according to the
Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA).
3.3 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 2 horizontal slopes building
one higher that the other (TTAD #13320)
Test ID: 6212

Test status: Passed
3.3.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 2 horizontal slopes building one higher that the other, according to the Eurocodes 1 -
French standard (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA).
3.4 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating 2D snow loads on a one horizontal slope portal
(TTAD #14975)
Test ID: 6203

Test status: Passed
3.4.1 Description
Verifies the generation of 2D snow loads on a one horizontal slope portal.
3.5 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a double slope with 5 degrees
(TTAD #15307)
Test ID: 6217

Test status: Passed
3.5.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a double slope with 5 degrees, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN
1991-1-4/NA).
348
3.6 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 3 compound building (TTAD
#12883)
Test ID: 6211

Test status: Passed
3.6.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 3 compound building, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-
4/NA).
3.7 C1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating 2D wind loads on a double slope roof with an
opening (TTAD #15328)
Test ID: 6216

Test status: Passed
3.7.1 Description
Generates 2D wind loads on a double slope roof with an opening, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard
(NF EN 1991-1-4/NA).
3.8 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on 2 side by side single roof
compounds with different height (TTAD 13159)
Test ID: 6187

Test status: Passed
3.8.1 Description
Generates snow loads on on 2 side by side single roof compounds, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard
(NF EN 1991-1-3/NA). One compound is higher than the other and the slopes have opposite sign. Exceptional snow
falls and accumulations are checked.
compounds with different height (TTAD 13158)
Test ID: 6188

Test status: Passed
3.9.1 Description
(NF EN 1991-1-3/NA). One compound is higher than the other and the slopes have opposite sign. The model is
reversed in comparison with the one from 6187 and has only the exceptional snow fall is checked.
3.10 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 4 slopes shed with parapets.
(TTAD #14578)
Test ID: 6193

Test status: Passed
349
3.10.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a 4 slopes shed with parapets on Y+/- sides, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French
standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA).
3.11 EC1 / CSN EN 1991-1-3/NA - Czech Republic: Snow load generation on building with 2 slopes
> 60 degrees (TTAD #14235)
Test ID: 6185

Test status: Passed
3.11.1 Description
Generates snow load on building with 2 slopes > 60 degrees, according to the Eurocodes 1 - Czech standard.
3.12 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 2 almost horizontal slope
building (TTAD #13663)
Test ID: 6196

Test status: Passed
3.12.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 2 almost horizontal slope building, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF
EN 1991-1-4/NA).
3.13 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a custom multiple slope
building (TTAD #14285)
Test ID: 6197

Test status: Passed
3.13.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a 2 almost horizontal slope building, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF
EN 1991-1-3/NA).
3.14 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating 2D snow loads on a 2 slope portal with one
lateral parapet (TTAD #14530)
Test ID: 6195

Test status: Passed
3.14.1 Description
Generates 2D snow loads on a 2 slope portal with one lateral parapet, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French
3.15 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 4 slopes shed with parapets
(TTAD #14179)
Test ID: 6184

Test status: Passed
350
3.15.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 4 slopes shed with parapets on all sides, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard
(NF EN 1991-1-4/NA).
3.16 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating 2D wind loads on a 2 slope portal (TTAD
#14531)
Test ID: 6194

Test status: Passed
3.16.1 Description
Generates 2D wind loads on a 2 slope portal, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA).
3.17 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating Cf and Cp,net wind loads on an multibay
canopy roof (DEV2013#4.3)
Test ID: 5595

Test status: Passed
3.17.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a concrete structure, according to the Eurocodes 1 French standard.
The structure has concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) and a multibay canopy
roof.
3.18 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating Cf and Cp,net wind loads on an isolated roof
with double slope (DEV2013#4.3)
Test ID: 5594

Test status: Passed
3.18.1Description
Generates wind loads on a concrete structure, according to the Eurocodes 1 French standard. The obstruction is
different for each direction: X+ 1; X- 0.9; Y+ 0.8 and Y- 0.
The structure has concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) and an isolated roof
with double slope.
3.19 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating Cf and Cp,net wind loads on an isolated roof
with one slope (DEV2013#4.3)
Test ID: 5593

Test status: Passed
3.19.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a concrete structure, according to the Eurocodes 1 French standard. The obstruction is
different for each direction: X+ 1; X- 0; Y+ 0.8 and Y- 1.
The structure has concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) and an isolated roof
with one slope.
351
3.20 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Wind load generation on multibay canopies (TTAD #11668)
Test ID: 6164

Test status: Passed
3.20.1 Description
Generates wind loads on multibay canopies, according to the Eurocodes 1 France.
3.21 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 2 slope building with parapets.
(TTAD #13671)
Test ID: 6167

Test status: Passed
3.21.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a 2 slope building with lateral parapets on all sides, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French
3.22 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Snow load generation on compound with a double-roof
volume close to a single-roof volume (TTAD #13559)
Test ID: 6166

Test status: Passed
3.22.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a metal based compound with a double-roof volume close to a single-roof volume
according to the Eurocodes 1 France.
3.23 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Wind load generation on portal with CsCd set to auto
(TTAD #12823)
Test ID: 6165

Test status: Passed
3.23.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 3 slope building according to the Eurocodes 1 France standard using auto CsCd values
and CsCd min to 0.7.
3.24 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a canopy. (TTAD #13855)
Test ID: 6171

Test status: Passed
3.24.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a canopy, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA) only for
selected wind directions.
352
3.25 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 35m high structure with CsCd
min set to 0.7 and Delta to 0.15. (TTAD #11196)
Test ID: 6170

Test status: Passed
3.25.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the roof a 35m high structure, according to Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-
4/NA) with CsCd min set to 0.7 and Delta to 0.15.
3.26 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a single-roof volume compound
with parapets. (TTAD #13672)
Test ID: 6169

Test status: Passed
3.26.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a single-roof volume compound with lateral parapets on all sides, according to the
3.27 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a shed with parapets. (TTAD
#12494)
Test ID: 6175

Test status: Passed
3.27.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a model which contains 4 slopes with lateral parapets on X+/- direction, according to the
Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA). It verifies also the valley accumulation.
3.28 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a shed with gutters building.
(TTAD #13856)
Test ID: 6174

Test status: Passed
3.28.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a model from CTCIM which contains 4 slopes with gutters, according to the Eurocodes 1 -
French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA). It verifies also the valley accumulation.
3.29 NV2009 - France: Verifying wind on a protruding canopy. (TTAD #13880)
Test ID: 6173

Test status: Passed
3.29.1 Description
Generates wind on a protruding canopy according to NV2009 - French climatic standards.
353
compounds with parapets (TTAD #13992)
Test ID: 6179

Test status: Passed
3.30.1Description
Generates snow loads on on 2 side by side single roof compounds with parapets, according to the Eurocodes 1 -
French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA). One compound is much higher than the other and has the slope < 15
degrees causing the drifted snow to dissipate.
3.31 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 3 slopes 3D portal frame.
(TTAD #13169)
Test ID: 6178

Test status: Passed
3.31.1Description
Generates snow loads on a 3 slopes 3D portal frame, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-
1-3/NA).
compounds (TTAD #13286)
Test ID: 6177

Test status: Passed
3.32.1Description
(NF EN 1991-1-3/NA). It verifies the normal and accidental snow loads on Y+/- wind directions.
3.33 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 2 slope building with parapets.
(TTAD #13669)
Test ID: 6168

Test status: Passed
3.33.1Description
Generates wind loads on a 2 slope building with lateral parapets on all sides, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French
3.34 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 2 slope building with increased
height. (TTAD #13759)
Test ID: 6172

Test status: Passed
3.34.1Description
Generates wind loads on a 2 slope building with increased height to 26m, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French
354
3.35 EC1 / CR 1-1-3/2012 - Romania: Snow load generation on a 3 compound building (TTAD
#13930s)
Test ID: 6183

Test status: Passed
3.35.1Description
Generates snow load generation on a 3 compound building according to the Eurocodes 1 Romanian standard (CR 1-
1-3/2012). 2 compounds are double sloped and one is single sloped. It also verifies parapet and valley
accumulations.
3.36 EC1 / CR 1-1-4/2012 - Romania: Wind load generation on portal with CsCd set to auto (TTAD
#13930w)
Test ID: 6182

Test status: Passed
3.36.1Description
Generates wind loads on a 3 compound building according to the Eurocodes 1 Romanian standard (CR 1-1-4/2012)
using auto CsCd values and CsCd min to 0.7. 2 compounds are double sloped and one is single sloped.
3.37 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 2 slope building with custom
pressure values. (TTAD #14004)
Test ID: 6176

Test status: Passed
3.37.1Description
Generates snow loads on a 2 slope building, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA).
It verifies the accidental accumulation from exceptional drifted snow when other region is selected.
3.38 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 2 slope building with gutters
and lateral parapets (TTAD #14005)
Test ID: 6181

Test status: Passed
3.38.1Description
Generates snow loads on a 2 slope building with gutters and lateral parapets, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French
3.39 NV2009 - France: Generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame at 15m height (TTAD
#12604)
Test ID: 4567

Test status: Passed
3.39.1Description
Generates wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame at 15m height, according to the French standard (NV2009).
3.40 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Verifying the geometry of wind loads on an irregular shed
(TTAD #12233)
355
Test ID: 4478

Test status: Passed
3.40.1Description
Verifies the geometry of wind loads on an irregular shed. The wind loads are generated according to Eurocodes 1 -
French standard.
3.41 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 3 slopes 3D portal frame with
parapets (TTAD #11111)
Test ID: 4546

Test status: Passed
3.41.1Description
Generates snow loads on a 3 slopes 3D portal frame with parapets, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard
(NF EN 1991-1-3/NA). The third slope is an extension of the roof with a different angle.
3.42 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 4 slopes shed with gutters
(TTAD #12528)
Test ID: 4569

Test status: Passed
3.42.1Description
Generates snow loads on a 4 slopes shed with gutters on each slope and middle parapets, according to the
3.43 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 4 slopes with gutters building
(TTAD #12716)
Test ID: 4846

Test status: Passed
3.43.1Description
Generates snow loads on a model from CTCIM which contains 4 slopes with gutters and lateral parapets, according
to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA). It also verifies snow fall from higher to lower close
building.
3.44 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a square based lattice structure
with compound profiles and automatic calculation of "n" (TTAD #12744)
Test ID: 4580

Test status: Passed
3.44.1Description
Generates the wind loads on a square based lattice structure with compound profiles, using automatic calculation of
"n" - eigen mode frequency. The wind loads are generated according to Eurocodes 1 - French standards (NF EN
1991-1-4/NA).
3.45 EC1 / BS EN 1991-1-4 - United Kingdom: Generating wind loads on a square based structure
(TTAD #12608)
Test ID: 4845
356
Test status: Passed
3.45.1Description
Generates the wind loads on a square based structure. The wind loads are generated according to Eurocodes 1 - UK
standards (BS EN 1991-1-4:2005).
3.46 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 4 slopes shed with gutters
(TTAD #12528)
Test ID: 4568

Test status: Passed
3.46.1Description
Generates snow loads on a 4 slopes shed with gutters on each slope and lateral parapets, according to the
3.47 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on 2 closed building with gutters.
(TTAD #12808)
Test ID: 4849

Test status: Passed
3.47.1Description
Generates snow loads on 2 closed building with gutters, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN
1991-1-3/NA).
3.48 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on two side by side buildings with
gutters (TTAD #12806)
Test ID: 4848

Test status: Passed
3.48.1Description
Generates snow loads on two side by side buildings with gutters, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard
(NF EN 1991-1-3/NA).
(TTAD #12835)
Test ID: 4850

Test status: Passed
3.49.1Description
Generates snow loads on 2 closed building with gutters. The lower building is longer. The wind loads are generated
according to Eurocodes 1 - French standards (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA).
3.50 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 4 slopes with gutters building.
(TTAD #12719)
Test ID: 4847

Test status: Passed
357
3.50.1Description
Generates snow loads on a model from CTCIM which contains 4 slopes with gutters, according to the Eurocodes 1 -
French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA). It verifies snow fall from higher to lower close building.
(TTAD #12841)
Test ID: 4851

Test status: Passed
3.51.1Description
Generates snow loads on 2 closed building with gutters. The lower building is longer and has a 4 slope shed and the
higher building has a 2 slope roof. The snow loads are generated according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard
(NF EN 1991-1-3/NA).
3.52 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 2 slope building with gutters
and parapets. (TTAD #12878)
Test ID: 4852

Test status: Passed
3.52.1Description
Generates snow loads on a 2 slope building with gutters and lateral parapets on all sides, according to the Eurocodes
1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-3/NA).
3.53 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Wind load generation on a high building with double slope
roof using different parameters defined per directions (DEV2013#4.2)
Test ID: 5561

Test status: Passed
3.53.1Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure, according to the Eurocodes 1 FR standard using
different parameters defined per directions.
The structure is 22m high, has 4 columns and 7 beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material), rigid supports
and a double slope roof.
3.54 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Wind load generation on a high building with a horizontal
roof using different CsCd values for each direction (DEV2013#4.4)
Test ID: 5596

Test status: Passed
3.54.1Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure, according to the Eurocodes 1 France standard using
different CsCd values for each direction : X+ auto; X- imposed to 0.9; Y+ auto and Y- no.
and a horizontal roof.
358
3.55 EC1 / BS EN 1991-1-4 - United Kingdom: Wind load generation on a high building with
horizontal roof (DEV2013#4.1) (TTAD #12608)
Test ID: 5560

Test status: Passed
3.55.1Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure, according to the BS EN 1991-1-4:2005 standard.
and horizontal roof.
3.56 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 3D portal frame with one slope
roof (VT : 3.2 - Wind - Example B)
Test ID: 4521

Test status: Passed
3.56.1Description
Generates wind loads on a 3D portal frame with one slope roof, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF
EN 1991-1-4/NA).
3.57 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Wind loads on a triangular based lattice structure with
compound profiles and user defined "n" (TTAD #12276)
Test ID: 4526

Test status: Passed
3.57.1Description
Generates wind loads on a triangular based lattice structure with compound profiles using user defined "n" - eigen
mode frequency - (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA) (TTAD #12276).
3.58 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (VT :
3.1 - Wind - Example A)
Test ID: 4520

Test status: Passed
3.58.1Description
Generates wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-
1-4/NA).
3.59 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a triangular based lattice
structure with compound profiles and automatic calculation of "n" (TTAD #12276)
Test ID: 4525

Test status: Passed
3.59.1Description
Generates the wind loads on a triangular based lattice structure with compound profiles, using automatic calculation
of "n" - eigen mode frequency (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA). The wind loads are generated according to Eurocodes 1 -
French standards.
359
3.60 NV2009 - France: Verifying wind and snow reports for a protruding roof (TTAD #11318)
Test ID: 4536

Test status: Passed
3.60.1 Description
Generates wind loads and snow loads according to NV2009 - French climatic standards. Verifies wind and snow
reports for a protruding roof.
3.61 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Verifying the wind loads generated on a building with
protruding roof (TTAD #12071, #12278)
Test ID: 4510

Test status: Passed
3.61.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure with protruding roof, according to the Eurocodes 1 -
French standard. Verifies the wind loads from both directions and generates the "Description of climatic loads" report.
The structure has concrete columns and beams (R2*3 cross section and B20 material) and rigid supports.
3.62 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (VT :
3.4 - Snow - Example A)
Test ID: 4518

Test status: Passed
3.62.1 Description
Generates snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-
1-3/NA)
3.63 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (VT :
3.3 - Wind - Example C)
Test ID: 4523

Test status: Passed
3.63.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-
1-4/NA).
3.64 EC1 / CR 1-1-3/2012 - Romania: Generating snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (TTAD
#11570)
Test ID: 4086

Test status: Passed
360
3.64.1Description
Generates snow loads on the windwalls of a 2 slopes 3D portal frame, according to Eurocodes 1 Romanian
standards.
The structure consists of concrete (C20/25) beams and columns with rigid fixed supports, with rectangular cross
section (R20*30).
3.65 EC1 / SR EN 1991-1-4/NB - Romania: Generating the description of climatic loads report
(TTAD #11688)
Test ID: 4104

Test status: Passed
3.65.1 Description
Generates the "Description of climatic loads" report according to EC1 Romanian standards.
The model consists of a steel portal frame with rigid fixed supports. Haunches are defined at both ends of the beams.
Dead loads and SR EN 1991-1-4/NB wind loads are generated.
3.66 EC1 / CR 1-1-4/2012 - Romania: Generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (TTAD
#11687)
Test ID: 4055

Test status: Passed
3.66.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a 2 slopes 3D portal frame, according to Eurocodes 1 Romanian
standards.
The structure consists of concrete (C20/25) beams and columns with rigid fixed supports.
3.67 EC1 / CR 1-1-3/2012 - Romania: Generating snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (TTAD
#11569)
Test ID: 4087

Test status: Passed
3.67.1 Description
Generates snow loads on the windwalls of a 2 slopes 3D portal frame, according to Eurocodes 1 Romanian
standards.
section (R20*30).
3.68 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (TTAD
#11699)
Test ID: 4085

Test status: Passed
361
3.68.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame according to Eurocodes 1 French standards, using the "Case 1"
formula for calculating the turbulence factor.
The structure consists of steel elements with hinge rigid supports.
3.69 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame (TTAD
#11531)
Test ID: 4090

Test status: Passed
3.69.1Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a 2 slopes 3D portal frame, according to Eurocodes 1 French standards -
Martinique wind speed.
section (R20*30).
3.70 NV2009 - France: Generating wind loads and snow loads on a simple structure with planar
support (TTAD #11380)
Test ID: 4091

Test status: Passed
3.70.1Description
Generates wind loads and snow loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure with a planar support, according to
NV2009 French standards.
The structure has concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material).
roof thickness greater than the parapet height (TTAD #11943)
Test ID: 3706

Test status: Passed
3.71.1Description
Generates snow loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame with roof thickness greater than the parapet height, according to
Eurocodes 1 French standard.
The structure has concrete beams and columns (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) with fixed rigid supports.
3.72 EC1 / DIN EN 1991-1-3/NA - Germany: Generating wind loads on a 55m high structure
(DEV2012 #3.12)
Test ID: 3618

Test status: Passed
3.72.1Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a 55m high structure, according to Eurocodes 1 German standards.
362
3.73 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Verifying the snow loads generated on a monopitch frame
(TTAD #11302)
Test ID: 3713

Test status: Passed
3.73.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a monopitch frame, according to the Eurocodes 1 French standard.
The structure has concrete beams and columns (R20*30 cross section and B20 material) with rigid fixed supports.
3.74 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame with 2
fully opened windwalls (TTAD #11937)
Test ID: 3705

Test status: Passed
3.74.1Description
Generates wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame with 2 fully opened windwalls, according to the Eurocodes 1
French standards.
The structure has concrete beams and columns (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) with rigid fixed supports.
3.75 EC1 / DIN EN 1991-1-3/NA - Germany: Generating snow loads on duopitch multispan roofs
(DEV2012 #3.13)
Test ID: 3613

Test status: Passed
3.75.1Description
Generates snow loads on the windwalls of duopitch multispan roofs structure, according to Eurocodes 1 German
standards.
3.76 EC1 / CSN EN 1991-1-4/NA - Czech Republic: Generating wind loads on double slope 3D portal
frame (DEV2012 #3.18)
Test ID: 3621

Test status: Passed
3.76.1Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a double slope 3D portal frame, according to the Eurocodes 1 Czech
standard (CSN EN 1991-1-4).
The structure has concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material).
3.77 EC1 / CSN EN 1991-1-3/NA - Czech Republic: Generating snow loads on two close roofs with
different heights (DEV2012 #3.18)
Test ID: 3623

Test status: Passed
363
3.77.1Description
Generates snow loads on two close roofs with different heights, according to Eurocodes 1 Czech standards.
3.78 EC1 / DIN EN 1991-1-3/NA - Germany: Generating snow loads on monopitch multispan roofs
(DEV2012 #3.13)
Test ID: 3614

Test status: Passed
3.78.1 Description
Generates snow loads on the windwalls of a monopitch multispan roofs structure, according to Eurocodes 1 German
standards.
gutter (TTAD #11113)
Test ID: 3603

Test status: Passed
3.79.1 Description
Generates snow loads on the windwalls of a 2 slopes 3D portal frame with gutter, according to Eurocodes 1. The
structure consists of concrete (C20/25) beams and columns with rigid fixed supports.
3.80 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on duopitch multispan roofs with
pitch < 5 degrees (TTAD #11852)
Test ID: 3530

Test status: Passed
3.80.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a steel structure, according to the Eurocodes 1 French standard.
The structure has steel columns and beams (I cross section and S275 material), rigid hinge supports and multispan
roofs with pitch < 5 degrees.
3.81 EC1 / DIN EN 1991-1-3/NA - Germany: Generating snow loads on two side by side roofs with
different heights (DEV2012 #3.13)
Test ID: 3615

Test status: Passed
3.81.1 Description
Generates snow loads on two side by side roofs with different heights, according to Eurocodes 1 German standards.
364
3.82 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Snow on a 3D portal frame with horizontal roof and parapet
with height reduction (TTAD #11191)
Test ID: 3605

Test status: Passed
3.82.1 Description
Generates snow loads on the windwalls of a 3D portal frame with horizontal roof and 2 parapets, according to
Eurocodes 1. The height of one parapet is reduced.
3.83 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 3D portal frame with a roof
which has a small span (< 5m) and a parapet (TTAD #11735)
Test ID: 3606

Test status: Passed
3.83.1Description
Generates snow loads on the windwalls of a 3D portal frame with a roof which has a small span (< 5m) and a
parapet, according to Eurocodes 1.
3.84 EC1 / EN 1991-1-4 - General: Wind load generation on simple 3D portal frame with 4 slopes
roof (TTAD #11604)
Test ID: 3104

Test status: Passed
3.84.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure with 4 slopes roof, according to the Eurocodes 1
standard.
The structure has 6 concrete columns (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) with rigid supports and C20/25
concrete walls.
3.85 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on double slope 3D portal frame
with a fully opened face (DEV2012 #1.6)
Test ID: 3535

Test status: Passed
3.85.1Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure, according to the Eurocodes 1 French standard.
The structure has concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material), a double slope roof and
a fully opened face.
3.86 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on a 3D portal frame with 2 slopes
roof (TTAD #11932)
Test ID: 3004

Test status: Passed
365
3.86.1Description
Generates the wind loads on a concrete structure according to the French Eurocodes 1 standard.
The structure has a roof with two slopes, concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material).
The columns have rigid supports.
3.87 EC1 / EN 1991-1-4 - General: Wind load generation on a high building with horizontal roof
Test ID: 3101

Test status: Passed
3.87.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure, according to the Eurocodes 1 standard.
and horizontal roof.
3.88 EC1 / EN 1991-1-4 - General: Wind load generation on a building with multispan roofs
Test ID: 3106

Test status: Passed
3.88.1Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure with multispan roofs, according to the Eurocodes 1
standard.
The structure has concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) and rigid supports.
3.89 EC1 / EN 1991-1-4 - General: Wind load generation on a simple 3D structure with horizontal
roof
Test ID: 3099

Test status: Passed
3.89.1 Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure, according to the Eurocodes 1 standard.
The structure has concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) and horizontal roof.
3.90 EC1 / EN 1991-1-4 - General: Wind load generation on a signboard
Test ID: 3107

Test status: Passed
3.90.1Description
Generates wind loads on the windwall of a concrete signboard, according to the Eurocodes 1 standard.
The signboard has concrete elements (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) and rigid supports.
3.91 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a single slope with lateral
parapets (TTAD #12606)
Test ID: 4570
366
Test status: Passed
3.91.1Description
Generates snow loads on a single slope with lateral parapets, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF
EN 1991-1-3/NA).
3.92 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA + NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating 2D wind and snow loads
on a 2 opposite slopes portal with Z down axis (TTAD #15094)
Test ID: 6206

Test status: Passed
3.92.1 Description
Generates 2D wind and snow loads on a 2 opposite slopes portal, according to the Eurocodes 1 - French standard
(NF EN 1991-1-4/NA / 1991-1-3/NA), with Z down axis.
3.93 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA + NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating 2D wind and snow loads
on a 4 slope shed next to a higher one slope compound (TTAD #15047)
Test ID: 6205

Test status: Passed
3.93.1 Description
Generates 2D wind and snow loads on a 4 slope shed next to a higher one slope compound, according to the
Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA / 1991-1-3/NA).
3.94 CR1-1-3/2012 - Romania: Snow loads values generated on a symetrical duo-pitch roof
Test ID: 6343

Test status: Passed
3.94.1 Description
This automatic test purpose is to check the values of the snow loads which are generated automatically, according
with CR 1-1-3/2012, on a symetrical duo-pitch roof.
3.95 CR1-1-4/2012 - Romania - The wind load position for cannopy roofs, one slope (TTAD #16230)
Test ID: 6354

Test status: Passed
3.95.1 Description
This test verifies the loads position, generated by the wind generator, according with CR 1-1-4/2012, for a single
slope cannopy roof.
In version 2015 SP0, the loads are not place corectly as the d distance (from the d/4) formula, is considered the
projected lenght.
The d - distance should be the full lenght of the cannopy roof.
3.96 CR1-1-3/2012 - Romania - Snow accumulation on multiple roofs
367
Test ID: 6359

Test status: Passed
3.96.1 Description
The purpose of this test is to check the snow loads values generated on a multiple roof.
OBSERVATION:
On v.2015 the shape coefficient value has a wrong value.
3.97 CR1-1-4/2012 - Romania - Wind on signboards
Test ID: 6353

Test status: Passed
3.97.1 Description
This test allows to evaluate the windloads generated automatically on a signboard.

The model contains a windwall defined as a signboards.
Loads are generated according with CR 1-1-4/2012.
The values are checked with a text refference file which represents the loads description by case.
3.98 NTC 2008: Wind and snow load generation on a one slope compound next to a higher single
slope compound (DEV2015#6) (TTAD #15425)
Test ID: 6366

Test status: Passed
3.98.1 Description
Generates wind and snow loads on the windwalls of one slope compound next to a higher single slope compound,
according to the NTC 2008 standard.
3.99 CR1-1-3/2012 - Romania - Snow with adjacent roof, big slope
Test ID: 6357

Test status: Passed
3.99.1 Description
The purpose of this test is to check the value of the snow loads generated on a flat roof.
The adjacent roof has a slobe biger than 15degrees, which means that the us has 50% from
the bigger shape coefficient of the adjacent roof.
3.100 EC1 / DIN EN 1991-1-3/NA - Germany: Generating wind loads on an antenna tower (TTAD
#15493)
Test ID: 6367

Test status: Passed
368
3.100.1Description
Generates wind loads on an antenna tower, according to the DIN EN 1991-1-3/NA standard.
3.101 NF EN 1991-1-3/NA: Snow generation on a slope compound next to a higher single slope
compound (TTAD #15923)
Test ID: 6370

Test status: Passed
3.101.1Description
Generates snow loads on a slope compound next to a higher single slope compound, according to the Eurocodes 1 –
3.102 CR1-1-3/2012 - Romania - 2D Climatic generator on a portal frame with big slopes
Test ID: 6356

Test status: Passed
3.102.1Description
The purpose of this test is to check the 2D climatic generator for the snow actions.
The model consisist in a 2D portal frame with 2 slopes: 45degrees & bigger than 60degrees.
3.103 NTC 2008: Wind load generation on a higher double slope 3D portal frame (DEV2015#6) (TTAD
#15698)
Test ID: 6369

Test status: Passed
3.103.1Description
Generates wind loads on a higher double slope 3D portal frame, according to the NTC 2008 standard.
3.104 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-4/NA - France: Generating wind loads on an isolated roof with two slopes
(TTAD #11695)
Test ID: 3529

Test status: Passed
3.104.1Description
Generates wind loads on a concrete structure, according to the Eurocodes 1 French standard.
The structure has concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) and an isolated roof with
two slopes.
3.105 NTC 2008: Wind load generation on a double slope 3D portal frame (DEV2015#6) (TTAD
#15660)
Test ID: 6368

Test status: Passed
369
3.105.1Description
Generates wind loads on a double slope 3D portal frame, according to the NTC 2008 standard.
3.106 EC1 / EN 1991-1-4 - General: Wind load generation on a simple 3D portal frame with 2 slopes
roof (TTAD #11602)
Test ID: 3103

Test status: Passed
3.106.1Description
Generates wind loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure with 2 slopes roof, according to the Eurocodes 1
standard.
The structure has concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material) and rigid supports.
3.107 NF EN 1991-1-4/NA: Wind generation on a 2 slope building with one awning (TTAD #13999)
Test ID: 6372

Test status: Passed
3.107.1Description
Generates wind loads on a 2 slope building with one awning, Eurocodes 1 - French standard (NF EN 1991-1-4/NA).
3.108 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Snow load generation on double compound with gutters
and parapets on all sides (TTAD #13717)
Test ID: 6186

Test status: Passed
3.108.1Description
Generates snow loads on a metal based double compound with gutters and parapets on all sides, according to the
Eurocodes 1 France. One compound is a double-roof volume and the second is a single-roof volume with the same
slope as the one it is next to.
3.109 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a 3D portal frame with
horizontal roof and gutter (TTAD #11113)
Test ID: 3604

Test status: Passed
3.109.1Description
Generates snow loads on the windwalls of a 3D portal frame with horizontal roof and gutter, according to Eurocodes
1.
370
3.110 EC1 / NF EN 1991-1-3/NA - France: Generating snow loads on a flat roof
Test ID: 6272

Test status: Passed
3.110.1Description
Generates snow forces on a flat roof with gutter accumulation according to Eurocode 1 - French standards (NF EN
1991-1-3/NA).
3.110.2Background
Snow generation on a flat roof with gutter accumulation

Ensures the gutter accumulations are applied on the whole roof.

One windwall (dimensions: 10m x 5m)
Punctual support (fixed)
Snow parameters
■ Typical value : A2
■ Altitude : 200m
■ Exposure factor : 1
■ Thermal factor : 1
Units
Metric SystemReference results in calculating the longitudinal reinforcement and the crack width
3.110.2.2 Snow load calculation

■ Typical value: A2
■ S k  0.45kN / m ²
371
■ S Ad  1kN / m ²
■ Altitude : 200m
■ No altitude effect.
■ S1  0
■ Exposure factor: 1
■ Thermal factor: 1
■ Gutter accumulation: an extra 0.2kN/m² is taken into account on the whole flat roof.
■ Roof slope : 0°
■ 1  0.8
■ Normal snow:
S  1  S k  0.20  0.8  0.45  0.20  0.56kN / m ²
■ Accidental snow:
S Ad  1  S Ad  0.20  0.8  1  0.20  1kN / m²
The punctual support from the model gets its load from a 10m x 5m windwall.
Forces on support should be:
FZ  S 10  5  28kN for normal snow
FZ  S 10  5  50kN for accidental snow
372
Force FZ on support for Normal Snow (kN)
Force FZ on support for Accidental Snow (kN)

FZ Vertical force on support for normal snow 28 kN
FZ Vertical force on support for accidental snow 50 kN

FZ FZ for Sn -28.0051 kN -0.0079 %
FZ FZ for Sa 0 kN 1.9998 %
373
4 Combinations
4.1 EC0 / NF EN 1990 - France: Generating the concomitance matrix after adding a new dead load
case (TTAD #11361)
Test ID: 3766

Test status: Passed
4.1.1 Description
Creates a new dead load case, after two case families were created, and generates the concomitance matrix. A
report with the combinations description is generated.
4.2 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Generating a set of combinations with seismic group of loads (TTAD
#11889)
Test ID: 4350

Test status: Passed
4.2.1 Description
Generates a set of combinations with seismic group of loads.
4.3 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no.10
(DEV2012 #1.7)
Test ID: 4409

Test status: Passed
4.3.1 Description
Generates loads:
1 - G (Favorable or Unfavorable)
2 - Q (Base or Acco)
3 - E Group (Base)
3 - EX
4 - EY
5 - EZ
Defines the seismic group type as "Quadratic".

Generates the corresponding combinations and the combinations report.
Resets the combination set. Defines the seismic group type as "Newmark".
Generates the corresponding combinations and the combinations report.
4.4 EC0 / EN 1990 - General: Generating load combinations with unfavorable and
favorable/unfavorable predominant action (TTAD #11357)
Test ID: 3751

Test status: Passed
376
4.4.1 Description
Generates load combinations with unfavorable and favorable/unfavorable predominant action. Predominant action is
a case family with 2 static load cases.
4.5 Verifying the combinations description report (TTAD #11632)
Test ID: 3544

Test status: Passed
4.5.1 Description
Generates a dead load case, two live load cases and a snow load case, defines the concomitance between the
generated load cases and generates the combinations description report.
(DEV2012 #1.7)
Test ID: 4407

Test status: Passed
4.6.1 Description
Generates loads:
2 - Q Group(Base or Acco)
2-Q
3-Q
4-Q
6 - Snow (Base or Acco)
Generates combinations. Generates the combinations report.
Un-group 2-Q Group to independent 2-Q, 3-Q, 4-Q loads.

4.7 EC0 / EN 1990 - General: Defining concomitance rules for two case families (TTAD #11355)
Test ID: 3749

Test status: Passed
377
4.7.1 Description
Generates live loads and dead loads on a steel structure. Defines the concomitance rules between the two load case
families and generates the concomitance matrix.
4.8 CR 0-2012 - Romania - Automatic combinations check according with the romanian code
Test ID: 6341

Test status: Passed
4.8.1 Description
This test checks the automatic generator for combinations accoring with the romanian code, CR 0-2012
378
4.9 EC0 / EN 1990 - General: Generating combinations (TTAD #11673)
Test ID: 3471

Test status: Passed
4.9.1 Description
Generates concomitance between three types of loads applied on a structure (live loads, dead loads and seismic
loads - EN 1998-1), using the quadratic combination function. Generates the combinations description report and the
point support actions by element report.

D Displacement in node 10 for analysis case 4 (EX) 0.365037 cm 0.0049 %
D Displacement in node 100 for analysis case 5 (EY) 2.19686 cm 0.0050 %
Fx Effort in beam 26 for analysis 101 3.08394 kN 0.0071 %
379
4.10 EC0 / EN 1990 - General: Generating load combinations after changing the load case number
(TTAD #11359)
Test ID: 3756

Test status: Passed
4.10.1 Description
Generates load combinations with concomitance matrix after changing the load case number. A report with the
combinations description is generated.
4.11 EC0 / EN 1990 - General: Generating combinations for NEWEC8.cbn (TTAD #11431)
Test ID: 3746

Test status: Passed
4.11.1 Description
Generates combinations for NEWEC8.cbn.
4.12 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Generating the concomitance matrix after switching back the effect
for live load (TTAD #11806)
Test ID: 4219

Test status: Passed
4.12.1 Description
Generates the concomitance matrix and the combinations description reports after switching back the effect for live
load.
(DEV2012 #1.7)
Test ID: 4386

Test status: Passed
4.13.1 Description
Generates loads:
380
4.14 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Performing the combinations concomitance standard test no. 5
(DEV2012 #1.7)
Test ID: 4394

Test status: Passed
4.14.1 Description
Generates loads:
3 - E (Base) - only one seismic load !
Set value "0" (exclusive) between seismic and all Q loads (seism only combination).
4.15 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Generating a set of combinations with different Q "Base" types
(TTAD #11806)
Test ID: 4357

Test status: Passed
4.15.1 Description
Generates a set of combinations with different Q "Base" types

1-G
2 - Q - Base
3-G
4 - Q -Base or acco
Generates the first set of combinations and the first combinations report.
1-G
2 - Q - Base
3-G
4 - Q -Base
Generates the second set of combinations and the second combinations report.
(DEV2012 #1.7)
Test ID: 4397

Test status: Passed
381
4.16.1 Description
Generates loads:
3 - E (Base) - only one seismic load
(DEV2012 #1.7)
Test ID: 4384

Test status: Passed
4.17.1 Description
Generates loads:
3 - Q (Base)
(DEV2012 #1.7)
Test ID: 4391

Test status: Passed
4.18.1 Description
Generates loads:
2 - Q (Base)
4 - Q (Base)
382
4.19 NF EN 1990/NA - France: Generating a set of combinations with Q group of loads (TTAD
#11960)
Test ID: 4353

Test status: Passed
4.19.1 Description
Generates a set of combinations with Q group of loads.
(DEV2010#1.7)
Test ID: 4382

Test status: Passed
4.20.1 Description
Generates loads:
3 - Q (Acco)
(DEV2012 #1.7)
Test ID: 4408

Test status: Passed
4.21.1 Description
Generates loads:
3 - E Group (Base)
3 - EX
4 - EY
5 - EZ
Un-group 3 - E Group to independent loads : 3 - EX 4 - EY 5 - EZ

383
(DEV2012 #1.7)
Test ID: 4405

Test status: Passed
4.22.1Description
Creates loads:
4 - Q (Acco)
5 - Acc (Base)
4.23 CSN EN 1990/NA - Czech Republic: Verifying combinations for CZ localization (TTAD #12542)
Test ID: 4550

Test status: Passed
4.23.1 Description
Verifies simplified combinations for CZ localization.
384
5 Concrete Design
5.1 Verifying the reinforced concrete results on a structure with 375 load cases combinations
(TTAD #11683)
Test ID: 3475

Test status: Passed
5.1.1 Description
Verifies the reinforced concrete results for a model with more than 100 load cases combinations.
On a concrete structure, dead loads, self weight, live loads, wind loads (according to NV2009) and accidental loads
are applied. A number of 375 combinations are obtained.
Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation. Generates the reinforcement areas
planar elements report.
5.2 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Calculation of a square column in traction (TTAD #11892)
Test ID: 3509

Test status: Passed
5.2.1 Description
The test is performed on a single column in tension, according to Eurocodes 2.

The column has a section of 20 cm square and a rigid support. A permanent load (traction of 100 kN) and a live load
(40 kN) are applied.
Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation. Generates the longitudinal
reinforcement report.
5.3 Verifying Aty and Atz for a fixed concrete beam (TTAD #11812)
Test ID: 3528

Test status: Passed
5.3.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation of a model with a horizontal concrete
beam.
The beam has a R20*50 cross section and two hinge rigid supports.
Verifies Aty and Atz for the fixed concrete beam.
386
5.4 Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement for linear elements (TTAD #11636)
Test ID: 3545

Test status: Passed
5.4.1 Description
Verifies the longitudinal reinforcement for a vertical concrete bar.

Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation. Verifies the longitudinal
reinforcement and generates the reinforcement report.
The bar has a square cross section of 30.00 cm, a rigid fixed support at the base and a support with translation
restraints on X and Y. A vertical punctual load of -1260.00 kN is applied.
Aty Aciers sur filaire 1 pour le cas d'analise 2 0 cm² 0.0000 %

Amin Aciers sur filaire 1 pour le cas d'analise 2 3.9123 cm² 0.0000 %
387
5.5 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying concrete results for linear elements (TTAD
#11556)
Test ID: 3549

Test status: Passed
5.5.1 Description
Verifies the reinforcement results for a horizontal concrete bar.

Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation. Verifies the reinforcement and
generates the reinforced concrete analysis report: data and results.
The bar has a rectangular cross section R20*50, a rigid hinge support at one end, a rigid support with translation
restraints on X, Y and Z and rotation restraint on X.

Amin Reinforcement for linear element for analysis -1.17373 cm² 2.2218 %
101
Amin Reinforcement for linear element for analisys -1.17373 cm² 2.2218 %
101
Atmin Atmin reinforcement for analysis 104 4 cm² 0.0000 %
Atmin Atmin reinforcement for analisys 104 4 cm² 0.0000 %
388
5.6 Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement bars for a filled circular column (TTAD #11678)
Test ID: 3543

Test status: Passed
5.6.1 Description
Verifies the longitudinal reinforcement for a vertical concrete bar.

Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation. Generates the reinforcement report.
The bar has a circular cross section with a radius of 40.00 cm and a rigid hinge support. A vertical punctual load of -
5000.00 kN is applied.

D displacement on beam for analysis case 102 0.126411 cm 0.0000 %
389
5.7 Verifying the reinforced concrete results on a fixed beam (TTAD #11836)
Test ID: 3542

Test status: Passed
5.7.1 Description
Verifies the concrete results on a fixed horizontal beam.

Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation. Generates the reinforced concrete
calculation results report.
The beam has a R25*60 cross section, C25/30 material and has a rigid hinge support at one end and a rigid support
with translation restraints on Y and Z at the other end. A linear dead load (-28.75 kN) and a live load (-50.00 kN) are
applied.
5.8 Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement for a fixed linear element (TTAD #11700)
Test ID: 3547

Test status: Passed
5.8.1 Description
Verifies the longitudinal reinforcement for a horizontal concrete bar.

Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation. Verifies the longitudinal
reinforcement and generates the reinforcement report.
The bar has a rectangular cross section R40*80, has a rigid hinge support at one end and a rigid support with
translation restraints on Y and Z. Four loads are applied: a linear dead load of -50.00 kN on FZ, a punctual dead load
of -30.00 kN on FZ, a linear live load of -60.00 kN on FZ and a punctual live load of -25.00 kN on FZ.
5.9 Verifying the reinforcement of concrete columns (TTAD #11635)
Test ID: 3564

Test status: Passed
5.9.1 Description
Verifies the reinforcement of a concrete column.
5.10 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying concrete results for planar elements (TTAD
#11583)
Test ID: 3548

Test status: Passed
5.10.1 Description
Verifies the reinforcement results on planar elements.

Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation. Generates the reinforced concrete
analysis report: data and results.
The model consists of two planar elements (C20/25 material) with rigid fixed linear supports. On each element, a
punctual load of 50.00 kN on FX is applied.
390
5.11 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA: Verifying the minimum transverse reinforcement area results for
articulated beams (TTAD #11342)
Test ID: 3639

Test status: Passed
5.11.1Description
Verifies the minimum transverse reinforcement area for two articulated horizontal beams.
Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation and generates the "Transverse
reinforcement linear elements" report.
Each beam has rectangular cross section (R30*70), B25 material and two hinge rigid supports at both ends.
On each beam there are applied:
- Dead loads: a linear load of -25.00 kN and two punctual loads of -55.00 kN and -65.00 kN
- Live loads: a linear load of -20.00 kN and two punctual loads of -40.00 kN and -35.00 kN.
391
5.12 Verifying the minimum transverse reinforcement area results for an articulated beam (TTAD
#11342)
Test ID: 3638

Test status: Passed
5.12.1 Description
Verifies the minimum transverse reinforcement area for an articulated horizontal beam.
Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation and generates the "Transverse
reinforcement linear elements" report.
The beam has a rectangular cross section (R20*50), B25 material and two hinge rigid supports at both ends.

Atminz Aciers sur filaire 1 1.6 cm² 0.0000 %
D Displacement for beam 1 3.75824e-005 cm 0.0000 %
392
5.13 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement for a horizontal
concrete bar with rectangular cross section
Test ID: 4179

Test status: Passed
5.13.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and the reinforced concrete calculation according to the Eurocodes 2 -
French DAN. Verifies the longitudinal reinforcement and generates the corresponding report: "Longitudinal
reinforcement linear elements".
The model consists of a concrete linear element with rectangular cross section (R18*60) with rigid hinge supports at
both ends and two linear vertical loads: -15.40 kN and -9.00 kN.

My ULS Moment MEd -222.087 kN*m 0.1991 %
My SLS Moment Mserv -158.644 kN*m 0.1925 %
Az Longitudinal bottom reinforcement -11.8829 cm² 0.0000 %
393
5.14 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement area of a beam
under a linear load
Test ID: 4519

Test status: Passed
5.14.1 Description
Verifies the longitudinal reinforcement area of a beam under a linear load (horizontal level behavior law).
Verification is done with Eurocodes 2 norm French Annex.
5.15 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the minimum reinforcement area for a simply
supported beam
Test ID: 4517

Test status: Passed
5.15.1 Description
Verifies the minimum reinforcement area for a simply supported concrete beam subjected to self weight. The
verification is made with Eurocodes 2 - French annex.
under a linear load - inclined stress strain behavior law
Test ID: 4522

Test status: Passed
5.16.1 Description
Verifies the longitudinal reinforcement area of a beam under a linear load - inclined stress strain behavior law.
Verification is done according to Eurocodes 2 norm with French Annex.
5.17 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement area for a beam
subjected to point loads
Test ID: 4527

Test status: Passed
5.17.1 Description
Verifies the longitudinal reinforcement area for a beam subjected to point loads (applied at the middle of the beam).
The verification is performed according to EC2 norm with French Annex.
under a linear load - bilinear stress-strain diagram
Test ID: 4541

Test status: Passed
5.18.1 Description
394
Verifies the longitudinal reinforcement area of a simply supported beam under a linear load - bilinear stress-strain
diagram.
Verification is done according to Eurocodes 2 norm with French Annex.
under a linear load - horizontal level behavior law
Test ID: 4557

Test status: Passed
5.19.1 Description
Verifies the longitudinal reinforcement area of a beam under self-weight and linear loads - horizontal level behavior
law. The verification is made according to EC2 norm with French Annex.
5.20 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the transverse reinforcement area for a beam
subjected to linear loads
Test ID: 4555

Test status: Passed
5.20.1 Description
Verifies the transverse reinforcement area for a beam subjected to linear loads. The verification is made according to
EC2 norm with French Annex.
5.21 Testing the punching verification and punching reinforcement results on loaded analysis
model (TTAD #14332)
Test ID: 6189

Test status: Passed
5.21.1 Description
Tests the punching verification and punching reinforcement results on loaded analysis mode and generates the
corresponding report.
5.22 Verifying the peak smoothing influence over mesh, the punching verification and punching
reinforcement results when Z down axis is selected (TTAD #14963)
Test ID: 6200

Test status: Passed
5.22.1 Description
Verifies the peak smoothing influence over mesh, the punching verification and punching reinforcement results when
Z down axis is selected.
The model consists in a c25/30 concrete planar element and four concrete columns (with R20/30, IPE400, D40,
L60*20 cross-sections) and is subjected to self weight and 1 live load of -100 KN.
395
5.23 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Comparing deflection of a slab hinged supported on 2

edges with the deflection of the equivalent beam approach
Test ID: 6232

Test status: Passed
5.23.1 Description
Verifies EC2 deflection of a reinforced concrete slab hinged supported on 2 edges.

Two comparisons are realized:
- A comparison of FE displacement result considering the equivalent beam approach. Concrete C25/30 material (with
the secant modulus of elasticity of concrete) is used for both elements: slab and equivalent beam;
- A comparison of EC2 deflection of the equivalent beam and the slab. Effective modulus of elasticity for concrete
was used - expression 7.20 from EN 1992-1-1 - in determination of EC2 deflection.
The verification is made considering the French Annex of Eurocode 2 (chapter 7.4).
396
5.24 EC2 / EN 1992-1-1 - Germany: Single beam with a plate crosssection
Test ID: 6290

Test status: Passed
5.24.1 Description
Single beam with a concrete crosssection 100cm wide, 21cm high. Calculating with simple bending.

My Bending moment 41.1961 kN*m -0.0095 %
Az Reinforcement 5.61915 cm² 0.1631 %
397
5.25 EC2 / EN 1992-1-1 - Germany: Single beam with rectangular cross section
Test ID: 6267

Test status: Passed
5.25.1 Description
The objective of this test is to calculate the bending moment, the displacement and the longitudinal reinforcement.

My ULS Bending moment 42.1875 kN*m -0.0059 %
Atz Tranversal reinforcement area 3.10322 cm² 2.7556 %
Az Longitudinal reinforcement area 4.72954 cm² 1.2749 %
398
5.26 EC2 / EN 1992-1-1 - Germany: Two field planar system with two span direction calculation
based on the Baumann Method
Test ID: 6302

Test status: Passed
5.26.1 Description
EC2 / EN 1992-1-1 Germany: two field planar system with two span direction calculation based on the Capra Method
The system depends on 2 symmetric fields, the slab edges all have a hinged linear supports. The loads are also
symmetric. The thickness of the slab is about h=12 cm. The test includes the bending moments as well as the
calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement of the field. The concrete design based on the Baumann Method.

Mxx bending moment over the support -20.9641 kN*m 4.7086 %
Mxx bending moment in the field 10.9092 kN*m -3.4584 %
as,y,1 max longitudinal reinforcement in the field 3.1085 cm² -0.0662 %
399
5.27 EC2 / EN 1992-1-1 - Germany: Two field planar system with two span direction calculation
based on the Capra Method
Test ID: 6298

Test status: Passed
5.27.1 Description
The system depends on 2 symmetric fields, the slab edges all have a hinged linear supports. The loads are also
symmetric. The thickness of the slab is about h=12 cm. The test includes the bending moments as well as the
calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement of the field. The concrete design based on the Capra Method.

Mxx max bending moment over support -20.8345 kN*m 5.2977 %
Mxx max bending moment in the field 10.8955 kN*m -3.5796 %
as,y,1 max reinforcement 3.15035 cm² 1.1283 %
400
5.28 NTC 2008 - Italy: Verifying the stresses result for a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a
uniformly distributed load
Test ID: 6340

Test status: Passed
5.28.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy for Serviceability State Limit of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to
resist simple bending. During this test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of
compressing stresses in concrete section and compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section

My Bending moment for charateristic combination -600 kN*m 0.0000 %
My Bending moment for quasi-permanent combination -390 kN*m 0.0000 %
Sc z CQ Compression stress on concrete for charateristic 14.5384 MPa 0.3340 %
combination
Ss z CQ Steel stress on reinforcement for charateristic -245.671 MPa -0.2411 %
combination
401
5.29 EC2 / EN 1992-1-1 - Germany: Two field beam with rectangular cross section, calculated as a
one span plate
Test ID: 6306

Test status: Passed
5.29.1 Description
The objective of this test is to calculate the bending moment and the longitudinal reinforcement.
It is an asymmetric, 2-field plate system with one span direction.

Fz Shearforce at the middel support -49.2208 kN -0.0016 %
My Bending momentin the 1. field 34.4216 kN*m 0.9431 %
My Bending moment over middel support -42.6664 kN*m -0.8662 %
Az Longitudinal reinforcement in the field 5.33617 cm² 3.4141 %
402
5.30 NTC 2008 - Italy: Verifying a square concrete column of a multi-storey structure subjected to
axial compression
Test ID: 6347

Test status: Passed
5.30.1 Description
Verifies a square concrete column for a multi-storey structure subjected to axial compression.
The column is made of concrete C25/30 and the material of the steel reinforcement is B450C.
The verification of the axial force, applied on top, is performed at Ultimate Limit State.

Fx Normal force -1902.6 kN 0.0000 %
Amin Minimum longitudinal reinforcement area 4.8622 cm² -0.0781 %
403
5.31 NTC 2008 - Italy: Verifying the crack openings for a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a
uniformly distributed load
Test ID: 6342

Test status: Passed
5.31.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. During this
test the maximum spacing of cracks and the crack openings are verified for Serviceability State Limit.

My Bending moment for frequent combination -390 kN*m 0.0000 %
My Bending moment for quasi-permanent -330 kN*m 0.0000 %
combination
Sr,max z Maximum spacing of cracks 220.78 mm -0.0995 %
Îµsm - Îµcm z Average strain 0.00066081 adim 1.6631 %
wk z Crack width -0.145894 mm -2.0238 %
404
5.32 Verifying the bending moments about X and Y axis on a single story concrete core subjected
to horizontal forces and seismic action
Test ID: 6351

Test status: Passed
5.32.1 Description
Verifies the bending moments about X and Y axis for a single story concrete (C25/30) core subjected to horizontal
forces and seismic action. The walls describing the core are grouped.
5.33 EC2 / EN 1992-1-1 - Punching verification with imposed reinfrocement on slab
Test ID: 6355

Test status: Passed
5.33.1 Description
This test verifies the punching check results for a slab having imposed global reinforcement.
5.34 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Column design with “Nominal Stiffness method” square
section (TTAD #11625)
Test ID: 3001

Test status: Passed
5.34.1 Description
Verifies and generates the corresponding report for the longitudinal reinforcement bars of a column. The column is
designed with "Nominal stiffness method", with a square cross section (C40).
5.35 EC2,EC8 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the capacity design results (DEV2013 #8.3)
Test ID: 5602

Test status: Passed
5.35.1 Description
Verifies the capacity design results according to Eurocode EC2 and EC8 French standards.
405
5.36 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular cross section beam made from
concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (evaluated by
SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 1)
Test ID: 4969

Test status: Passed
5.36.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending.
During this test, the determination of stresses will be made along with the determination of the longitudinal
reinforcement and the verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.
5.36.2 Background
Simple Bending Design for Ultimate Limit State

test, the calculation of stresses is made along with the calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement and the
verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

■ Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1-2002;
The following load cases and load combination are used:
■ Loadings from the structure: G = 15 kN/m + dead load,
■ Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 20kN/m,
■
■ The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q
■ Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q
■ Quasi-permanent combination of actions: CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q
Simply supported beam
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:
■ Height: h = 0.60 m,
■ Width: b = 0.25 m,
■ Length: L = 5.80 m,
406
2
■ Concrete cover: c=4cm
■ Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.524m; d’=ebz=0.04m
Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 and S500A reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in
relation to this material:
■ Exposure class XC1
3
■ Concrete density: 25kN/m
■ Stress-strain law for reinforcement: Bilinear stress-strain diagram
■ Cracking calculation required
f 25
■ Concrete C25/30: fcd  ck   16,67MPa
γ c 1,5
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.6(1); 4.4.2.4(1); Table 2.1.N
2/3
■ fctm  0.30 * fck  0.30 * 25 2 / 3  2.56MPa
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2); Table 3.1
f yk 500
■ Steel S500 : f yd    434,78MPa
γs 1,15
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.2
0.3 0.3
 f 8  25  8 
■ E cm  22000 *  ck   22000 *    31476 MPa
 10   10 
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
■ Outer:
► Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
► Support at end point (x = 5.83) restrained in translation along Y, Z and restrained in rotation along X.
■ Inner: None.
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations:
■ Permanent loads:
G’=0.25*0.6*2.5=3.75kN/ml
■ Load combinations:
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:
Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*(15+3.75)+1.5*20=55.31kN/ml
Characteristic combination of actions:
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=15+3.75+20=38.75kN/ml
Quasi-permanent combination of actions:
CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q=15+3.75+0.3*20=24.75kN/ml
■ Load calculations:
55,31* 5,80²
M Ed   232,59kN.m
8
38,75 * 5,80²
M Ecq   162,94kN.m
8
407
5.36.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete beam reduced moment limit
Due to exposure class XC1, and 500Mpa steel resistance, we will consider a moment limit:
Calculating the reduced moment we will consider ULS moment:
■ because there is no compressed reinforcement
Reference reinforcement calculation:

The calculation of the reinforcement is detailed below:
■ Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.524m
■ Calculation of reduced moment:
M Ed 0,233
cu    0,203
bw * d ² * f cd 0,25 * 0,524² *16,67
 cu  0.203   lu  0.285
■ Calculation of the lever arm zc:

zc  d * (1  0,4 u )  0,524 * (1  0,4 * 0,287)  0,464m
■ Calculation of the reinforcement area:
M Ed 0,233
Au    11,55 *10 4 m²  11,55cm²
zc * f yd 0,464 * 434,78
Reference solution for minimal reinforcement area

The minimum percentage for a rectangular beam in pure bending is:
 fct,eff
0.26 * * bw * d
A s,min  Max f yk
 0.0013 * b * d
 w
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 9.2.1.1(1); Note 2

Where:
fct,eff  fctm  2.56MPa from cracking conditions
Therefore:
 2.56
0.26 * 0.25 * 0.524  1.76.10  4 m²
A s,min  Max 500  1.76cm²
 0.0013 * 0.25 * 0.524  1.70.10  4 m²


■ Linear element: S beam,
■ 7 nodes,
■ 1 linear element.
408
ULS and SLS load combinations(kNm)
Simply supported beam subjected to bending
ULS (reference value: 232.59kNm)
SLS (reference value: 162.94kNm)
2
Theoretical reinforcement area(cm )
2
(reference value: 11.55cm )
2
Minimum reinforcement area(cm )
2

My,ULS My corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) [kNm] 232.59 kNm
My,SLS My corresponding to the 102 combination (SLS) [kNm] 162.94 kNm
2 2
Az Theoretical reinforcement area [cm ] 11.55 cm
2 2
Amin Minimum reinforcement area [cm ] 1.76 cm

My My USL -232.578 kN*m 0.0052 %
409
My My SLS cq -162.936 kN*m 0.0025 %

Az Az -11.5329 cm² 0.1481 %
Amin Amin -1.74725 cm² 0.7244 %
410
5.37 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a T concrete section, without compressed

reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 5)
Test ID: 4978

Test status: Passed
5.37.1 Description
Verifies a T concrete section, without compressed reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram.

The purpose of this test is to verify the My resulted stresses for the ULS load combination and the results of the
theoretical reinforcement area Az.
The objective is to verify:

- The stresses results
- The theoretical reinforcement area results
5.37.2 Background
This test performs the verification of the theoretical reinforcement area for the T concrete beam subjected to the
defined loads. The test confirms the absence of the compressed reinforcement for this model.

■ Loadings from the structure: G = 52.3 kN/m
■ Reinforcement steel ductility: Class B
■ The calculation is made considering bilinear stress-strain diagram
■ The stresses results
■ The theoretical reinforcement area results
411
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Beam length: 7m
■ Concrete cover: c=3.50 cm
■ Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.595 m; d’=ebz=0.035m
Rectangular solid concrete C16/20 and S400B reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are used in
3
■ Reinforcement steel ductility: Class A
f ck 16
■ Concrete C16/20: f cd    10.67MPa
c 1,5
2/3
■ fctm  0.30 * fck  0.30 * 16 2 / 3  1.90MPa
f yk 400
■ Steel S400B : f yd    347.8MPa
s 1,15
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
► Support at end point (x = 7) restrained in translation along Y and Z, and restrained rotation along X.
■ Inner: None.
Loading
Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*352.3+1.5*13=90.105kN/ml
412
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=52.3+13=65.3kN/ml

Load calculations:
70.105* 7²
M Ed   551.89kNm
8
65.3 * 7²
M Ecq   399.96kNm
8
5.37.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete beam moment
At first, it will be determined the moment resistance of the concrete section only:
 h   0,10 
Mbtu  beff * hf *  d  f  * fcd  0,9 * 0,10 *  0,595   * 10,67  523kNm
 2   2 
Comparing Mbtu with MEd:
M btu  523kNm  M Ed  551.89kNm

Therefore the concrete section is not entirely compressed;
Therefore, calculations considering the T section are required.
5.37.2.3 Reference reinforcement calculation:
Theoretical section 2:
■ The moment corresponding to this section is:
 hf   0.1 
M Ed 2  (beff  bw ) * h f * f cd *  d    (0.9  0.18) * 0.1*10.67 *  0595  
 2   2 
 0.418MNm
■ According to this value, the steel section is:
M Ed 2 0.418
A2    22.08cm ²
 hf   0.1 
 d   * f yd  0.595   * 347.8
 2   2 
The theoretical section 1 corresponds to a calculation for a rectangular shape beam section
M Ed 1  M Ed  M Ed 2  0.552  0.418  133kNm

M Ed 1 0.133
 cu    0.197
bw * d ² * Fcd 0.18 * 0.595² * 10.67
For a S400B reinforcement and for a XC1 exposure class, there will be a: μ cu  μ lu  0.372 , therefore there will be no
compressed reinforcement.
There will be a calculation without compressed reinforcement:
  
 u  1.25* 1  (1  2 * cu )  1.25* 1  1  2 * 0.197  0.276 
z c1  d * (1  0.4 *  u )  0.595 * (1  0.40 * 0.276)  0.529m
M Ed 1 0.133
A1    7.25cm²
zc1 * f yd 0.529 * 347.8
413
2
In conclusion the entire reinforcement steel area is A=A 1+A2=7.25+22.08=29.33cm

■ 8 nodes,
ULS (reference value: 552kNm)
2
2
For Class B reinforcement steel ductility (reference value: A=29.33cm )

My,ULS My corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) [kNm] 552 kNm
2 2
Az (Class B) Theoretical reinforcement area [cm ] 29.33 cm
My My ULS -551.893 -0.0005 %

kN*m
Az Az -29.3334 cm² -0.0116 %
414

reinforcement - Inclined stress-strain diagram (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 10)
Test ID: 4984

Test status: Passed
5.38.1 Description
Simple Bending Design for Ultimate Limit State - The purpose of this test is to verify the My resulted stresses for the
ULS load combination, the results of the theoretical reinforcement area, "Az" and the minimum reinforcement
percentage, "Amin".
5.38.2 Background
Verifies the theoretical reinforcement area for the T concrete beam subjected to the defined loads. The test confirms
the absence of the compressed reinforcement for this model.

■ Loadings from the structure: G = 500 kN/m
■ ψ 2  0,3
■ The calculation is performed considering inclined stress-strain diagram
■ The theoretical reinforcement area
■ The reinforcement minimum percentage area
Units
Metric System
415
Geometry
■ Beam length: 6m
■ The calculation is made considering the inclined stress-strain diagram
■ Concrete C16/20:
fck 30
fcd    20 MPa
γ c 1,5
2/3
f ctm  0.30 * fck  0.30 * 30 2 / 3  2.90 MPa
■ Steel S400B :
f yk 500
f yd    434 .78 MPa
γs 1,15
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
► Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
■ Inner: None.
Loading
Load combinations:
Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*500+1.5*300=1125 kN/m
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=500+300=800 kN/m
Quasi-permanent combination of actions
CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q=500+0.3*300=590 kN/m
416
Load calculations:
1125 * 6²
MEd   5062 .5 kNm
8
800 * 6²
MEcq   3600 kNm
8
590 * 6²
MEqp   2655 kNm
8

At first it will be determined the moment resistance of the concrete section only:
 h   0,20 
Mbtu  b eff * h f *  d  f  * fcd  1.40 * 0,20 *  0,9   * 20  4.480 * 10 3 kNm
 2   2 
Mbtu  4.480 * 10 3 kNm  MEd  5.0625 * 10 3 kNm
Therefore the concrete section is not entirely compressed;

There are required calculations considering the T section.

For those calculations, the beam section will be divided in two theoretical section:
Section 1: For the calculation of the concrete only
Section 2: For the calculation of the compressed reinforcement
The moment corresponding to this section is:
 h   0.20 
MEd2  (b eff  b w ) * h f * fcd *  d  f   (1.40  0.40 ) * 0.20 * 20 *  0.90  
 2   2 
 3.2 * 10 3 kNm
Stress from the compressed steel reinforcement considering a steel grade S500B:
σ su  432,71  727,27 * ε su  466 MPa
In order to determine the ε su , the neutral axis position must be determined:
MEd1  MEd  MEd2  (5.063  3.200 ) * 10 3  1.863 * 10 3 kNm
MEd1 1.863
μ cu    0.287
b w * d² * Fcd 0.40 * 0.9² * 20
  
α u  1.25 * 1  (1  2 * μ cu )  1.25 * 1  1  2 * 0.287    0.435
Depending of α u , the neutral axis position can be established:
1  αu 1  0.435
ε su  * ε cu2  * 3.50  4.55 ‰
αu 0.435
Then we calculate the stress in the tensioned steel reinforcement:
σ su  432,71  727,27  0.00455  436,02MPa  466MPa
According to those above, the theoretical reinforcement can be calculated:
417
MEd2 3.200
A2    91.74 cm²
 hf   0.20 
 d  2  * Fyd  0 . 9   * 436 . 02
   2 
The theoretical section 1 corresponds to a calculation for a rectangular shape beam section
MEd1  MEd  MEd2  (5.063  3.200 ) * 10 3  1.863 * 10 3 kNm
MEd1 1.863
μ cu    0.287  μ lu  0.372
b w * d² * Fcd 0.40 * 0.9² * 20
For a S500B reinforcement and for a XC2 exposure class, there will be a: μ cu  0.287  μ lu  0.372 , therefore there will be
no compressed reinforcement.
There will be a calculation without compressed reinforcement:
 
α u  1.25 * 1  (1  2 * μ cu )  1.25 * 1  1  2 * 0.287    0.435
z c1  d * (1  0.4 * αu )  0.9 * (1  0.40 * 0.435 )  0.743m
MEd1 1.863
A1    57.46cm²
zc1 * fyd 0.743 * 436 .02
2
In conclusion the entire reinforcement steel area is A=A 1+A2=91.74+57.46=149.20cm

 fct,eff
0.26 * * bw * d
 0.0013 * b * d
 w

Where:
Therefore:
 2.90
0.26 * * 0.40 * 0.90  5.42 * 10 4 m²
A s,min  max  500  5.42 cm²
 0.0013 * 0.40 * 0.90  4.68 * 10 4 m²


■ 7 nodes,
ULS and SLS load combinations (kNm)
418
2
2
2
2

2 2
2 2

My My USL -5062.5 kN*m 0.0000 %
Az Az -149.031 cm² 0.0329 %
Amin Amin -5.42219 cm² -0.0404 %
419
5.39 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to

uniformly distributed load, without compressed reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain diagram
(Class XD3) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 12)
Test ID: 4985

Test status: Passed
5.39.1 Description
Simple Bending Design for Service State Limit

Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C30/37 to resist simple bending. The
verification of the bending stresses at service limit state is performed.
During this test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of the longitudinal reinforcement
and the verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage.
5.39.2 Background

Verify the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C30/37 to resist simple bending. During this
test, the calculation of stresses, the calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement and the verification of the minimum
reinforcement percentage are performed.

■ Loadings from the structure: G = 25 kN/m (including dead load),
■
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.65 m,
420
■ Width: b = 0.28 m,
■ Length: L = 6.40 m,
2
■ Concrete cover: c = 4.5 cm
■ Effective height: d = h-(0.6*h+ebz) = 0.57m; d’ = ebz = 0.045 m
■ Exposure class XD3
3
■ Concrete density: 25 kN/m
■ The concrete age t0 = 28 days
■ Humidity 50%
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
■ Inner: None.
Loading
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q = 25 + 15 = 40 kN/ml
CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q = 25 + 0.3*15 = 29.5 kN/ml
( 25  15) * 6.40²
MEcq   205 kNm
8
( 25  0.3 * 15 ) * 6.40 ²
MEqp   151 kNm
8
5.39.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete final value of creep coefficient
 ( , t0 )   RH  ( f cm )  (t0 )
Where:
16.8 16.8
 ( f cm )    2.725MPa
f cm 30  8
1 1
 (t0 )    0.488
0.1  t0
0.20
0.1  280.20
t0 : concrete age t0=28days
421
 RH 
 1 
 RH  1  100 *  *
1 2
 0.1*3 h0 
 
 
1   2  1 if f  35Mpa
cm
0.7 0.2
 35   35 
If not α1   
 and α 2   

 fcm   fcm 
In this case therefore

0.7
 35 
0.7
 35 
1       0.944
 cm 
f  38 
0.2
 35 
0.2
 35 
 2       0.984
 f cm   38 
In this case:
Humidity RH = 50 %
2 Ac 2 * 280 * 650
h0    195.70mm
u 2 * 280  650
50
1
 RH 1 3
100 * 0.984  1.78   (, t )   *  ( f ) *  (t )  1.78 * 2.73 * 0.488  2.37
0 RH cm 0
0.1 * 195.70
Calculating the equivalence coefficient:

The coefficient of equivalence is determined by the following formula:
Es
e 
Ecm
M Eqp
1   (, t0 ) *
M Ecar
Where:
 f 8  30  8 
0.3 0.3
Ecm  22 *  ck   22 *    32837MPa
 10   10 
E s  200000MPa
M Eqp 151
1   (, t 0 ) *  1  2.37 *  2.75
M Ecar 205
Es 200000
e    16.76
Ecm 32837
M Eqp 151
1   (, t0 ) * 1  2.37 *
M Ecar 205
422
Material characteristics:
The maximum compression on the concrete is:  bc  0,6 * f ck  0,6 * 30  18Mpa
For the maximum stress on the steel taut, we consider the constraint limit  s  0,8 * f yk  400Mpa
Neutral axis position calculation:
The position of the neutral axis must be determined by calculating 1 (position corresponding to the state of
maximum stress on the concrete and reinforcement):
 e * c 16.76 *15
1    0.430
 e * c   s 16.76 *18  400
Moment resistance calculation:
Knowing the α1 value, it can be determined the moment resistance of the concrete section, using the following
formulas:
x1  α1 * d  0.430 * 0.570  0.243 m
1  x   0.243 
Mrb  * b w * x1 * σ c *  d  1   0.5 * 0.28 * 0.243 * 18 *  0.570    0.297 MNm
2  3   3 
 
Where:
Utile height : d = h – (0.06h + ebz) = 0.57 m
The moment resistance Mrb = 297 KNm
Because MEcq  205kNm  Mrb  297 kNm the supposition of having no compressed reinforcement is correct.
Calculation of reinforcement area with max constraint on steel and concrete

The reinforcement area is calculated using the SLS load combination
Neutral axis position: α1  0,430
 α   0.430 
Lever arm: z c  d * 1  1   0.57 * 1    0.485 m
 3   3 
 
Mser 0.205
A s1,ser    10.56 cm²
zc * σ s 0.485 * 400
Reinforcement section:

 fct,eff
0.26 * * bw * d
A s,min  Max  fyk
 0.0013 * b * d
 w

Where:
Therefore:
 2.896
0.26 * 0.28 * 0.57  2.40 * 10  4 m²
A s,min  max  500  2.40 cm²
 0.0013 * 0.28 * 0.57  2.07 * 10  4 m²
423

■ 7 nodes,
SLS (reference value: 205kNm)
2
Theoretical reinforcement area (cm )
2
2
Minimum reinforcement area (cm )
2

My,SLS My corresponding to the 102 combination (SLS) [kNm] 205 kNm
2 2
2 2

My My SLS -204.8 kN*m 0.0976 %
424
Az Az -10.3489 cm² 1.9991 %

Amin Amin -2.38697 cm² 0.1268 %
425

reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 15)
Test ID: 4998

Test status: Passed
5.40.1 Description
Simple Bending Design for Service Limit State

The purpose of this test is to verify the My resulted stresses for the SLS load combination and the results of the
theoretical reinforcement area Az and of the minimum reinforcement percentage.
5.40.2 Background
This test performs the verification of the theoretical reinforcement area for a T concrete beam subjected to the

■ Loadings from the structure: G = 20 kN/m (including the dead load)
■ The calculation is performed considering bilinear stress-strain diagram
■ The minimum reinforcement percentage
Units
Metric System
Geometry
426
■ Beam length: 8m
■ Beam height: h=0.76m
3
■ The concrete age t0=28 days
■ Humidity RH=50%
■ Concrete: fck = 20MPa
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
■ Inner: None.
Loading
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=20+10=30kN/ml
CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q=20+0.3*10=23kN/ml
M ser ,cq 
20  10* 8²  240kNm
8
M ser ,qp 
20  0.3 *10* 8²  184kNm
8
5.40.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete final value of the creep coefficient
 ( , t0 )   RH  ( f cm )  (t0 )
427
Where:
16.8 16.8
 ( f cm )    3.17MPa
f cm 20  8
1 1
 (t0 )    0.488
0.1  t0
0.20
0.1  280.20
 RH 
 1 
 RH  1  100 *  *
1 2
 0.1*3 h0 
 
 
1   2  1 if f  35Mpa
cm
0.7 0.2
 35   35 
If not 1   and  2  
 f   f 
 cm   cm 
In this case f cm  f ck  8Mpa  28Mpa  35Mpa therefore
1   2  1
In this case:
Humidity RH=50 %
2 Ac 2 * 318000
h0    162.24mm
u 3920
50
1
 RH  1 100  1.92   (, t 0 )   RH *  ( f cm ) *  (t 0 )  1.92 * 3.17 * 0.488  2.97
3
0.1* 162.24
Es
e 
Ecm
M Eqp
1   (, t0 ) *
M Ecar
Where:
 f 8
0.3
 20  8 
0.3
Ecm  22 *  ck   22 *    29962MPa
 10   10 
E s  200000MPa
M Eqp 184
1   (, t0 ) *  1  2.97 *  3.28
M Ecar 240
428
Es 200000
e    21.89
Ecm 2962
M Eqp 184
1   ( , t 0 ) * 1  2.97 *
M Ecar 240
The maximum compression on the concrete is:

 bc  0,6 * f ck  0,6 * 20  12Mpa
Neutral axis position calculation; Calculation of Mtser:
hf 0,10
d 0,669 
s 3 * b * h 2  400 * 3 * 1,20 * 0,102  0,122MNm
M tser  *
2 *e d  hf 43.77 0,669  0,10
eff f
M ser  240kNm  M tser  122kNm the neutral axes is on the beam body
Concrete compressive stresses
M ser 0,240
m    3,23MPa
hf 0,10
beff * h f * (d  ) 1,20 * 0,10 * (0,669  )
2 2
    400 
m  s   3,23  
 e    21.89   400  4,96MPa
 c  d * 
 
s
 0,669 *
h  0,669  0,10  21.89
 d f  e
 
   2 
 2 
 c  4.96MPa   c  12MPa => there is no compressed reinforcement
The calculation of the tension reinforcement theoretical section A s1
 e * c 21.89 * 4,96
x1  d * 0,669  14.30cm
 e * c   s 21.89 * 4,96  400
c 4,96
N c1  beff * x1 *  1,20 * 0,1430*  0,426MN
2 2
0,1430
M1  Nc1 * z c1  0,426 * 0,622  0,265MN.m and z c1  0,669   0,622m
3
M1 0,265
As1    10,65cm ²
zc1 *  s 0,622 * 400
Calculation of the steel compressed reinforcement As2:

x 2  x1  h f  0,1430  0,10  0,0430 m
σc * x 2 4,96 * 0,0430
σc 2    1,49MPa
x1 0,1430
429
σc 2 1,49
Nc 2  (beff  b w ) * x 2  (1,20  0,3) * 0,0430 *  0,029MN
2 2
M2  Nc 2 * zc 2  0,029 * 0,555  0,016MNm
0,0430
with zc 2  0,669  0,10   0,555m
3
M2 0,016
A s2    0,72cm²
zc 2 * σ s 0,555 * 400
Notions of serviceability moment M0 :
A s0  A s1  A s2  10.65  0.72  9.93cm²
M0  M1  M2  0,265  0,016  0,249MN.m
Theoretical steel reinforcement section :

A s0 * Mser 9,93 * 0,240
As    9,58cm²
M0 0,249

 fct,eff
0.26 * * bw * d
A s,min  Max  fyk
 0.0013 * b * d
 w

Where:
Therefore:
 2.21
0.26 * * 0.30 * 0.669  2.31 * 10  4 m²
A s,min  max  500  2.61cm²
 0.0013 * 0.30 * 0.669  2.61 * 10  4 m²


■ 9 nodes,
SLS load combinations(kNm)
430
2
2
(reference value: As=9.58cm )
2
2

2 2
2 2

My My SLS -240 kN*m 0.0000 %
Az Az -9.61919 cm² -0.4091 %
Amin Amin -2.61066 cm² -0.0253 %
431

Test ID: 4999

Test status: Passed
5.41.1 Description

The purpose of this test is to verify the My resulted stresses for the SLS load combination and the results of the
theoretical reinforcement area Az and of the minimum reinforcement percentage. This test performs verification for
the theoretical reinforcement area for the T concrete beam subjected to the defined loads. The test confirms the
absence of the compressed reinforcement for this model.
5.41.2 Background

Units
Metric System
432
Geometry
■ Beam length: 8m
■ Beam height: h=0.67m
■ Concrete: fck = 20MPa
■ Humidity RH=50%
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
■ Inner: None.
Loading
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=40+10=50kN/ml
CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q=40+0.3*10=43kN/ml
M ser ,cq 
40  10  * 8²  400 kNm
8
M ser ,qp 
40  0.3 * 10  * 8²  344 kNm
8
 ( , t0 )   RH  ( f cm )  (t0 )
433
Where:
16.8 16.8
 ( f cm )    3.17MPa
f cm 20  8
1 1
 (t0 )    0.488
0.1  t0
0.20
0.1  280.20
 RH 
 1 
 RH  1  100 *  *
1 2
 0.1*3 h0 
 
 
if
0.7 0.2
 35   35 
If not 1   and  2  
 f   f 
 cm   cm 
In this case,
therefore:
1   2  1
In this case:
Humidity RH=50 %
2 Ac 2 *192600
h0    123mm
u 3140
50
1
 RH  1 100  2   (, t )   *  ( f ) *  (t )  2 * 3.17 * 0.488  3.11
0 RH cm 0
0.1* 3 123
Es
αe 
E cm
MEqp
1  (, t 0 ) *
MEcar
Where:
0.3 0.3
 f 8  20  8 
Ecm  22 *  ck   22 *    29962 MPa
 10   10 
E s  200000 MPa
MEqp 344
1  (, t 0 ) *  1  3.11 *  3.68
MEcar 400
434
Es 200000
e    24.54
Ecm 29962
M Eqp 344
1   ( , t 0 ) * 1  3.11*
M Ecar 400
Neutral axis position calculation; Calculation of Mtser:
hf 0,10
d 0,585 
s 3 * b * h 2  400 * 3 *10.90 * 0,102  0,083MNm
M tser  *
2 * e d  h f 2 * 24.54 0,585  0,10
eff f
M ser  400kNm  M tser  83kNm the neutral axes is on the beam body
Concrete compressive stresses
M ser 0,400
m    8.31MPa
hf 0,10
beff * h f * (d  ) 0.90 * 0,10 * (0,585  )
2 2
    400 
m  s   8.31  
 e    24.54   400  10.61MPa
 c  d * 
 
s
 0,585 *
h  0,585  0,10  24.54
 d f  e
 
   2 
 2 
 c  10.61MPa   c  12MPa => there is no compressed reinforcement
The calculation of the tension reinforcement theoretical section A s1
and
Calculation of the steel compressed reinforcement As2:
x2  x1  h f  0,2306  0,10  0,1306m
435
 c * x2 1.61* 0,1306
 c2    6.01MPa
x1 0,2306
 c2 6.01
N c 2  (beff  bw ) * x2  (0.90  0,18) * 0,1306*  0,282MN
2 2
M 2  N c 2 * z c 2  0,282 * 0,441  0,125MNm
0,1306
with zc 2  0,585  0,10   0,441m
3
M2 0,125
As 2    7.06cm ²
zc 2 *  s 0,441* 400
Notions of serviceability moment M0 :
Theoretical steel reinforcement section :
As 0 * M ser 20.46 * 0,400

As    18.83cm ²
M0 0,435

 f ct , eff
0.26 * * bw * d
As , min  Max f yk
 0.0013* b * d
 w

Where:
f ct ,eff  f ctm  2.21MPa

from cracking conditions
Therefore:
 2.21
0.26 * * 0.18 * 0.585  1.21*104 m²
As ,min  max  500  1.37cm ²
 0.0013* 0.18 * 0.585  1.37 *104 m²

■ 9 nodes,
436
SLS load combinations(kNm)
2
2
(reference value: As=18.83cm )
2
2

2 2
2 2

My My SLS -400 kN*m 0.0000 %
Az Az -18.8656 cm² -0.1891 %
Amin Amin -1.36843 cm² 0.1146 %
437
5.42 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a

uniformly distributed load, without compressed reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain diagram
Test ID: 4983

Test status: Passed
5.42.1 Description

5.42.2 Background


■
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.60 m,
438
■ Width: b = 0.25 m,
■ Length: L = 5.80 m,
2
■ Concrete cover: c=4.5cm
3
■ The concrete age t0 =28 days
fck 25
fcd    16,67MPa
γ c 1,5
2/3
fctm  0.30 * fck  0.30 * 25 2 / 3  2.56MPa
■ Steel S500 :
f yk 500
f yd    434,78MPa
γs 1,15
 f 8  25  8 
0.3 0.3
Ecm  22000*  ck   22000*    31476MPa

 10   10 
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
■ Inner: None.
Loading
G’=0.25*0.6*2.5=3.75kN/ml
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=15+3.75+20=38.75kN/ml
CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q=15+3.75+0.3*20=24.75kN/ml
439
38,75 * 5,80²
M Ecq   162,94kNm
8
24.75 * 5,80²
M Eqp   104.7kNm
8
 ( , t0 )   RH  ( f cm )  (t0 )
Where:
16 .8 16.8
β( fcm )    2.925MPa
fcm 25  8
1 1
 (t 0 )    0.488
0.1  t0
0.20
0.1  280.20
t0 : concrete age t0 = 28days
 RH 
 1 
 RH  1  100 *  *
1 2
 0.1*3 h0 
 
 
α1  α 2  1 if fcm  35Mpa
0.7 0.2
 35   35 
If not, α1   
 and α 2   

 fcm   f cm 
In this case,
, therefore α1  α 2  1
In this case,
Humidity RH=50 %
2Ac 2 * 250 * 600
h0    176 .47mm
u 2 * 250  600 
50
1
 1 100  1.89  (, t 0 )  * β( fcm ) * β( t 0 )  1.89 * 2.925 * 0.488  2.70
RH RH
0.1 * 3 176 .47
Therefore:
M Eqp 104
1   (, t0 ) *  1  2.70 *  2.73
M Ecar 163
Es 200000
e    17.32
Ecm 31476
M Eqp 104
1   ( , t 0 ) * 1  2.70 *
M Ecar 163
440
The maximum compression on the concrete is:  bc  0,6 f ck  0,6 * 25  15Mpa
 e * c 17.32 *15
1    0.394
 e * c   s 17.32 *15  400
Knowing the 1 value, it can be determined the moment resistance of the concrete section, using the following
formulas:
x1  α1 * d  0.394 * 0.519  0.204 m
1 x  0.204 
Mrb  * b w * x1 * σ c * (d  1 )  0.5 * 0.25 * 0.204 * 15 *  0.519    0.173MNm
2 3  3 
Where:
Utile height : d = h – (0.06h + ebz) = 0.519m
The moment resistance Mrb = 173KNm
Because M Ecq  162.94kNm  M rb  173kNm the supposition of having no compressed reinforcement is

correct.
Calculation of reinforcement area with max constraint on steel and concrete

The reinforcement area is calculated using the SLS load combination
Neutral axis position: 1  0,394

 α   0.394 
Lever arm: z c  d * 1  1   0.519 * 1    0.451m
 
3   3 

M ser 0.163
Reinforcement section: As1, ser    9.03cm ²
zc *  s 0.451* 400

 f ct , eff
0.26 * * bw * d
 0.0013* b * d
 w

Where:
f ct ,eff  f ctm  2.56MPa from cracking conditions
441
Therefore:
 2.56
0.26 * 0.25 * 0.519  1.73 *10 4 m²
As , min  max  500  1.73cm ²
 0.0013* 0.25 * 0.519  1.69 *10 m²
4

■ 11 nodes,
2
2
2
2

2 2
2 2
442

My My USL -162.936 kN*m 0.0025 %
Az Az -9.02822 cm² 0.0197 %
Amin Amin -1.73058 cm² -0.0335 %
443

uniformly distributed load, with compressed reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain diagram
Test ID: 4987

Test status: Passed
5.43.1 Description
Simple Bending Design for Service State Limit - Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from
concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending.
The verification of the bending stresses at service limit state is performed.
5.43.2 Background


■ Linear loads:
Loadings from the structure: G = 50 kN/m + dead load,
Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 60kN/m,
■ Punctual loads
G=30kN
Q=25kN
 2  0,3
Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q
Quasi-permanent combination of actions: CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q
444
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.80 m,
■ Width: b = 0.40 m,
■ Length: L = 6.30 m,
2
3
■ Humidity RH=50%
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ Dead load:
0.40*0.80*25 = 8kN/ml
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=8+50+60=118kN/ml
CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q=8+50+0.3*60=76kN/ml
M ser , cq 
30  25 * 6.3  8  50  60 * 6.3²  672.05kN.m
4 8
M ser , qp 
30  0.3 * 25 * 6.3  8  50  0.3 * 60  6.3²  436.11kN.m
4 8
 ( , t0 )   RH  ( f cm )  (t0 )
445
Where:
16.8 16.8
 ( f cm )    2.92MPa
f cm 25  8
1 1
 (t0 )    0.488
0.1  t0
0.20
0.1  280.20
 RH 
 1 
 RH  1  100 *  *
1 2
 0.1*3 h0 
 
 
1   2  1 if f  35Mpa
cm
0.7 0.2
 35   35 
If not 1   and  2  
 f   f 
 cm   cm 
In this case therefore
1   2  1
In this case:
Humidity RH=50 %
2 Ac 2 * 400 * 800
h0    267mm
u 2 * 400  800
50
1
 RH 1 100  1.78   (, t )   *  ( f ) *  (t )  1.78 * 2.92 * 0.488  2.54
0 RH cm 0
0.1 * 3 267

Es
e 
Ecm
M Eqp
1   (, t0 ) *
M Ecar
Where:
 f 8  25  8 
0.3 0 .3
Ecm  22 *  ck   22 *    31476MPa
 10   10 
E s  200000MPa
M Eqp 435
1   (, t0 ) *  1  2.54 *  2.65
M Ecar 672
446
Es 200000
e    16.82
Ecm 31476
M Eqp 435
1   (, t0 ) * 1  2.54 *
M Ecar 672

 bc  0,6 * f ck  0,6 *15  15Mpa
The position of the neutral axis must be determined by calculating (position corresponding to the state of
e * c 16.82 *15
1    0.387
 e *  c   s 16.82 *18  400
α1
Knowing the value, it can be determined the moment resistance of the concrete section, using the following
formulas:
x1  1 * d  0.387 * 0.707  0.273 m
1 x  0.273 
M rb  * bw * x1 *  c * (d  1 )  0.5 * 0.4 * 0.273*15 *  0.707    0.505MNm
2 3  3 
Where:
Because M Ecq  672kNm  M rb  505kNm , the supposition of having no compressed reinforcement is

incorrect.
The calculation of the tension reinforcement theoretical section A1
x1 0.273
zc  d   0.707   0.616m
3 3
M rb 0.505
A1    20.51cm ²
zc *  s 0.616 * 400
Stress calculation for steel reinforcement σsc:
d ' 0.045
 '   0.064
d 0.707
1   ' 0.387  0.067
 sc   e *  c *  16.82 *15 *  210.78MPa
1 0.387
447
Calculation of the steel compressed reinforcement A’:
M ser  M rb 0.672  0.505

A'    11.96cm ²
(d  d ' ) *  sc (0.707  0.045) * 210.78
Calculation of the steel tensioned reinforcement A2:
 sc 210.78
A2  A'*  11.96 *  6.30cm ²
s 400
Calculation of the steel reinforcement :
A  A1  A2  20.51  6.30  26.81cm²

 f ct , eff
0.26 * * bw * d
 0.0013* b * d
 w

Where:
f ct , eff  f ctm  2.56MPa

Therefore:
 2.56
0.26 * * 0.40 * 0.707  3.76 *10 4 m²
As , min  max  500  3.76cm ²
 0.0013* 0.40 * 0.707  3.68 *10 m²
4

■ 7 nodes,
2
2 2
(reference value: As=26.81cm ; A’=11.96cm )
448
2
2

2 2
2 2

My My SLS -672.032 kN*m -0.0048 %
Az Az -26.8086 cm² 0.0052 %
Amin Amin -3.77193 cm² -0.3173 %
449
5.44 C2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a

uniformly distributed load, with compressed reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram
Test ID: 5011

Test status: Passed
5.44.1 Description
Simple Bending Design for Serviceability State Limit - Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from
During this test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of compressing stresses in
concrete section and compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section.
5.44.2 Background
Simple Bending Design for Serviceability State Limit

test, the calculation of stresses is made along with the calculation of compressing stresses in concrete section σc and
compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section σs.

■ Loadings from the structure: G = 37.5 kN/m (including the dead load),
■ Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 37.5 kN/m,
■ Structural class: S4
■ For the stress calculation the French annexes was used
■ The compressing stresses in concrete section σc
■ The compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section σs.
Units
Metric System
450
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.80 m,
■ Width: b = 0.35 m,
■ Length: L = 8.00 m,
2
■ Concrete cover: c=4 cm
■ Effective height: d=72cm;
Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:
■ Humidity RH=50%
■ Characteristic compressive cylinder strength of concrete at 28 days: fck  25Mpa
■ Characteristic yield strength of reinforcement: f yk  500Mpa
■ A st  37.70cm² for 3 HA20
■ A sc  6.28cm² for 2 HA10
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
► Support at end point (x = 8) restrained in translation along Y and Z
■ Inner: None.
Loading
► Characteristic combination of actions:
CCQ = 1.0*G+1.0*Q =75 kN/ml
► M0Ed = 855 kNm
► Mcar = 600 kNm
► Mqp = 390 kNm
 ( , t0 )   RH  ( f cm )  (t0 )
Where:
16.8 16.8
 ( f cm )    2.92MPa
f cm 25  8
1 1
 (t 0 )    0.488
0.1  t0
0.20
0.1  280.20
451
 RH 
 1 
 RH  1  100 *  *
1 2
 0.1*3 h0 
 
 
if
0.7 0.2
 35   35 
If not, 1   and  2  
 f   f 
 cm   cm 
In this case,
, therefore
1   2  1
In this case,
Humidity RH=50 %
2 Ac 2 * 350 * 800
h0    243.48mm
u 2 * 350  800
50
1
 RH 1 100  1.80   (, t0 )   RH *  ( f cm ) *  (t0 )  1.80 * 2.92 * 0.488  2.56
0.1 * 3 243.48
Es
e 
Ecm
M Eqp
1   (, t0 ) *
M Ecar
Where:
 f 8  25  8 
0.3 0 .3
Ecm  22 *  ck   22 *    31476MPa
 10   10 
E s  200000MPa
M Eqp 390
1   (, t0 ) *  1  2.56 *  2.664
M Ecar 600
Es 200000
e    16.90
Ecm 31476
M Eqp 2.664
1   (, t0 ) *
M Ecar
452

1
Neutral axis equation: * b w * x1 ²  A st * α e * (d  x1 )  A sc * α e * ( x1  d' )  0
2
 α e * ( A st  A sc )  α e ² * ( A st  A sc )²  2 * b w * α e * (d * A st  d'* A sc )
x1  
b
 16.90 * (37.70  6.28)  16.90² * (37.70  6.28 )²  2 * 35 * 16.90 * (72 * 37.70  4 * 6.28)
  34,41cm
35
Calculating the second moment:
 b * x3 
I   w 1  A st * α e * (d  x1 )²  A sc * α e * ( x1  d' )²  
 3 
 35 * 34,413 
  37,70 * 16.90(72  34,45 )²  6,28 * 16.90 * (34.45  4)²   1472097 cm4  0.01472 m4
 3 
Stresses calculation:
M ser 0,600
c  * x1  * 0,3441  14Mpa   c  12Mpa
I 0,01472
d  x1 0,72  0,3441
 st   e *  c *  16.90 *14 *  259Mpa   s  400Mpa
x1 0,3441

■ 9 nodes,
SLS load combinations (kNm) and stresses (MPa)
SLS (reference value: Mscq=600kNm)
Compressing stresses in concrete section σc

(reference value: σc =14MPa )
Compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section σs

(reference value: σs=260.15MPa)
453

σc Compressing stresses in concrete section σc (MPa) 14 MPa
σs Compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section σs (MPa) 260.15 MPa

My My SLS -600 kN*m 0.0000 %
Sc CQ Sc CQ 14.122 MPa 0.0142 %
Ss CQ Ss CQ -260.116 MPa 0.0015 %
454
5.45 EC2/NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the crack openings for a rectangular concrete
beam subjected to a uniformly distributed load, without compressed reinforcement - Bilinear
stress-strain diagram(Class XD1)(evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref Test19)
Test ID: 5033

Test status: Passed
5.45.1 Description

test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of compressing stresses in concrete section
and compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section; the maximum spacing of cracks and the crack openings
are verified.
5.45.2 Background

test, the calculation of stresses will be made along with the calculation of compressing stresses in concrete section σc
and compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section σs; maximum spacing of cracks and the crack openings.

■ Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 20 kN/m,
■ The maximum spacing of cracks
■ The crack opening
Units
Metric System
455
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.60 m,
■ Width: b = 0.20 m,
■ Length: L = 5.80 m,
2
■ Humidity RH=50%
■ A st  15.46cm² for 3 HA20+3 HA16
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
■ Inner: None.
Loading
► M0Ed = 228 kNm
► Mcar = 160 kNm
► Mfq = 118 kNm
► Mqp = 101 kNm
 ( , t0 )   RH  ( f cm )  (t0 )
Where:
16.8 16.8
 ( f cm )    2.92MPa
f cm 25  8
1 1
 (t 0 )    0.488
0.1  t0
0.20
0.1  280.20
 RH 
 1 
 RH  1  100 *  *
1 2
 0.1*3 h0 
 
 
456
1   2  1 if f  35Mpa
cm
0.7 0.2
 35   35 
1     2   
If not  cm 
f
and  cm 
f
In this case,
, therefore:
In this case:
Humidity RH=50 %
2 Ac 2 * 200 * 600
h0    150mm
u 2 * 200  600
50
1
 RH 1 100  1.94   (, t )   *  ( f ) *  (t )  1.94 * 2.92 * 0.488  2.77
0 RH cm 0
0.1 * 3 150
Es
e 
Ecm
M Eqp
1   (, t0 ) *
M Ecar
Where:
 f 8  25  8 
0.3 0 .3
Ecm  22 *  ck   22 *    31476MPa
 10   10 
Es  200000 MPa
M Eqp 101
1   (, t0 ) *  1  2.77 *  2.75
M Ecar 160
Es 200000
e    2.75
Ecm 31476
M Eqp 101
1   (, t0 ) * 1  2.77 *
M Ecar 160

1
2
457
 α e * ( A sc  A st )  α e2 * ( A sc  A st )²  2 * b w * α e * (d'* A sc  d * A st )
x1 
bw
By simplifying the previous equation, by considering Asc  0 , it will be obtained:
 α e * A st  α e2 * A st ²  2 * b w * α e * d * A st )
x1  
b
 17.47 * 15.46  17.47² * 15.46²  2 * 20 * 17.47 * 53 * 15.46
  26.67cm
20
 b * x3 
 3 
 0.2 * 0.267 3 
  15,46 * 10  4 * 17.47 * (0.53  0.267 )²   0.00314 m4
 3 
M ser 0,101
c  * x1  * 0,267  8.59Mpa
I 0,00314
d  x1 0,53  0,267
 st   e *  c *  17.47 * 8.59 *  147.82Mpa   s  400Mpa
x1 0,267
Maximum spacing of cracks:

2
Bottom reinforcement 3HA20+3HA16=15.46cm
 
2.5 * (h  d ) 2.5 * (0.6  0.53)  0.175
 (h  x)
  (0.6  0.267)

Ac , eff  b * min  0.20 * min   0.111  0.2 * 0.111  0.0222m 2
 3  3
 h  0.6
   0.3
 2  2
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 7.3.4.(2); Figure 7.1
As 15.46 * 104
 p , eff    0.070
Ac , eff 0.0222
n1 * 12  n2 * 22
eq   18.22mm
n1 * 1  n2 * 2
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 7.3.4.(3)
0.425* k1 * k2 *
sr ,max  k3 * c 
 p,eff
Where:
c=0.051m
2/3 2/3
 25   25 
k3  3.4 *    3.4 *    2.114
 c   51 
458
Therefore:
0.425 * k1 * k2 *  0.425 * 0.8 * 0.5 * (18.22 * 103 )

sr , max  k3 * c   2.114 * 0.051   152mm
 p , eff 0.07
Calculation of average strain:
Es 200000
e    6.35
Ecm 31476
f ct ,eff
 s  kt * * (1   e . p ,eff ) 147.82  0.4 *
2.56
* (1  6.35 * 0.07)
 p ,eff 0.07 
 sm   cm    6.33 *104  0,6 * s  4.43 *104
Es 200000 Es
Calculation of crack widths:
wk  sr , max * ( sm   cm )  152 * (6.33  104 )  0.096mm

For an exposure class XD1, using the French national annex, we retained an opening crack of 0.20mm max.
This criterion is satisfied.

■ 11 nodes,

(reference value: σc =8.59MPa )

(reference value: σs=148MPa)
459
Maximum cracking space Sr,max

(reference value: Sr,max=152mm)
Maximum crack opening W k

(reference value: W k=0.096mm)

Mser-cq My corresponding to the 104 combination (SLS) [kNm] 160 kNm
σc Compressing stresses in concrete section σc [MPa] 8.50 MPa
σs Compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section σs [MPa] 148 MPa
Sr,max Maximum cracking space Sr,max [cm] 15.2 cm
Wk Maximum crack opening W k [cm] 0.0096 cm

My My SLS cq -159.546 kN*m 0.0000 %
Sc QP Sc QP 8.50328 MPa 0.0000 %
Ss QP Ss QP -147.055 MPa 0.0000 %
Sr,max Sr,max 14.9829 cm -1.5850 %
wk Wk -0.00951988 cm 0.5998 %
460
5.46 EC2/NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the crack openings for a rectangular concrete
beam subjected to a uniformly distributed load without compressed reinforcement - Bilinear
stress-strain diagram(Class XD1)(evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref.Test 20)
Test ID: 5034

Test status: Passed
5.46.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete class C25/30 to resist simple bending.
During this test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of compressing stresses in
concrete section and the stresses in the tensioned steel reinforcement; the maximum spacing of cracks and the crack
openings are verified.
The verification is made considering NF EN 1992-1-1/NA.
5.46.2 Background

test, the calculation of stresses will be made along with the calculation of compressing stresses in concrete section σc
and compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section σs; maximum spacing of cracks and the crack openings.

■ Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 37.5 kN/m,
■ The maximum spacing of cracks
■ The crack opening
461
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.80 m,
■ Width: b = 0.40 m,
■ Length: L = 8.00 m,
2
■ Humidity RH=50%
■ A st  30.16cm² for 3 beds of 5HA16
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
■ Inner: None.
Loading
► M0Ed = 774 kNm
► Mcar = 540 kNm
► Mfq = 390 kNm
► Mqp = 330 kNm
 ( , t0 )   RH  ( f cm )  (t0 )
Where:
16.8 16.8
 ( f cm )    2.92MPa
f cm 25  8
1 1
 (t 0 )    0.488
0.1  t0
0.20
0.1  280.20
462
 RH 
 1 
 RH  1  100 *  *
1 2
 0.1*3 h0 
 
 
If f cm  35Mpa ,
1   2  1
If not,
0.7 0.2
 35   35 
1     2   
 f cm   fcm 
and
In this case,
, therefore 1   2  1
In this case:
Humidity RH=50 %
2 Ac 2 * 400 * 800
h0    266.67mm
u 2 * 400  800
50
1
 RH 1 3
100  1.78   (, t0 )   RH *  ( f cm ) *  (t0 )  1.78 * 2.92 * 0.488  2.55
0.1 * 266.67
Under quasi-permanent combinations:
Es
e 
Ecm
1   ( , t 0 )
Where:
 f 8  25  8 
0.3 0 .3
Ecm  22 *  ck   22 *    31476MPa
 10   10 
E s  200000MPa
 (, t0 )  2.55
Es 200000
e    22.56
Ecm 31476
1   (, t0 ) 1  2.55

 bc  0,6 f ck  0,6 * 25  15Mpa
463

1
2
 α e * ( A sc  A st )  α e2 * ( A sc  A st )²  2 * b w * α e * (d'* A sc  d * A st )
x1 
bw
 α e * A st  α e2 * A st ²  2 * b w * α e * d * A st )
x1  
b
 22.56 * 30.16  22.56² * 30 .16²  2 * 40 * 22 .56 * 71 * 30.16
  35 cm
40
 b * x3 
 3 
 0.4 * 0.350 3 
  30,16 * 10  4 * 22 .56 * (0.71  0.350 )²   0.0145 m4
 3 
M ser 0,330
c  * x1  * 0,350  7.96Mpa
I 0,0145
d  x1 0,71  0,350
 st   e *  c *  22.56 * 7.96 *  184.7 Mpa   s  400Mpa
x1 0,350
Maximum spacing of cracks:

2
Bottom reinforcement 3HA20+3HA16=15.46cm
 
2.5 * (h  d ) 2.5 * (0.8  0.71)  0.255
 (h  x)
  (0.8  0.350)

Ac , eff  b * min  0.40 * min   0.15  0.4 * 0.15  0.06m 2
 3  3
 h  0.8
   0.4
 2  2
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 7.3.4.(2); Figure 7.1
As 30.16 * 104
 p , eff    0.0500
Ac , eff 0.06
n1 * 12  n2 * 22
eq   16mm
n1 * 1  n2 * 2
0.425* k1 * k2 *
sr ,max  k3 * c 
 p,eff
Where:
c=0.051m
464
2/3 2/3
 25   25 
k3  3.4 *    3.4 *    2.113
 c   51 
Therefore:
0.425 * k1 * k2 *  0.425 * 0.8 * 0.5 * (16 * 103 )

sr , max  k3 * c   2.113 * 0.051   162mm
 p , eff 0.050
Calculation of average strain:
Es 200000
e    6.41
Ecm 31187
f ct ,eff
 s  kt * * (1   e . p ,eff ) 184.71  0.4 *
2.56
* (1  6.41* 0.050)
 p ,eff 0.050 
 sm   cm    7.88 *104  0,6 * s  5.54 *104
Es 200000 Es
wk  sr , max * ( sm   cm )  0.162 * (7.88  104 )  0.128mm

For an exposure class XD1, using the French national annex, we retained an opening crack of 0.20mm max.

■ 11 nodes,
ULS (reference value: MEd=774kNm)
SLS characteristic (reference value: Mser-cq=540kNm)
SLS quasi-permanent (reference value: Mser-qp=330kNm)
465
Compressing stresses in concrete section σc-qp

(reference value: σc-qp =7.96MPa )
Compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section σs-qp

(reference value: σs-qp=185MPa)
Maximum cracking space Sr,max

(reference value: Sr,max=162mm)
Maximum crack opening W k

(reference value: W k=0.128mm)

MEd My corresponding to 102 combination (ULS) [kNm] 774 kNm
Mser-cq My corresponding to104 combination (SLS) [kNm] 540 kNm
Mser-qp My corresponding to 108 combination (SLS) [kNm] 330 kNm
σc Compressing stresses in concrete section σc [MPa] 7.96 MPa
σs Compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section σs [MPa] 185 Mpa
Sr,max Maximum cracking space Sr,max [cm] 16.2 cm
Wk Maximum crack opening W k [cm] 0.0128 cm
466

My My ULS -774 kN*m 0.0000 %
My My SLS cq -540 kN*m 0.0000 %
My My SLS qp -330 kN*m 0.0000 %
Sc QP Sc QP 7.79418 MPa -2.0832 %
Ss QP Ss QP -182.057 MPa 1.4363 %
Sr,max Sr,max 161.629 mm -0.2290 %
wk Wk -0.125452 mm 1.9906 %
467
5.47 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam with compressed
reinforcement – Inclined stress-strain diagram (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 9)
Test ID: 4982

Test status: Passed
5.47.1 Description
test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of the longitudinal reinforcement and the
For these tests, the inclined stress-strain diagram is applied as a constitutive law for reinforcement steel.
This test performs the verification of the theoretical reinforcement area for a rectangular concrete beam subjected to
the defined loads. The test confirms the presence of the compressed reinforcement for this model.
5.47.2 Background
test, the calculation of stresses, the calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement and the verification of the minimum
reinforcement percentage are performed.
For these tests, the constitutive law for reinforcement steel, on the inclined stress-strain diagram is applied.
This test performs the verification of the theoretical reinforcement area for a rectangular concrete beam subjected to
the defined loads. The test confirms the presence of the compressed reinforcement for this model.

■ Linear loadings :
Loadings from the structure: G = 55 kN/m+ dead load,
Live loads: Q=60kN/m
■ Point loads:
Loadings from the structure: G = 35kN;
Live loads: Q=25kN
■  2  0,8
■ The longitudinal reinforcement
468
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.80 m,
■ Width: b = 0.40 m,
■ Length: L = 6.30 m,
2
3
fck 25
fcd    16,67MPa
γ c 1,5
 f 8
0.3
 25  8 
0.3
Ecm  22000 ck   22000   31476MPa

 10   10 
■ Steel S500 :
469
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
► Support at end point (x = 6.3) restrained in translation along Y and Z, and restrained rotation along X.
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ Dead load:
G’=0.4*0.8*2.5=8.00 kN/ml
■ Linear load combinations:
Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*(55+8)+1.5*60=175.05 kN/ml
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=55+8+60=123 kN/ml
CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.6 x Q=55+8+0.8*60=111 kN/m
■ Point load combinations:
Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*35+1.5*25=84.75 kN
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=35+25=60 kN
CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.6 x Q=35+0.8*25=55 kN
175.05 * 6.30² 184.75 * 6.30
M Ed    1002kNm
8 4
123 * 6.30² 60 * 6.30
M Ecq    705kNm
8 4
111* 6.30² 55 * 6.30
M Eqp    637kNm
8 4
5.47.2.2 Reference results in calculating the equivalent coefficient
To determine the equivalence coefficient, we must first estimate the creep coefficient, related to elastic deformation at
28 days and 50% humidity:
 (, t0 )   RH *  ( f cm ) *  (t0 )
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.2
16.8 16.8
 ( f cm )    2.925
f cm 25  8
470
at t0 = 28 days
The value of the φRH coefficient depends of the concrete quality:
 RH 
 1 
 RH  1  100 *   * 
1 2
 0.1 * 3 h0 
 
 
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.3a
1   2  1 if f CM  35MPa
0.7 0.2
 35   35 
If not: 1    2   
 f  and
 cm   fcm 
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002; Annex B; Chapter B.1(1); B.8c
In this case,
f cm  f ck  8Mpa  33Mpa
1   2  1
 50 
 1 
2 * Ac 2 * 400* 800
h0    266.67mm   RH  1  100   1.78
u 2 * (400  800)  0.1* 3 266.67 
 
 
 (, t 0 )   RH *  ( f cm ) *  (t 0 )  1.78 * 2.92 * 0.488  2.54

Es 200000
e    20.94
Ecm 31476
M Eqp 637
1   ( , t 0 ) * 1  2..54 *
M Ecar 705
Due to exposure class XD3, we will verify the section having non-compressed steel reinforcement, determining the
reduced moment limit, using the formula defined by Jeans Roux in his book “Practice of EC2”:
This value can be determined by the next formula if f ck  50MPa valid for a constitutive law to horizontal plateau:
f ck
 luc  K ( e ) *
(4.62  1.66 *  ) * f ck  (165.69  79.62 *  )

K  e   104 * a  b *  e  c *  e
2

Where:
a  75,3 * 25  189,8  1692.7
471
b  5,6 * 25  874,5  734.5

c  0,04 * 25 13  12
K  e   104 * 1692.7  734.5 * 20.94  12 * 20.94²   1.181
Then:
1002
  1,422
705
f ck
 luc  K ( e ) *  0.271
(4.62  1.66 *  ) * f ck  (165.69  79.62 *  )
Calculation of reduced moment:
M Ed 1.002
 cu    0.301
bw * d ² * f cd 0.40 * 0.707² * 16.67
 cu  0.301   luc  0.271

therefore the compressed reinforcement is present in the beam section
Reference reinforcement calculation at SLU:

The calculation will be divided for theoretical sections:
Calculation of the tension steel section (Section A1):
The calculation of tensioned steel section must be conducted with the corresponding moment of  lu :
M Ed1  lu * bw * d ² * f cd  0.271* 0.40 * 0.707² *16.67  0.902 *106 Nm

■ The α value:
  
 lu  1.25 * 1  (1  2 * lu )  1.25 * 1  (1  2 * 0.271)  0.404 
zlu  d * (1  0.4 *  lu )  0.707 * (1  0.4 * 0.404)  0.593m
■ Tensioned reinforcement elongation calculation:
1  u 1  0.404
 su  *  cu 2  * 3.5  5.17
u 0.404 ‰
■ Tensioned reinforcement efforts calculation(S500A):
 su  432,71  952,38 *  su  454MPa
 su  432,71  952,38 * 0.00517  437.63MPa  454Mpa
M Ed 1 0.902 *106 Nm
A1    34.76cm ²
zlu . f yd 0.593m * 437.63MPa
Compressed steel reinforcement reduction (Section As2):

Reduction coefficient:
ε sc 
3,5
(α lu * d  d' ) 
3.5
0.404 * 0.707  0.045   2.957 ‰
1000 * α lu * d 1000 * 0.404 * 0.707
 sc  0.00295   yd  0.00217   sc  432.71 952.38* 0.00295  435.52MPa
472
Compressed reinforcement calculation:
M Ed  M Ed 1 1.002  0.902
As 2    3.47cm ²
(d  d ' ) sc (0.707  0.045) * 435.52
The steel reinforcement condition:
 sc 435.52
A2  As 2 .  3.47 *  3.48cm²
f yd 437.64
Total area to be implemented:

■ In the lower part: As1=A1+A2=38.24 cm2 (tensioned reinforcement)
■ In the top part: As2=3.47 cm2 (compressed reinforcement)
Reference reinforcement calculation at SLS:

The concrete beam design at SLS will be made considering a limitation of the characteristic compressive cylinder
strength of concrete at 28 days, at 0.6*fck
The assumptions are:
■ The SLS moment: MEcq  705kNm
■ The equivalence coefficient: α e  20 .94

■ The stress on the concrete will be limited at 0.6*fck=15Mpa and the stress on steel at 0.8*fyk, or 400MPa
Calculation of the resistance moment MRd for detecting the presence of the compressed reinforcement:
e * c 20.94 * 15
x1  *d  * 0.707  0.311m
e * c   s 20.94 * 15  400
1 1
Fc  * bw * x1 * c  * 0.40 * 0.31115  0.933*106 N
2 2
x1 0.311
zc  d   0.707   0.603m
3 3
M rb  Fc * zc  0.933 * 106 * 0.603  0.563 * 106 Nm
Therefore the compressed reinforced established earlier was correct.
Theoretical section 1 (tensioned reinforcement only)
M 1  M rb  0.563 *106 Nm
x1 0.311
1    0.440
d 0.707
x1 0.311
zc  d   0.707   0.603m
3 3
M1 0.563
A1    23.34cm ²
zc   s 0.603  400
Theoretical section 2 (compressed reinforcement and complementary tensioned reinforcement)
M 2  M ser ,cq  M rb  (0.705  0.591) * 106  0.142 * 106 Nm
473
Compressed reinforcement stresses:
1 * d  d '
 sc   e *  c *
1 * d
0.440 * 0.707  0.045
 sc  20.94 *15 *  268.66MPa
0.440 * 0.707
Compressed reinforcement area:
M2 0.142
A'    7.98cm ²
(d  d ' ) *  sc 0.707  0.045 * 268.66
Complementary tensioned reinforcement area:
 sc 268.66
As  A' *  7.98 *  5.36cm ²
s 400
Section area:
2
Tensioned reinforcement: 23.34+5.36=28.7 cm
2
Compressed reinforcement: 7.98 cm
Considering an envelope calculation of ULS and SLS, it will be obtained:
2
Tensioned reinforcement ULS: A=38.24cm
2
Compressed reinforcement SLS: A=7.98cm
To optimize the reinforcement area, it is preferable a third iteration by recalculating with SLS as a baseline amount of
2
tensioned reinforcement (after ULS: Au=38.24cm )
Reference reinforcement third calculation at SLS:

For this third iteration, the calculation will begin considering the section of the tensile reinforcement found when
2
calculating for ULS: Au=38.24cm
,
From this value it will be calculated the stress obtained in the tensioned reinforcement:
AELS 28.70
s  * s  * 400  300.21MPa
AELU 38.24
Calculating the moment resistance Mrb for detecting the presence of compressed steel reinforcement:
 e * c 20.94 *15
x1  *d  * 0.707  0.361m
 e * c   s 20.94 *15  300.21
1 1
Fc  * bw * x1 * c  * 0.40 * 0.36115  1.083*106 N
2 2
x1 0.361
zc  d   0.707   0.587m
3 3
M rb  Fc * z c  1.083*106 * 0.587  0.636 *106 Nm
M 1  M rb  0.636*106 Nm
474
x1 0.361
1    0.511
d 0.707
x1 0.361
zc  d   0.707   0.587m
3 3
M1 0.36
A1    36.09cm ²
zc * s 0.578* 400
M 2  M ser ,cq  M rb  (0.705  0.636) *106  0.069 *106 Nm

1 * d  d ' 0.511* 0.707  0.045

 sc   e *  c *  20.94 * 15 *  275MPa
1 * d 0.511* 0.707
M2 0.069
A'    3.79cm ²
(d  d ' ) * sc 0.707  0.045* 275
 sc 275
As  A' *  3.79 *  3.47cm²
s 300.21
Section area:
2
2

 f ct , eff
0.26 * * bw * d
 0.0013* b * d
 w

Where:

Therefore:
 2.56
0.26 * * 0.40 * 0.707  3.77 * 104 m²
As ,min  max  500  3.77cm ²
 0.0013* 0.40 * 0.707  3.68 * 104 m²

■ 9 nodes,
475
SLS –Quasi-permanent (reference value: 637kNm)
2
2 2
For Class A reinforcement steel ductility (reference value: A=39.56cm and A’=3.79cm )
2
2

476

My,SLS,cq My corresponding to the 102 combination (SLS) [kNm] 705 kNm
2
My,SLS,qp My corresponding to the 102 combination (SLS) [kNm] 637 cm
2 2
Az (Class A) Theoretical reinforcement area [cm ] 39.56 cm
2 2

My My USL -1001.92 kN*m 0.0080 %
My My SLS cq -704.714 kN*m 0.0406 %
My My SLS qp -637.304 kN*m -0.0477 %
Az Az -39.5884 cm² -0.0718 %
Amin Amin 3.77193 cm² 0.0512 %
477

uniformly distributed load, with compressed reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram
Test ID: 4986

Test status: Passed
5.48.1 Description
Simple Bending Design for Service State Limit - Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from
The verification of the bending stresses at service limit state is performed.
5.48.2 Background

test, the calculation of stresses will be made along with the calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement and the

■
Units
Metric System
Geometry
478
■ Height: h = 0.60 m,
■ Width: b = 0.25 m,
■ Length: L = 5.80 m,
2
3
■ Humidity RH=50%
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
■ Inner: None.
Loading
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q = 25 + 30 = 55 kN/ml
CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q = 25 + 0.3*30 = 34 kN/ml
(25  30) * 5.80²
M Ecq   231.28kNm
8
(25  0.3 * 30) * 5.80²
M Eqp   142.97kNm
8
 ( , t0 )   RH  ( f cm )  (t0 )
Where:
16.8 16.8
 ( f cm )    2.92MPa
f cm 25  8
1 1
 (t0 )    0.488
0.1  t0
0.20
0.1  280.20
t0 : concrete age t0 = 28 days
479
 RH 
 1 
 RH  1  100 *  *
1 2
 0.1*3 h0 
 
 
1   2  1 if f  35Mpa
cm
0.7 0.2
 35   35 
1     2   
 f cm   fcm 
If not and
In this case, therefore:
1   2  1
In this case:
Humidity RH = 50 %
2 Ac 2 * 250 * 600
h0    176mm
u 2 * 250  600
50
1
 RH 1 100  1.89   (, t )   *  ( f ) *  (t )  1.89 * 2.92 * 0.488  2.70
0 RH cm 0
0.1 * 3 176

Es
e 
Ecm
M Eqp
1   (, t0 ) *
M Ecar
Where:
 f 8  25  8 
0.3 0 .3
Ecm  22 *  ck   22 *    31476MPa
 10   10 
E s  200000MPa
M Eqp 143
1   (, t0 ) *  1  2.69 *  2.67
M Ecar 231
Es 200000
e    16.97
Ecm 31476
M Eqp 143
1   (, t0 ) * 1  2.69 *
M Ecar 231
The maximum compression on the concrete is:  bc  0,6 * f ck  0,6 *15  15Mpa
480
 e * c 16.97 *15
1    0.389
 e * c   s 16.97 *18  400
Knowing the α1 value, it can be determined the moment resistance of the concrete section, using the following
formulas:
x1  α1 * d  0.389 * 0.519  0.202 m
1 x  0.202 
M rb  * bw * x1 *  c * (d  1 )  0.5 * 0.25 * 0.202 *15 *  0.519    0.171MNm
2 3  3 
Where:
Because M Ecq  231kNm  M rb  171kNm , the supposition of having no compressed reinforcement is

incorrect.
The calculation of the tension reinforcement theoretical section A1
x1 0.202
zc  d   0.519   0.452m
3 3
M rb 0.171
A1    9.46cm ²
zc *  s 0.452 * 400
Stress calculation for steel reinforcement σsc:
d ' 0.045
 '   0.087
d 0.519
1   ' 0.389  0.087
 sc   e *  c *  16.97 *15 *  197.75MPa
1 0.389
Calculation of the steel compressed reinforcement A’:
M ser  M rb 0.231 0.171

A'    6.44cm ²
(d  d ' ) * sc (0.519  0.045) *197.75
Calculation of the steel tensioned reinforcement A2:
 sc 197.75
A2  A'*  6.44 *  3.18cm ²
s 400
Calculation of the steel reinforcement :
A  A1  A2  9.46  3.18  12.64cm ²

A'  6.44cm²
481


Where:
Therefore:
 2.56
0.26 * * 0.25 * 0.519  1.73 *10 4 m²
As , min  max  500  1.73cm ²
 0.0013* 0.25 * 0.519  1.69 *10 4 m²

■ 6 nodes,
2
2 2
(reference value: As=12.64cm ; A’=6.44cm )
482
2
2
(reference value: 1.73 cm )

2 2
2 2

My My SLS -231.275 kN*m 0.0022 %
Az Az -12.6425 cm² -0.0990 %
Amin Amin -1.73058 cm² -0.0335 %
483

uniformly distributed load, without compressed reinforcement - Inclined stress-strain diagram
Test ID: 5000

Test status: Passed
5.49.1 Description

test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of compressing stresses in concrete section
and compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section.
5.49.2 Background

test, the calculation of stresses is made along with the calculation of compressing stresses in concrete section σc and
compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section σs.

■ Loadings from the structure: G = 9.375 kN/m (including the dead load),
■ Mfq = Mcar = Mqp = 75 kNm
■ Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G
Units
Metric System
484
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.50 m,
■ Width: b = 0.20 m,
■ Length: L = 8.00 m,
2
■ Stress-strain law for reinforcement: Inclined stress-strain diagram
■ Humidity RH=50%
■ Characteristic compressive cylinder strength of concrete at 28 days: f ck  20Mpa

■ Ast  9,42cm ² for 3 HA20
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
■ Inner: None.
Loading
■ Characteristic combination of actions:
CCQ = 1.0 x G =9.375kN/ml
Mfq = Mcar = Mqp = 75 kNm
 ( , t0 )   RH  ( f cm )  (t0 )
Where:
16.8 16.8
 ( f cm )    3.17MPa
f cm 20  8
1 1
 (t 0 )    0.488
0.1  t0
0.20
0.1  280.20
 RH 
 1 
 RH 
 1 100 * 1  *  2
 0.1*3 h0 
 
 
485
1   2  1 if f  35Mpa
cm
0.7 0.2
 35   35 
If not, 1   and  2  
 f   f 
 cm   cm 
In this case,
Therefore
1   2  1
In this case:
Humidity RH=50 %
2 Ac 2 * 200 * 500
h0    142.86mm
u 2 * 200  500
50
1
 RH 1 3
100  1.96   (, t0 )   RH *  ( f cm ) *  (t0 )  1.96 * 3.17 * 0.488  3.03
0.1 * 142.86
Es
e 
Ecm
M Eqp
1   (, t0 ) *
M Ecar
Where:
 f 8
0.3
 20  8 
0.3
Ecm  22 *  ck   22 *    29962MPa
 10   10 
E s  200000MPa
M Eqp
1   (, t0 ) *  1  3.03 *1  4.03
M Ecar
Es 200000
e    26.90
Ecm 29962
M Eqp 1  3.03 *1
1   (, t0 ) *
M Ecar
The maximum compression on the concrete is: σ bc  0,6fck  0,6 * 25  15Mpa
For the maximum stress on the steel taut, we consider the constraint limit σ s  0,8 * f yk  320Mpa
Checking inertia cracked or not:

Before computing the constraints, check whether the section is cracked or not. For this, we determine the cracking
moment which corresponds to a tensile stress on the concrete equal to f ctm :
f ctm * I
M cr 
v
486
Where:
b * h3 0,20 * 0,503
I   0,00208m4
12 12
h
v  0,25m
2
The average stress in concrete is:
2 2
fctm  0.30 * f  0.30 * 20  2,21Mpa
3
ck
3
The critical moment of cracking is therefore:
f ctm * I 2,21* 0,00208

M cr    0,018MNm
v 0,25
The servility limit state moment is 0.075MNm therefore the cracking inertia is present.
1
Neutral axis equation: * bw * x1 ²  Ast *  e * (d  x1 )  Asc *  e * ( x1  d ' )  0
2
  e * ( Asc  Ast )   e2 * ( Asc  Ast )²  2 * bw *  e * (d '*Asc  d * Ast )

x1 
bw
  e * ( Ast )   e2 * Ast ²  2 * bw *  e * d * Ast )

x1 
bw
 26.90 * 9,42  26.90² * 9,42²  2 * 20 * 26,90 * (44 / 9,42)

x1   23,04cm
20
 bw * x13   0,20 * 0,2303 

I   Ast *  e * (d  x1 )²    9,42 *10 4 * 26.90 * (0,44  0,230)²  0,001929m4
 3   3 
M ser 0,075
c  * x1  * 0,230  8,94Mpa   c  12Mpa
I 0,001929
d  x1 0,44  0,230
 st   e *  c *  26.90 * 8,94 *  219.57Mpa   s  320Mpa
x1 0,230

■ 9 nodes,
487

(reference value: σc =8.94MPa )

(reference value: σs=218.57MPa)

σc Compressing stresses in concrete section σc (MPa) 8.94 MPa
σs Compressing stresses in the steel reinforcement section σs (MPa) 219.67 MPa

My My SLS -75 kN*m 0.0000 %
Sc CQ Sc CQ 8.99322 MPa 0.5953 %
Ss CQ Ss CQ -219.639 MPa -0.0314 %
488
5.50 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the shear resistance for a rectangular concrete
beam with vertical transversal reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)
(evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 24)
Test ID: 5058

Test status: Passed
5.50.1 Description
Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made from concrete C20/25 to resist simple bending. For this test, the
shear force diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be sustained by the
member, limited by crushing of the compression struts (VRd,max) will be determined, along with the cross-sectional
area of the shear reinforcement (Asw) calculation.
5.50.2 Background

■ Concrete C20/25
■ Reinforcement steel: S500B
■ Loadings from the structure:
The dead load will be represented by a punctual load of 105kN
■ Exploitation loadings:
The live load will be considered from one point load of 95kN
■ The reinforcement will be displayed like in the picture below:

■ The shear stresses results
■ The cross-sectional area of the shear reinforcement, Asw
489
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.50 m,
■ Width: b = 0.20 m,
■ Length: L = 3.00 m,
■ Effective height: d=h-(0.06*h+ebz)=0.435m; d’=ehz=0.035m
■ Stirrup slope: = 90°
■ Strut slope: θ=30˚
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
► Support at end point (x = 5.30) restrained in translation along Y, Z and rotation along X
■ Inner: None.
Loading:
For a beam subjected to a point load, Pu, the shear stresses are defined by the formula below:
 a
VEd  Pu 1  
 l
According to EC2 the Pu point load is defined by the next formula:
Pu = 1,35*Pg + 1,50*Pq=1.35*105kN=1.50*95kN=284.25kN
In this case, (a = 1 m; l = 3 m):
 1
VEd  284,25 * 1    189,5KN
 3
Note: In Advance Design, the shear reduction is not taken into account. These are the values corresponding to an
unreduced shear, that will be used for further calculations.
490
5.50.2.2 Reference results in calculating the maximum design shear resistance
VRd, max  α cw * ν1 * fcd * z u * b w *

cotα  cotθ
1  cot 2θ
Where:
 f 
α cw  1 coefficient taking account of the state of the stress in the compression chord and v1  0,6 * 1  ck 
 250 
When the transverse frames are vertical, the above formula simplifies to:
v1 * fcd * z u * b w
VRd,max 
tgθ  cot θ
In this case,
  45 and   90

v1 strength reduction factor for concrete cracked in shear
 f   20 
v1  0,6 * 1  ck   0.6 * 1   0.55
 250   250 
zu  0.9 * d  0.9 * 0.435  0.392m
0.55 *13.33 * 0.392 * 0.20
VRd , max   0.288MN
2
VEd  0.1895MN  VRd , max  0.288MN
Calculation of transversal reinforcement:

■ is determined by considering the transverse reinforcement steel vertical (=90°) and connecting rods inclined
at 45 °, at different points of the beam
Asw VEd . * tg 0,18950* tg 45
■ before the first point load:    11.13cm ² / ml
s zu * f ywd 500
0,392 *
1,15
■ beyond the point load, the shear force is constant and equal to Rb, therefore:
a 1
Vu   Pu *  284,25 *  94,75KN
l 3
■ it also calculates the required reinforcement area to the right side of the beam:

■ 3 nodes,
491
2
Advance Design gives the following results for Atz (cm /ml)

Fz,1 Fz corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) x=1m [kNm] 189.5 kN
Fz,2 Fz corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) x=1.01m [kNm] 94.75 kN
2 2
At,z,1 Theoretical reinforcement area x=1m [cm /ml] 11.13 cm /ml
2 2
At,z,2 Theoretical reinforcement area x=1.01m [cm /ml] 5.57 cm /ml

Fz Fz,1 -189.5 kN 0.0000 %
Fz Fz,2 94.75 kN 0.0000 %
Atz Atz,1 11.1328 cm² 0.1151 %
Atz Atz,2 5.56641 cm² -0.0645 %
492
beam with inclined transversal reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)
Test ID: 5065

Test status: Passed
5.51.1 Description
Verifies the shear resistance for a rectangular concrete beam C20/25 with inclined transversal reinforcement -
Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1).
For this test, the shear force diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be
sustained by the member, limited by crushing of the compression struts (VRd,max) is calculated, along with the
cross-sectional area of the shear reinforcement (Asw).
5.51.2 Background
member, limited by crushing of the compression struts (VRd,max) is calculated, along with the cross-sectional area of
the shear reinforcement (Asw).

■ Concrete C20/25
The dead load will be represented by a punctual load of 105kN
The live load will be considered from one point load of 95kN

493
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.50 m,
■ Width: b = 0.20 m,
■ Length: L = 3.00 m,
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
■ Inner: None.
Loading:
 a
VEd  Pu 1  
 l
Pu = 1,35*Pg + 1,50*Pq=1.35*105kN=1.50*95kN=284.25kN
In this case (a=1m; l=3m):
 1
VEd  284,25 * 1    189,5KN
 3
494

Where:
 cw  1 coefficient taking account of the state of the stress in the compression chord and v1  0,6 * 1 
f ck 
 250 
In this case,
  30 and   45

 f   20 
v1  0,6 * 1  ck   0.6 * 1   0.55
 250   250 
zu  0.9 * d  0.9 * 0.435  0.392m
VRd, max  0.54 * 13.33 * 0.392 * 0.20 *

cot45  cot30  0.394
1  cot 2 30
VEd  0.1895MN  VRd , max  0.394MN
Calculation of transverse reinforcement:

The transverse reinforcement is calculated using the following formula:
Asw VEd 0.18950

   5.76cm² / ml
s zu * f ywd * (cot  cot ) * sin 0.392 * 434.78 * (cot30  cot 45) * sin 45
Beyond the point load, the shear force is constant and equal to Rb, therefore,
it also calculates the required reinforcement area to the right side of the beam:
Asw 0.09475
  2.88cm ² / ml
s 0.392 * 434.78 * (cot30  cot 45) * sin 45

■ 3 nodes,
2
495

Fz,1 Fz corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) x=1.0m [kN] 189.5 kN
Fz,2 Fz corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) x=1.01m [kN] 94.75 kN
2
At,z,1 Theoretical reinforcement area at x=1.0m [cm /ml] 5.76 cm2/ml
2
At,z,2 Theoretical reinforcement area at x=1.01m [cm /ml] 2.88 cm2/ml

Fz Fz,1 -189.5 kN 0.0000 %
Fz Fz,2 94.75 kN 0.0000 %
Atz Atz,1 5.76277 cm² 0.0000 %
Atz Atz,2 2.88139 cm² 0.0000 %
496
5.52 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the shear resistance for a T concrete beam -
Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class X0) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 28)
Test ID: 5083

Test status: Passed
5.52.1 Description
Verifies a T cross section beam made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. For this test, the shear force
diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be sustained by the member,
limited by crushing of the compression struts, VRd,max, will be calculated, along with the cross-sectional area of the
shear reinforcement, Asw, calculation.
The test will not use the reduced shear force value.
5.52.2 Background
diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be sustained by the member,
limited by crushing of the compression struts, VRd,max, will be calculated, along with the cross-sectional area of the
shear reinforcement, Asw, calculation. The test will not use the reduced shear force value.

■ Concrete: C25/30
The dead load will be represented by a linear load of 13.83kN/m
The live load will be considered from one linear load of 26.60kN/m
■ Exposure class: X0
■ Concrete density: 25kN/m3
497
The objective is to:

■ Verify the shear stresses results
■ Verify the transverse reinforcement
■ Verify the transverse reinforcement distribution by the Caqout method
■ Identify the steel sewing
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Length: L = 10.00 m,
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
■ Inner: None.
Loading:
For a beam under a uniformly distributed load Pu, the shear force is defined by the following equation:
Pu * l
V ( x)  Pu * x 
2
For the beam end, (x=0) the shear force will be:
Pu * l 58,57 *10
VEd     292,9kN
2 2
In the following calculations, the negative sign of the shear will be neglected, as this has no effect in the calculations.
498

v1 * f cd * zu * bw
VRd , max 
tg  cot
In this case:
  30 and   90

 f   25 
v1  0,6 * 1  ck   0.6 * 1   0.54
 250   250 
zu  0.9 * d  0.9 * 0.764  0.688m
0.54 *16.67 * 0.688 * 0.22
VRd , max   0.590MN
tg 30  cot 30
VEd  0.293MN  VRd , max  0.590MN

The transverse reinforcement is calculated using the following formula:
Asw VEd . * tg 0.293 * tg 30

   5.66cm ² / ml
s zu * f ywd 500
0.688 *
1,15

■ 11 nodes,
2
499

Fz Fz corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) [kNm] 292.9 kN
2 2
At,z Theoretical reinforcement area [cm /ml] 5.66 cm /ml

Fz Fz -292.852 kN -0.0007 %
Atz Atz 5.65562 cm² -0.0774 %
500
5.53 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the shear resistance for a T concrete beam with
inclined transversal reinforcement - Inclined stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by
Test ID: 5092

Test status: Passed
5.53.1 Description
diagram and the moment diagram will be generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be
sustained by the member, limited by crushing of the compression struts, VRd,max., will be determined, along with the
cross-sectional area of the shear reinforcement, Asw, calculation. The test will not use the reduced shear force value.
The beam model was provided by Bouygues.
5.53.2 Background
sustained by the member, limited by crushing of the compression struts, V Rd,max, will be determined, along with the
cross-sectional area of the shear reinforcement, Asw. The test will not use the reduced shear force value.

The dead load will be represented by two linear loads of 22.63kN/m and 47.38kN/m
501

■ Exposure class: XC1
■ Characteristic compressive cylinder strength of concrete at 28 days:
■ Partial factor for concrete:

■ Relative humidity: RH=50%
■ Concrete age: t0=28days
■ Design value of concrete compressive strength: fcd=23 MPa
■ Secant modulus of elasticity of concrete: Ecm=34000 MPa
■ Concrete density:
■ Mean value of axial tensile strength of concrete: fctm=3.2 MPa
■ Final value of creep coefficient:
■ Characteristic yield strength of reinforcement:

■ Steel ductility: Class B
■ K coefficient: k=1.08
■ Design yield strength of reinforcement:

■ Design value of modulus of elasticity of reinforcing steel: Es=200000MPa
■ Steel density:
■ Characteristic strain of reinforcement or prestressing steel at maximum load:
■ Strain of reinforcement or prestressing steel at maximum load:

■ Slenderness ratio:   0.80
■ The of shear stresses results
■ The longitudinal reinforcement corresponding to a 5cm concrete cover
■ The transverse reinforcement corresponding to a 2.7cm concrete cover
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Length: L = 10.00 m,
■ Strut slope: θ=29.74˚
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
■ Inner: None.
502
Loading:
5.53.2.2 Reference results in calculating the longitudinal reinforcement

For a 5 cm concrete cover and dinit=1.125m, the reference value will be 108.3 cm2:
For a 2.7 cm concrete cover and dinit=1.148m, the reference value will be 105.7 cm2:
5.53.2.3 Reference results in calculating the transversal reinforcement

Asw VEd . * tg

s zu * f ywd
Where:
zu  0.9 * d  0.9 * 1.125  1.0125m

cot  1.75    29.74
  90
Asw VEd . * tg 1.502 * tg 29.74
   19.50cm ² / ml
s zu * f ywd 500
1.0125*
1,15
503
The minimum reinforcement percentage calculation:
Asw 0,08 * f ck 0,08 * 35

  w, min * bw * sin   * bw * sin   * 0.55 * sin 90  5.21cm ² / ml
s f yk 500

■ 15 nodes,
2

My My corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) [kNm] 5255.58 kNm
2 2
Az(5cm cover) Az longitudinal reinforcement corresp. to a 5cm cover [cm /ml] 108.30 cm /ml
2 2
Az(2.7cm cover) Az longitudinal reinforcement corresp. to a 2.7cm cover [cm /ml] 105.69 cm /ml
2 2
At,z,1 At,z transversal reinforcement for the beam end [cm /ml] 19.10 cm /ml
2 2
At,z,2 At,z transversal reinforcement for the middle of the beam [cm /ml] 5.21 cm /ml

My My -5255.58 0.0000 %
kN*m
Fz Fz -1501.59 kN 0.0000 %
Az Az 5cm -108.301 cm² 0.0000 %
Az Az 2.7cm -108.301 cm² -2.4666 %
Atz Atz end 19.4877 cm² 2.0443 %
Atz Atz middle 5.20615 cm² 0.0000 %
504
section - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test
23)
Test ID: 5053

Test status: Passed
5.54.1 Description
5.54.2 Background

■ Concrete C25/30
The dead load family is be considered from three loads: two point loads of 55kN and 65kN and one linear load
of 25kN/m, placed along the beam as described in the picture:
The live load will consist of three loads: two point loads of 40kN and 35kN and one linear load of 20kN/m,
placed along the beam as described in the picture:
505

■ The theoretical reinforcement value
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.70 m,
■ Width: b = 0.30 m,
■ Length: L = 5.30 m,
■ Stirrup slope: 45˚
506
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
■ Inner: None.
Loading
The maximum shear stresses from the concrete beam:
Using the software structure calculation the following values were obtained:
x = 0m => VEd  406 KN
x = 0.50m (for the first point load) => VEd  373 .76 KN and VEd  239 .51 KN
x = 0.95m (for the second point load) => VEd  210 .82 KN and VEd  70.57 KN
x = 2.06m the shear force is null => VEd  0 KN
VRd , max   cw * 1 * fcd * zu * bw *

cot  cot 
1  cot2
507

Where:
 cw  1 coefficient taking account of the state of the stress in the compression chord and v1  0,6 * 1 
f ck 
 250 
v1 * f cd * zu * bw
VRd , max 
tg  cot
In this case:
  45 and   90

 f   25 
v1  0,6 * 1  ck   0.6 * 1   0.54
 250   250 
zu  0.9 * d  0.9 * 0.623  0.561m
0.54 *16.67 * 0.561* 0.30
VRd , max   0.757MN
2
VEd  0.406MN  VRd ,max  0.757MN

Is determined by considering the transverse reinforcement steels vertical ( = 90°) and connecting rods inclined
at 45 °, at different points of the beam.
Before the first point load:
Asw VEd . * tg 0,406 * tg 45

   16,65cm ² / ml
s zu * f ywd 500
0,561*
1,15
Between the first and the second point load:
Asw 0,23951* tg 45

  9,82cm ² / ml
s 500
0,561*
1,15
It also calculates the required reinforcement area to the right side of the beam:
Asw 0,20674* tg 45

  8,48cm ² / ml
s 500
0,561*
1,15

■ 7 nodes,
508
2
Note: after the second point load, the minimum transverse reinforcement is set (noted with A tmin in ADVANCE Design)
(in cm²/ml):
The reinforcement theoretical value is calculated using the formula:
Asw 0,08 * f ck 0,08 * 25

  w, min * bw * sin   * bw * sin   * 0.30 * sin 90  2.4cm ² / ml
s f yk 500

Fz Fz corresponding to 101 combination (ULS) x=0m [kN] 405.63 kN
Fz Fz corresponding to 101 combination (ULS) x=0.5m [kN] 373.76 kN
2 2
Atz Transversal reinforcement area x=0m [cm /ml] 16,65 cm /ml
2 2
Atz Transversal reinforcement area x=0.501m [cm /ml] 9.82 cm /ml
2 2
Atz Transversal reinforcement area x=5.3m [cm /ml] 8.84 cm /ml
2 2
At,min,z Theoretical reinforcement area [cm /ml] 2.40 cm /ml

Fz Fz,0 -405.633 kN -0.0007 %
Fz Fz,1 -373.758 kN 0.0005 %
Fz Fz,1' -239.445 kN 0.0271 %
Fz Fz,2 -210.821 kN -0.0005 %
Fz Fz,2' -70.5644 kN 0.0079 %
Atz Atz,0 16.6391 cm² 0.0547 %
Atz Atz,1 9.82205 cm² 0.0209 %
Atz Atz,r 8.48058 cm² 0.0068 %
Atminz At,min,z 2.4 cm² 0.0000 %
509
Test ID: 5076

Test status: Passed
5.55.1 Description
shear force diagram is generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be sustained by the
member, limited by crushing of the compression struts, VRd,max., will be calculated, along with the cross-sectional
area of the shear reinforcement, Asw, and the theoretical reinforcement. For the calculation, the reduced shear force
values will be used.
5.55.2 Background
Description: Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple bending. For this
test, the shear force diagram is generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be sustained by
the member, limited by crushing of the compression struts, V Rd,max. will be calculated, along with the cross-sectional
area of the shear reinforcement, Asw, and the theoretical reinforcement.

■ Concrete C25/30
The dead load will be represented by a linear load of 40kN/m
The live load will be considered from one linear load of 25kN

510
■ The theoretical reinforcement value
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.70 m,
■ Width: b = 0.35 m,
■ Length: L = 5.75 m,
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
■ Inner: None.
Loading:
Pu * l
VEd 
2
Pu = 1,35*Pg + 1,50*Pq=1.35*40kN+1.50*25kN=91.5kN
In this case :
5.75 * 91.5
VEd   263KN
2
5.55.2.2 Reference results in calculating the lever arm zc:

The lever arm is calculated using the design formula for pure bending:
Pu  91.5kN / ml
91.5 * 5.75²
M Ed   378.15kNm
8
511
M Ed 0.378
cu    0.167
bw * d ² * f cd 0.35 * 0.623² *16.67
  
u  1.25 * 1  1  2 * cu  1.25 * 1  1  2 * 0.167  0.230 
zc  d * 1  0.4 *  u   0.623 * 1  0.4 * 0.230  0.566m
Calculation of reduced shear force

When the shear force curve has no discontinuities, the EC2 allows to consider, as a reduction, the shear force to a
horizontal axis x  z. cot .
In the case of a member subjected to a distributed load, the equation of the shear force is:
Pu * l
V ( x)  Pu * x 
2
Therefore:
x  z * cot  0.566 * cot 45  0.566m

VEd , red  91.5 * 0.566  263  211kN
Warning: Advance Design does not apply the reduction of shear force corresponding to the distributed loads (cutting
edge at x = d).
Calculation of maximum design shear resistance:

1  cot 2θ
Where:
 cw  1 coefficient taking account of the state of the stress in the compression chord and
 f 
v1  0,6 * 1  ck 
 250 
v1 * f cd * zu * bw
VRd , max 
tg  cot
In this case:
  45 and   90

 f   25 
v1  0,6 * 1  ck   0.6 * 1   0.54
 250   250 
zu  0.9 * d  0.9 * 0.623  0.56m
0.54 *16.67 * 0.566 * 0.35
VRd , max   0.891MN  891kN
2
VEd  236kN  VRd , max  891kN
512

Given the vertical transversal reinforcement ( = 90°), the transverse reinforcement is calculated using the following
formula:
Asw VEd . * tg 0,211* tg 45

   8,67cm ² / ml
s zu * f ywd 500
0,566 *
1,15
Calculation of theoretical reinforcement value:

The French national annex indicates the formula:
Asw
  w, min * bw * sin
s
With:
0,08 * f ck 0,08 * 20
 w, min    7.15  10 4
f yk 500
Asw
  w, min * bw * sin  7.15 *10 4 * 0.2 * sin 90  1.43cm ² / ml
s
■ 3 nodes,
2
Advance Design gives the following results for At,min,z (cm /ml)

Fz Fz corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) [kNm] 263 kN
2 2
At,min,z Theoretical reinforcement area [cm /ml] 1.43 cm /ml

Atminz Atmin,z 1.43108 cm² 0.0755 %
513
5.56 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to

compression and rotation moment to the top - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)
Test ID: 5101

Test status: Passed
5.56.1 Description
Nominal rigidity method.

Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section column made from concrete C25/30.
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the method of nominal rigidity, and then
calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced. Verifies the column to resist simple bending.
The verification of the axial stresses and rotation moment, applied on top, at ultimate limit state is performed.
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free to the top part.
5.56.2 Background

Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30.
calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.

► 15t axial force
► 1.5tm rotation moment applied to the column top
► The self-weight is neglected
► 6.5t axial force
► 0.7tm rotation moment applied to the column top
■  2  0,3
■ Concrete cover 5cm
■ Transversal reinforcement spacing a=30cm
■ Concrete C25/30
■ Steel reinforcement S500B
■ The column is considered isolated and braced
514
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.40 m,
■ Width: b = 0.40 m,
■ Length: L = 6.00 m,
Boundary conditions
Loading
NEd =1.35*15+150*6.5=30t=0.300MN
MEd=1.35*1.50+1.5*0.7=3.075t=0.31MNm
MEd 0.031
■ e0    0.10m
NEd 0.300
5.56.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete column
Geometric characteristics of the column:

The column has a fixed connection on the bottom end and is free on the top end, therefore, the buckling length is
considered to be:
l0  2 * l  12m
According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.2(1); Figure 5.7 b)
Calculating the slenderness of the column:
2 3 * l0 2 3 *12
   104
a 0.40
515
Effective creep coefficient calculation:

The creep coefficient is calculated using the next formula:
M EQP
ef   , t0 .
M Ed
According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.4(2)
Where:
 ,t0  creep coefficient
serviceability first order moment under quasi-permanent load combination
ULS first order moment (including the geometric imperfections)

First order eccentricity evaluation:
e1  e0  ei
ei  0.03m
The first order moment provided by the quasi-permanent loads:
M Eqp 0 1.50  0.30 * 0.70

e1  e0  ei   ei   0.30  0.13m
N Eqp 0 15  0.30 * 0.65
N Eqp1  1.50  0.30 * 0.70  16.95t
M Eqp1  N Eqp1 * e1  16.95 * 0.13  2.20tm  0.022MNm

The first order ULS moment is defined latter in this example:
 (, t0 )   RH *  ( f cm ) *  (t0 )
16.8 16.8
 ( f cm )    2.92
f cm 25  8
1 1
 (t 0 )    0.488
0.1  t0
0.20
0.1  280.20
(for t = 28 days concrete age).
0
RH
1
 RH 1 100
0.1 * 3 h0
50
1
2 * Ac 2 * 400 * 400
h0    200mm   RH  1  100  1.85
u 2 * 400  400 0.1 * 3 200
 (, t0 )   RH *  ( f cm ) *  (t0 )  1.85 * 2.92 * 0.488  2.64
The effective creep coefficient calculation:
M EQP
ef   , t0  *
0.022
 2.64 *  1.49
M Ed 0.039
516
The second order effects; The buckling calculation:

For an isolated column, the slenderness limit check is done using the next formula:
20 * A * B * C
lim 
n
According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.1(1)
Where:
N Ed 0.300
n   0.112
Ac * f cd 0.40² *16.67
1 1
A
1  0,2 *ef  1  0.2 *1.49  0.77

B  1  2 *   1 .1 because the reinforcement ratio in not yet known
C  1,7  rm  0.70 because the ratio of the first order moment is not known
20 * 0.77 *1.1* 0.7

lim   35.43
0.112
  104  lim  35.43
Therefore, the second order effects most be considered.

The stresses for the ULS load combination are:
NEd= 1.35*15 + 1.50*6.50= 30 t = 0,300MN
MEd= 1.35*1.50 + 1.50*0.7= 3.075 t = 0,031MNm
Therefore it must be determined:
■ The eccentricity of the first order ULS moment, due to the stresses applied
■ The additional eccentricity considered for the geometrical imperfections
Initial eccentricity:
M Ed 0.031
e0    0.10m
N Ed 0.300
Additional eccentricity:
l0 12
ei    0.03m
400 400
The first order eccentricity: stresses correction:
The forces correction, used for the combined flexural calculations:
N Ed  0.300MN
e1  e0  ei  0.13m
M Ed  e1 * N Ed  (0.10  0.03) * 0.300  0.039MNm
M  N Ed * e0
517
According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 6.1.(4)
Reinforcement calculation in the first order situation:

To play the nominal rigidity method a starting section frame is needed. For this it will be used a concrete section
considering only the first order effects.
Advance Design iterates as many time as necessary.
The needed frames will be determined assuming a compound bending with compressive stress. All the results above
were obtained in the center of gravity for the concrete section alone. The stresses must be reduced in the centroid of
the tensioned steel.
h  0.40 
M ua  M G 0  N * (d  )  0.039  0.300 *  0.35    0.084MNm
2  2 
Verification if the section is partially compressed:
h h 0,40 0,40
 BC  0,8 * * (1  0,4 * )  0,8 * * (1  0,4 * )  0,496
d d 0,35 0,35
M ua 0.084
cu    0.103
bw * d ² * f cd 0.40 * 0.35² *16.67
cu  0.103  0.496   BC therefore the section is partially compressed.
Calculations of steel reinforcement in pure bending:
cu  0.103
 
 u  1,25 * 1  (1  2 * 0,103)  0,136
zc  d * (1  0,4 *  u )  0,35 * (1  0,4 * 0,136)  0,331m
Calculations of steel reinforcement in combined bending:

For the combined bending:
N 0.300
A  A'  5.84 *10 4   1.06cm 2
f yd 434.78
518
The minimum reinforcement percentage:
0,10 * N Ed 0.10 * 0.300

As , min    0.69cm²  0.002 * Ac  3.02cm 2
f yd 434.78
2
The reinforcement will be 4HA10 representing a 3.14cm section
The second order effects calculation:

The second order effect will be determined by applying the method of nominal rigidity:
Calculation of nominal rigidity:

The nominal rigidity of a post or frame member, it is estimated from the following formula:
EI  K c * Ecd * I c  K s * Es * I s
According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.7.2 (1)
With:
Ecm
Ecd 
1.2
0.3 0.3
f   33 
Ecm  22000*  cm   22000*    31476Mpa
 10   10 
Ecm 31476
Ecd    26230Mpa
1.2 1.2
b * h3 0.404
Ic    2,133.103 m4
12 12 (cross section inertia)
Es  200000Mpa
I s : Inertia
As 3,14.104
   0.002
Ac 0.40  0.40
As
0.002     0.01
Ac
fck 25
k1    1.12Mpa
20 20
N Ed 0.300
n   0.112
Ac * f cd 0.40² *16.67
 104
k2  n *  0.112 *  0.069  0.20
170 170
3,14 *104  0.40
2 2
As h  
Is  2 * *  c  2* *  0.05   7,06 *10 6 m4
2 2  2  2 
519
k1 * k2 1.12 * 0.069
Kc    0.031
K s  1 and 1  ef 1  1.49
Therefore:
EI  0.031* 26230* 2,133 * 103  1 * 200000* 7,06 * 106  3.15MNm ²
Corrected stresses:
The total moment, including the second order effects is defined as a value and is added to the first order moment
value:
 
  
M Ed  M 0 Ed * 1  
 NB
 1
 N Ed 
M 0 Ed  0.039MNm (time of first order (ULS) taking into account the geometric imperfections, relative to the
center of gravity of concrete).
N Ed  0.300MN (normal force acting at ULS).

And:
²
 with c0  8 because the moment is constant (no horizontal force at the top of post).
c0
²
  1.234
8
EI 3.15
NB   ² * 2
²*  0.216MN
l0 12²
Therefore the second order moment is:
 
 1.234 
 0.039 * 1   0.133MNm
0.216 
M Ed
  1
 0.300 
There is a second order moment that is negative because it was critical that the normal force, N B, is less than the
applied normal force => instability.
A section corresponding to a ratio of 5 ‰ will be considered and the corresponding equivalent stiffness is
recalculated.
With:
Ecd  26230Mpa I c  2,133.103 m4

;
Es  200000Mpa
Is
: Inertia
520
  0,005  As  0,005* Ac  0,005* 0,40²  8cm ²

  0,005  As  8,04cm ²
It sets up : 4HA16 =>
As
0.002     0.01
Ac
8,04 * 104  0.40

2 2
As  h  
Is  2 * *   c   2 * *  0.05   1,81* 10 5 m 4
2 2  2  2 
k1 * k2 1.12 * 0.069
Kc    0.031
K s  1 and 1  ef 1  1.49
Therefore:
EI  0.031* 26230* 2,133.103  1 * 200000* 1,81.105  5.35MNm ²

The second order effects must be recalculated:
 
  
M Ed  M 0 Ed * 1  
 NB
 1
 N Ed 
  1.234
EI 5.35
NB   ² * 2
²*  0.367MN
l0 12²
 
 1.234 
 0.039 * 1   0.254MNm
0.367 
M Ed
  1
 0.300 
There is thus a second order moment of 0.254MNm.
This moment is expressed relative to the center of gravity.
Reinforcement calculation for combined bending

The necessary frames for the second order stresses can now be determined.
A column frames can be calculated from the diagram below:
521
The input parameters in the diagram are:
M Ed 0.254
 2
  0.238
b * h * f cd 0.40 * 0.40² *16.67
N Ed 0.300
v   0.112
b * h * f cd 0.40 * 0.40 *16.67
 * b * h * f cd 0.485 * 0.40² *16.67
  0.485 is obtained, which gives: A s 
f yd

434.78
 29.75cm²
Therefore set up a section 14.87cm ² per side must be set, or 3HA32 per side (by excess)
Buckling checking
The column in place will be verified without buckling. The new reinforcement area must be considered for the
2
previous calculations: 6HA32 provides As=48.25cm
The normal rigidity evaluation:

It is estimated nominal rigidity of a post or frame member from the following formula:
EI  K c .E cd . I c  K s .E s . I s
With:
Is
: Inertia
As 48,25 *104
   0.03
Ac 0.40 * 0.40
48,25 *104  0.40

2 2
As  h  
Is  2 * *   c   2 * *  0.05   1,086.10 4 m 4
2 2  2  2 
k1  1.12
522
k2  0.069
k1 * k2 1.12 * 0.069
Kc    0.031
K s  1 and 1  ef 1  1.49
The following conditions are not implemented in Advance Design:
As
  0.01
If:
Ac
0,3
Kc 
1  0,5 * ef
Then:
EI  0.031* 26230* 2,133 * 103  200000* 1,086 * 104  23.45MNm ²
Corrected stresses
The total moment, including second order effects, is defined as a value plus the moment of the first order:
 
  
M Ed  M 0 Ed * 1  
 NB
 1
 N Ed 
M 0 Ed  0.039MNm
N Ed  0.300MN
(normal force acting at ULS)
  1.234
EI 23.45
NB   ² * 2
²*  1.607MN
l0 12²
It was therefore a moment of second order which is:
 
 1.234 
 0.039 * 1   0.05MNm
1.607 
M Ed
  1
 0.300 
Reinforcement calculation:
M Ed 0.05
M Ed  0.05MNm    2
  0.047
b * h * f cd 0.40 * 0.40² *16.67
N Ed 0.300
N Ed  0.300MN  v    0.112
b * h * f cd 0.40 * 0.40 *16.67
523
The minimum reinforcement percentage conditions are not satisfied therefore there will be one more iteration.
Additional iteration:
2 2
The additional iteration will be made for a section corresponding to 1%; A s=0.009*0.40=14.4cm , which is 7.2cm per
side. A 3HA16 reinforcement will be chosen by either side (6HA16 for the entire column), which will give
2
As=12.03cm .
Nominal rigidity evaluation:
EI  K c .E cd . I c  K s .E s . I s
.
Is
: Inertia
As 12,06 *104
   0.00754
Ac 0.40 * 0.40
As
0.002     0.01
if
Ac
12,06 *104  0.40

2 2
As h  
Is  2 * *  c  2* *  0.05   2,71.10 5 m 4
2 2  2  2 
k1 * k2 1.12 * 0.069
Kc    0.031
K s  1 and 1  ef 1  1.49
Therefore:
EI  0.031* 26230* 2,133 * 103  1 * 200000* 2,71* 105  7.15MNm ²
524
Second order loads calculation:
 
  
M Ed  M 0 Ed * 1  
 NB
 1
 N Ed 
M 0 Ed  0.039MNm
  1.234
EI 7.15
NB   ² * 2
²*  0.49MN
l0 12²
 
 1.234 
M Ed  0.039 * 1    0.115MNm
0.49
  1
 0.300 
Frames are calculated again from the interaction diagram:
M Ed 0.115
 2
  0.108
b * h * f cd 0.40 * 0.40² *16.67
N Ed 0.300
v   0.112
b * h * f cd 0.40 * 0.40 *16.67
 * b * h * f cd 0.18 * 0.40² *16.67
  0.18 is obtained, which gives: A s 
f yd

434.78
 11.04cm²
Therefore set up a section 5.52cm ² per side must be set; this will be the final column reinforcement

■ 7 nodes,
2
2
525
2
Theoretical value (cm )
2 2
(reference value: 11.16 cm = 2 x 5.58 cm )
526

2 2
Az Reinforcement area [cm ] 5.58 cm

Az Az -5.58 cm² 0.0000 %
527

compression and rotation moment to the top – Method based on nominal curvature- Bilinear
stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 32)
Test ID: 5102

Test status: Passed
5.57.1 Description
Verifies a square concrete column subjected to compression and rotation moment to the top – Method based on
nominal curvature- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1).
The column is made of concrete C25/30. Determination of the axial and bending efforts at ultimate limit state is
performed.
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the method of nominal curvature, and
then calculate the reinforcement by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.
5.57.2 Background
Nominal curvature method is applied in this example.

Verifies the adequacy of a square cross section column made from concrete C25/30.

The following load cases are used:
► 147.15 kN (15 t) axial force
► 14.71 kNm (1.5 tm) bending moment applied to the top of the column
■ Exploitation loadings ( 2  0.3 ):
► 63.77 kN (6.5 t) axial force
► 6.87 kNm (0.7 tm) bending moment applied to the top of the column
► Concrete cover 5cm
► Spacing between the reinforcement bar legs: s = 30cm
► Concrete C25/30
► Steel reinforcement S500B
► The column is considered isolated and braced
528
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Height: h = a = 0.40 m,
■ Width: b = a = 0.40 m,
■ Length: L = 6.00 m,
■ Concrete cover: c = 5 cm
Concrete class C25/30 and steel reinforcement S500B are used. The following characteristics are used in relation to
theses materials:
■ Exposure class: X0
■ Characteristic compressive cylinder strength of concrete at 28 days: f ck  25MPa
■ Mean value of concrete cylinder compressive strength: fcm = fck + 8 = 33 MPa
■ Characteristic yield strength of reinforcement: f yk  500MPa
f ck 25
Design value of concrete compressive strength: f cd    16.67MPa
c 1.5
f yk 500MPa
Design value of yield strength of reinforcement: f yd    434.78MPa
s 1.15
Boundary conditions
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free at the top.
Loading
■ Ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q
NEd = 1.35 * 147.15kN + 1.5 * 63.77kN = 294.3kN = 0.2943MN
MEd = 1.35 * 14.71 + 1.5 * 6.87 kNm = 30.16kNm = 0.03016MNm
529
■ Characteristic combination of actions defined by: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q

M Ed 0.03016MNm
■ e0    0.10m
N Ed 0.2943MN
Geometric characteristics of the column

considered to be:
l0  2 * L  12m
2 3 * l0 2 3 *12m
   104
a 0.40m
M EQP
ef   , t0 .
M Ed
Where:
 ,t0 
creep coefficient
M EQP
serviceability first order moment under quasi-permanent load combination
M Ed ULS first order moment (including the geometric imperfections)
e1  e0  ei
l0 12m
ei    0.03m
400 400
M Eqp 0 14.71kNm  0.30 * 6.87kNm

e1  e0  ei   ei   0.03m  0.13m
N Eqp 0 147.15kN  0.30 * 63.77kN
N Eqp1  147.15kN  0.30 * 63.77kN  166.281kN
M Eqp1  N Eqp1 * e1  166.281kN * 0.13m  21.616kNm  0.0216MNm

MEd1 = 0.0383 MNm
The creep coefficient  ,t0  is defined as follows:
 (, t0 )   RH *  ( f cm ) *  (t0 )
530
16.8 16.8
 ( f cm )    2.92
f cm 25  8
1 1
 (t 0 )    0.488 (for t0= 28 days concrete age).
0.1  t0
0.20
0.1  280.20
RH
1
 RH 1 100
0.1 * 3 h0
50
1
2 * Ac 2 * 0.4m * 0.4m
h0    0.2m  200mm   RH 1 100  1.85
u 2 * 0.4m  0.4m 0.1 * 3 200
 (, t0 )   RH *  ( f cm ) *  (t0 )  1.85 * 2.92 * 0.488  2.64
M EQP1
ef   , t0  *
0.0216MNm
 2.64 *  1.49
M Ed 1 0.0383MNm
The necessity of buckling calculation (second order effects):

For an isolated column, the slenderness limit verification is done using the next formula:
20 * A * B * C
lim 
n
Where:
N Ed 0.2943MN
n   0.11
Ac * f cd 0.40² m 2 *16.67MPa
1 1
A
1  0.2 *ef  1  0.2 *1.46  0.77

C  1.7  rm  0.70 because the ratio of the first order moment is unknown
20 * 0.77 *1.1 * 0.7

lim   35.75
0.11
  104  lim  35.75
Therefore, the second order effects must be considered.
The second order effects - buckling calculation

NEd = 1.35 * 147.15kN + 1.5 * 63.77kN = 294.3kN = 0.2943MN
MEd = 1.35 * 14.71 + 1.5 * 6.87 kNm = 30.16kNm = 0.03016MNm
Therefore, it must be determined:
531
■ The eccentricity of the first order ULS moment, due to the applied loadings
M Ed 0.03016MNm
e0    0.10m
N Ed 0.2943MN
l0 12m
ei    0.03m
400 400
The first order eccentricity - loadings correction
The forces correction, used for the combined flexural calculations, is done as following:
N Ed  0.2943MN
e1  e0  ei  0.10m  0.03m  0.13m
M Ed  e1 * N Ed  0.13m * 0.2943MN  0.0383MNm

According to clause 6.1 (4) from EN 1992-1-1, for sections subjected to combined bending and compression efforts,
the design bending moment value should be at least M = N Ed * e0, where

20mm 
 20mm  20mm
e0  max  h  max  400mm  max   20mm

 30 
 30 13.3mm
Corrected bending moment is bigger than this value, so clause 6.1 (4) is fulfilled.
Reinforcement calculation in the first order situation

To apply the nominal curvature method a starting section frame is needed. For this it will be used a concrete section
considering only the first order effects.
The needed reinforcement will be determined assuming a combined bending with compressive effort. All the results
above were obtained in the center of gravity for the concrete section alone. The stresses must be reduced in the
centroid of the tensioned steel.
h  0.40m 
M ua  M G 0  N * (d  )  0.0383MNm  0.2943MN *  0.35m    0.0824MNm
2  2 
Verifying if the section is partially compressed:
h h 0.40m 0.40m
 BC  0.8 * * (1  0.4 * )  0.8 * * (1  0.4 * )  0.496
d d 0.35m 0.35m
532
M ua 0.0824MNm
cu    0.101
bw * d ² * f cd 0.40m * 0.35² m 2 *16.67MPa
Calculations of the steel reinforcement in pure bending
 cu  0.101
 
 u  1.25 * 1  (1  2 * 0.101)  0.133
zc  d * (1  0.4 *  u )  0.35m * (1  0.4 * 0.133)  0.331m
M ua 0.0824MNm
As    5.73 *10 4 m2  5.73cm²
zc * f yd 0.331m * 434.78MPa
Calculations of steel reinforcement in combined bending with compressive effort

N 0.2943MN
A  A'  5.73 *10 4 m2   1.04cm 2
f yd 434.78MPa
The minimum reinforcement percentage must be applied:
0.10 * N Ed 0.10 * 0.2943MN

As , min    0.68 *10 4 m2  0.68cm²  0.002 * Ac  3.2cm 2
f yd 434.78MPa
2
The proposed reinforcement area will be 4HA10 representing 3.14cm .
The second order effects calculation

The second order effect will be determined by applying the nominal curvature method.
Calculation of nominal curvature

Considering a symmetrical reinforcement 4HA10 (3.14cm²), the curvature can be determined by the following
formula:
1 1
 K r * K *
r r0
With:
f yd
434.78MPa
1  yd Es
   200000MPa  0.0138m1
r0 0.45 * d 0.45 * d 0.45 * 0.35m
nu  n
Kr : is a correction factor depending on axial load,=> Kr  1
nu  nbal
N Ed 0.2943MN
n   0.110
Ac * f cd 0.40² m 2 *16.67MPa
As * f yd 3.14.104 m2 * 434.78MPa
   0.0512
Ac * f cd 0.40² m2 *16.67MPa
533
nu  1    1  0.0512  1.0512
nbal  0.4
1.0512  0.110
Kr   1.445  1  K r  1
1.0512  0.40
K : is a factor for taking account of creep=> K  1   *ef  1
f ck  25 104
  0.35    0.35    0.218
200 150 200 150
K  1   * ef  1  0.218 *1.49  0.68  1  K  1
Therefore the curvature becomes:
1 1
 K r * K *  0.0138m 1
r r0
Calculation moment:
M Ed  M 0 Ed  M 2
Where:
M 0 Ed
: first order moment including the geometrical imperfections.
M2 : second order moment
The second order moment must be calculated from the curvature:
M 2  N Ed * e2
1 l2 12² m2
e2  * 0  0.0138m1 *  0.248m
r c 8
Note: c = 8 according to 5.8.8.2 (4) from EN 1992-1-1; because the moment is constant (no horizontal force at the top
of column).
M 2  N Ed * e2  0.2943MN * 0.248m  0.073MNm
M Ed  M 0 Ed  M 2  0.0383MN  0.073MN  0.1113MNm

The reinforcement must be sized considering the demands of the second order effects:
N Ed  0.2943MN
M Ed  0.1113MNm
Reinforcement calculation corresponding to the second order:

M Ed 0.1113MNm
   0.104
b * h * f cd 0.40m * 0.40² m 2 *16.67MPa
2
N Ed 0.2943MN
v   0.110
b * h * f cd 0.40m * 0.40m *16.67MPa
534
 * b * h * f cd 0.15 * 0.40² m 2 * 16.67MPa

ω  0.15 ; =>  As  f yd

434.78MPa
 9.20cm ² ; 2
which means 4.60cm per
side.
Buckling checking
2
The verification will be made considering the reinforcement area found previously (9.20cm )
Curvature evaluation:
The reinforcement has an influence only on the K r parameter:
1
 0.0138m 1
r0
nu  n
Kr  1
nu  nbal
n  0.110
As * f yd 9.20 *104 m2 * 434.78MPa
   0.15
Ac * f cd 0.40² m2 *16.67MPa
nu  1    1  0.15  1.15
nbal  0.4
1.15  0.110
Kr   1.387  1  K r  1
1.15  0.40
K - coefficient which takes account of the creep  K  1   * ef  1
K  1   * ef  1  0.218 *1.49  0.68  1  K  1

The curvature becomes:
535
1 1
 K r * K *  0.0138m 1 It was obtained the same curvature and therefore the same second order
r r0
moment, which validates the section reinforcement found.

■ 7 nodes,
2
2 2

2 2
As Reinforcement area [cm ] 4.60 cm
536

Az Az -4.64 cm² -0.8696 %
537

compression by nominal rigidity method- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1)
Test ID: 5109

Test status: Passed
5.58.1 Description
Verifies a square concrete column subjected to compression by nominal rigidity method- Bilinear stress-strain
diagram (Class XC1).
The column is made of concrete C30/37. The verification of the axial force, applied on top, at ultimate limit state is
performed.
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection (all the translations and rotations are
blocked) and to the top part, the translations along X and Y axis are also blocked.
This test is based on the example from "Applications of Eurocode 2" (J. & JA Calgaro Cortade).
5.58.2 Background
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the method of nominal rigidity of a
square cross section made from concrete C30/37, and then calculate the frames by considering a section
symmetrically reinforced.

The following load cases are used:
Loadings from the structure (G):
► 1260 kN axial force (1.260 MN) axial force
The column is considered isolated and braced
 2  0.3
2 2
The reinforcement is set to 4HA20 (2 x 6.28cm = 12.56cm )
538
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Height: h = 0.30 m;
Width: b = 0.30 m;
Length: L = 4.74 m;
■ Concrete cover: c = 5 cm (for the concrete cover of the bottom / top external fiber measured along the local z
axis, Advance Design is having the following notation: ebz = 5 cm; ehz = 5 cm; while for the concrete cover
measured along the local y axis the following notations are used: eby = 5 cm; ehy = 5 cm )
Materials Properties
Used materials:
Concrete C30/37
Steel reinforcement S500B
The following characteristics are used in relation to this / these material(s):
Characteristic compressive cylinder strength of concrete at 28 days: fck = 30 MPa
Value of concrete cylinder compressive strength: fcm = fck + 8(MPa)
Characteristic yield strength of reinforcement: fyk = 500 MPa
f ck 30MPa
Design value of concrete compressive strength: f cd    20MPa
c 1.5
f yk 500MPa
s 1.15
Boundary conditions
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and to the top part, the translations along X
and Y axes are also blocked.
Loading
► The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G
► The characteristic combination of actions is: CCQ = 1.0 x G
539

NEd = 1.35 * 1.260 MN = 1.701 MN
The characteristic combination of actions is:
NEqp = 1.0 * 1.260 MN = 1.260 MN
Mu 0
Initial eccentricity: e0    0m
N u 1.7
Load calculation:
Additional eccentricity due to geometric imperfections:
Buckling length: L0 = 0.7*4.74 = 3.32 m
 L   332 
ei  max  2cm; 0   max  2cm;   max 2cm;0.83cm   2cm  0.02m
 400   400 
According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.2(7)
The first order eccentricity: e1  e0  ei  0.02m
The necessity of buckling calculation (second order effect):

L0 * 12 3.32 * 12
   38.34
h 0.3
20 * A * B * C
lim 
n
Where:
N Ed 1.7
n   0.944
Ac * f cd 0.30² * 20
1
A  0.7 if  ef is not known, if it is, A
1  0.2 *  ef
As * f yd
B  1.1 if ω (reinforcement ratio) is not known, if it is, B  1  2 *   1  2 *
Ac * f cd
12.56 *104 * 434.78

In this case B  1 2*  1.27
0.3² * 20
C  0.70 if rm is not known, if it is, C  1.7  rm
In this case:
20 * A * B * C 20 * 0.7 *1.27 * 0.7

lim    12.81
n 0.944
  38.34  lim  12.81
540

M 0 EQP
 ef   , t 0 .
M 0 Ed
Where:
■  ,t0  final creep coefficient
■ M 0 EQP is the first order bending moment in quasi-permanent load combination (SLS)
■ M 0 Ed is the first order bending moment in design load combination (ULS)
■ t0 is the concrete age
The ratio of the moment is in this case:
M 0 Eqp Neqp * e1 Neqp 1.26

    0.74
M 0 Ed N ed *e1 N ed 1.7
According to annex B of EN 1992-1-1, the creep coefficient  ,t0  is defined as:
 (, t0 )   RH *  ( f cm ) *  (t0 )
With:
16.8 16.8
 ( f cm )    2.73MPa
f cm 30  8
1 1
 (t0 )    0.488 (for t0 = 28 days concrete age).
0.1  t0
0.20
0.1  280.20
 RH 
 1 
 RH  1  100 *   * 
1 2
 0.1 * 3 h0 
 
 
1   2  1 if f cm  35MPa
0.7 0.2
 35   35 
1    and  2    if f cm  35MPa
 f cm   f cm 
2 * Ac 2 * 300 * 300
h0    150mm
u 2 * 300  300
Where:
■ RH relative humidity: RH=50%
■ h0: is the notional size of the member (in mm)
■ u: column section perimeter
541
0.7 0. 2
 35   35 
f cm  38MPa  35MPa   1     0.944 and 2     0.984
 38   38 
 RH   50 
 1   1 
 RH  1  100 *   *   1 
1 2
100 * 0.944 * 0.984  1.86
 0.1 * 3 h0   0.1 * 3 150 
   
   
 (, t0 )   RH *  ( f cm ) *  (t0 )  1.86 * 2.73 * 0.488  2.48
M 0 Eqp
ef   (, t0 ) *  2.48 * 0.74  1.835
M 0 Ed
1  ef  1  1.835  2.835

The nominal rigidity of a post or frame member, it is estimated from the following formula:
Where:
E cd : is the design value of the modulus of elasticity of concrete
I c : is the moment of inertia of concrete cross section

E s : is the design value of the modulus of elasticity of reinforcement
I s : is the second moment of area of reinforcement, about the center of area of the concrete
K c : is a factor for effects of cracking, creep etc.
K s : is a factor for contribution of reinforcement
k1 * k2
Kc 
1  e
1  ef  2.835
f ck 30
k1    1.22
20 20
n*
k2 
170
N Ed 1.7
n   0.944
Ac * f cd 0.3² * 20
  38.34
n *  0.944 * 38.34
k2    0.213  k2  0.20
170 170
k1 * k 2 1.22  0.20
Kc    0.086
1  e 2.835
542
Ecm
Ecd 
 CE
 f 8
0.3
 30  8 
0.3
Ecm  22 *  ck   22 *    32837MPa
 10   10 
Ecm 32837
Ecd    27364MPa
 CE 1.2
b * h3 0.3 * 0.33
Ic    0.000675m4
12 12
Ks  1
E s  200GPa
 d  d' 12.56 *104  0.25  0.05 

2 2
A 5
I s  2 * theo *    2* *   1.256 *10 m
4
2  2  2  2 
EI  0.086* 27364* 0.000675 1* 200000*1.256 *105  4.1MNm²
Stresses correction:
The total moment, including second order effects, is defined as an increased value of the first order moment:
   
    1.234 
 M 0 Ed * 1    0.034 * 1   0.070MNm
3.67 
M Ed
 NB 
1   1
 N Ed   1.7 
M 0 Ed  0.0231MNm (moment of first order (ULS) taking into account geometric imperfections)
N Ed  1.155MN (normal force acting at ULS)

²
 and c0  8 for a constant first order moment (no horizontal force at the top of column).
c0
²
  1.234
8
 ² * EI  ² * 4.10
NB    3.67MN
Lf ² 3.32²
The calculation made with flexural:
N Ed  1.7 MN and M Ed  0.070MNm

2
Therefore, a 2 x 6.64cm reinforcement area is obtained.
543
2
The calculated reinforcement is very close to the initial assumption (2*6.28cm ).
2
It is not necessary to continue the calculations; it retains a section of 2*6.64cm and it sets up 4HA20.

■ 6 nodes,
2
■ Theoretical reinforcement area(cm )
2
2 2
(reference value: 13.08 cm = 2 x 6.64cm )
544

2 2

Az Az -6.53615 cm² 0.0295 %
545
Test ID: 5072

Test status: Passed
5.59.1 Description
member, limited by crushing of the compression struts, VRd,max, will be calculated, along with the cross-sectional
area of the shear reinforcement, Asw. For the calculation, the reduced shear force values will be used.
5.59.2 Background
member, limited by crushing of the compression struts, VRd,max, will be calculated, along with the cross-sectional area
of the shear reinforcement, Asw. For the calculation, the reduced shear force values will be used.

■ Concrete C25/30
The dead load will be represented by a linear load of 40kN/m
The live load will be considered from one linear load of 25kN

546
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.70 m,
■ Width: b = 0.35 m,
■ Length: L = 5.75 m,
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
■ Inner: None.
Loading:
Pu * l
VEd 
2
Pu = 1,35*Pg + 1,50*Pq=1.35*40kN+1.50*25kN=91.5kN
In this case :
5.75 * 91.5
VEd   263KN
2
5.59.2.2 Reference results in calculating the lever arm zc:

The lever arm will be calculated from the design formula for pure bending:
Pu  91.5kN / ml
91.5 * 5.75²
M Ed   378.15kNm
8
547
M Ed 0.378
cu    0.167
bw * d ² * f cd 0.35 * 0.623² *16.67
  
u  1.25 * 1  1  2 * cu  1.25 * 1  1  2 * 0.167  0.230 
zc  d * 1  0.4 *  u   0.623 * 1  0.4 * 0.230  0.566m
Calculation of reduced shear force

horizontal axis
In case of a member subjected to a distributed load, the equation of the shear force is:
Pu * l
V ( x)  Pu * x 
2
Therefore:
x  z * cot  0.566 * cot 45  0.566m

VEd , red  91.5 * 0.566  263  211kN
Warning: Advance Design does not apply the reduction of shear force corresponding to the distributed loads (cutting
edge at x = d).
Calculation of maximum design shear resistance:

1  cot 2θ
Where:
 cw  1 coefficient taking account of the state of the stress in the compression chord and
 f 
v1  0,6 * 1  ck 
 250 
v1 * fcd * z u * b w
VRd,max 
tgθ  cot θ
In this case:
  45 and   90

 f   25 
v1  0,6 * 1  ck   0.6 * 1   0.54
 250   250 
zu  0.9 * d  0.9 * 0.623  0.56m
0.54 *16.67 * 0.566 * 0.35
VRd , max   0.891MN  891kN
2
VEd  236kN  VRd , max  891kN
548
Given the vertical transversal reinforcement ( = 90°), the following formula is used:
Asw VEd . * tg 0,211* tg 45

   8,67cm ² / ml
s zu * f ywd 500
0,566 *
1,15

■ 3 nodes,
2

Fz Fz corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) [kNm] 263 kN
2 2
At,z Theoretical reinforcement area [cm /ml] 8.67 cm /ml

Fz Fz -263.063 kN -0.0011 %
Atz Atz 8.68636 cm² 0.1887 %
549
5.60 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying the shear resistance for a T concrete beam with
inclined transversal reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by
Test ID: 5098

Test status: Passed
5.60.1 Description
sustained by the member, limited by crushing of the compression struts, VRd,max, will be determined, along with the
The beam model and the results were provided by Bouygues.
5.60.2 Background
sustained by the member, limited by crushing of the compression struts, V Rd,max, will be determined, along with the

The dead load will be represented by two linear loads of 23.50kN/m and 43.50kN/m
550
■ Characteristic compressive cylinder strength of concrete at 28 days:
■ Partial factor for concrete:

■ Relative humidity: RH=50%
■ Concrete age: t0=28days
■ Design value of concrete compressive strength: fcd=20 MPa
■ Secant modulus of elasticity of concrete: Ecm=33000 MPa
■ Concrete density:
■ Mean value of axial tensile strength of concrete: fctm=2.9 MPa
■ Final value of creep coefficient:
■ Characteristic yield strength of reinforcement:

■ Steel ductility: Class B
■ K coefficient: k=1.08
■ Design yield strength of reinforcement:

■ Design value of modulus of elasticity of reinforcing steel: Es=200000MPa
■ Steel density:
■ Characteristic strain of reinforcement or prestressing steel at maximum load:
■ Strain of reinforcement or prestressing steel at maximum load:
■ Slenderness ratio:

■ The longitudinal reinforcement corresponding to a 6.4cm concrete cover
■ The transverse reinforcement corresponding to a 4.3cm concrete cover
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Length: L = 8.10 m,
■ Strut slope: θ=22.00˚
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
■ Inner: None.
551
Loading:
5.60.2.2 Reference results in calculating the longitudinal reinforcement

2
For a 6.4 cm concrete cover and dinit=0.50m, the reference value will be 57.1 cm :
2
For a 4.3 cm concrete cover and dinit=0.521, the reference value will be 54.3 cm :
5.60.2.3 Reference results in calculating the transversal reinforcement

Asw VEd . * tg

s zu * f ywd
Where:
zu  0.9 * d  0.9 * 0.521  0.469m

cot  2.5    22
  90
552
Asw VEd . * tg 0.589 * tg 22

   11.67cm ² / ml
s zu * f ywd 500
0.469 *
1,15
The minimum reinforcement percentage calculation:
Asw 0,08 * f ck 0,08 * 30

  w, min * bw * sin   * bw * sin   * 0.80 * sin 90  7.01cm ² / ml
s f yk 500

■ 9 nodes,
2

My My corresponding to the 101 combination (ULS) [kNm] 1193.28 kNm
2 2
2 2
2 2
At,z,1 At,z transversal reinforcement for the beam end [cm /ml] 11.68 cm /ml
2 2
At,z,2 At,z transversal reinforcement for the middle of the beam [cm /ml] 7.01 cm /ml

My My -1193.28 kN*m 0.0000 %
Fz Fz -589.275 kN 0.0000 %
Az Az 4.3cm cover -54.2801 cm² 0.0366 %
Atz Atz beam end 11.6782 cm² 0.0703 %
Atz Atz middle 7.01085 cm² 0.0121 %
553
5.61 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete column using the method
based on nominal curvature- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by
Test ID: 5125

Test status: Passed
5.61.1 Description
Verifying a rectangular concrete column using the method based on nominal curvature - Bilinear stress-strain
diagram (Class XC1)
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section column made from concrete C30/37.
Method based on nominal curvature
then calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.
The column is considered connected to the ground by an articulated connection (all the translations are blocked and
all the rotations are permitted) and to the top part the translations along X and Y axis are blocked and the rotation
along Z axis is also blocked.
This example is provided by the “Calcul des Structures en beton” book, by Jean-Marie Paille, edition Eyrolles.
5.61.2 Background
The calculation is based on nominal curvature method.


► NG = 0.40 MN axial force
► NQ = 0.30 MN axial force
► The quasi permanent coefficient  2  0,3
■ Wind loads:
► Hw = 0.250 MN wind horizontal effect
► The wind loads are applied horizontally on the middle of the column to the wider face (against the
positive sense of the Y local axis)
► The quasi permanent coefficients are:  0  1 and  2  0
■ Concrete C30/37
■ Relative humidity RH=50%
■ Concrete age t0=30days
554
2
■ The reinforcement is set to 8HA16 (16.08cm )
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the column cross section characteristics:
■ Height: h = 0.35 m,
■ Width: b = 0.60 m,
■ Length: L = 5.00 m,
Boundary conditions
The column is considered connected to the ground by a articulated connection (all the translations are blocked and
all the rotations are permitted) and to the top part the translations along X and Y axis are blocked and the rotation
along Z axis is also blocked.
Loading
The column is subjected to the following load combinations:
N ED  1.35 * N G  1.5 * N Q  1.35 * 0.4  1.5 * 0.3  0.99MN
Mu
e0   0cm
Nu
 l   500 
ei  max 2cm; 0   max 2cm;   2cm
 400   400 
First order eccentricity: e1  e 0  e i  2cm  0.02m

considered to be:
555
l0  l  5m
2 3 * l0 2 3 * 5
   49.5
a 0.35
The creep coefficient is determined by the next formula:
M EQP
ef   , t0 .
M Ed
Where:
 ,t0 
creep coefficient
M EQP
serviceability firs order moment under quasi-permanent load combination
The M EQP value is calculated using the following combination: M EQP  G  0.3Q  0 *W
M 0 Eqp  Nqp * e1  (0.4  0.3 * 0.3) * 0.02  0.0098MNm
M 0 ED value is calculated using the following combination: M oED  1.35G  1.5 * Q  1.5 * W
L 5
M 0 Eqp  Ned * e1  1.5 * HW *  0.99 * 0.02  1.5 * 0.25 *  0.48855MNm
4 4
The moment report becomes:
M 0 Eqp 0.0098
  0.02
M 0 Ed 0.48855
The creep coefficient  ,t0  is:
 (, t0 )   RH *  ( f cm ) *  (t0 )
16.8 16.8
 ( f cm )    2.73MPa
f cm 30  8
1 1
 (t0 )    0.482 (for t0= 30 days concrete age).
0.1  t0
0.20
0.1  300.20
 RH 
 1 
 RH  1  100 *   * 
1 2
 0.1 * 3 h0 
 
 
RH = relative humidity; RH = 50%
556
0.7 0.2
 35   35 
Where 1   2  1 if f cm  35MPa if not 1    and  2   
 f cm   f cm 
2 * Ac 2 * 0.35m * 0.60m
h0    0.221m  221mm
u 2 * 0.35m  0.60m
0.7
 35 
0.7
 35 
f cm  38MPa  35MPa therefore 1       0.944 and
 f cm   38 
0.2
 35 
0.2
 35 
 2       0.984
 cm 
f  38 
 RH   50 
 1   1 
 RH 
 1 100  
* 1 *  2  1  100 * 0.944 * 0.984  1.752
 0.1 * 3 h0   0.1 * 3 221 
   
   
 (, t0 )   RH *  ( f cm ) *  (t0 )  1.752 * 2.73 * 0.482  2.30
M EQP
ef   , t0  *  2.30 * 0.02  0.046
M Ed
1  ef  1  0.046  1.046
The M2 moment is calculated from the curvature formula: M 2  N Ed * e2
1 l02
e2  *
r c
l0 is the buckling length: l0 = l = 5m
“c” is a factor depending on the curvature distribution. According to chapter 5.8.8.2 (4) from EN 1992-1-1, c = 10.
1 1
 K r * K *
r r0
According to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1(2004): Chapter 5.8.8.3(1)
1  yd f yd 434.78 2.1739
 and  yd   
r0 (0.45 * d ) Es 200000 1000
2.1739
1  yd 1000
   0.0161m 1
r0 (0.45 * d ) (0.45 * 0.30)
Kr is the correction coefficient depending of the normal force:
nu  n
Kr  1
nu  nbal
557
N Ed 0.99
n   0.236
Ac * f cd 0.6 * 0.35 * 20
nu  1  
As f yd 16.08 *104 * 434.78

   0.166
Ac f cd 0.6 * 0.35 * 20
nu  1    1.  0.166  1.166
nbal  0,4
nu  n 1.166  0.236
Kr    1.214
nu  nbal 1.166  0.4
Condition: K r  1 , therefore it will be considered: K r  1
K creep coefficient: K  1   *ef  1
f ck 
  0,35  
200 150
l0 12 5 12
   49.5
h 0.35
fck  30 49.5
  0.35    0.35    0.17
200 150 200 150
K  1   * ef  1  0.17 * 0.046  1.008
Therefore:
1 1
 K r * K *  1 *1.008 * 0.0161  0.0162
r r0
1 l2 5²
e2  * 0  0.0162*  0.04057m
r c 10
M 2  N Ed * e2  0.990 * 0.04057  0.04017MNm
M Ed  M 0 Ed  M 2  0.48855  0.04017  0.5287MNm

The frames must be sized considering the demands of the second order effects, as follows:
N Ed  0.990MN
M Ed  0.5287MNm
Reinforcement calculation according the second order effects:

The calculation is considering the combined bending and axial solicitation and it is using the following values:
N Ed  0.990MN
M Ed  0.5287MNm
558
2 2
The calculation resulted in 38.02cm tensioned reinforcement and a 20cm compressed reinforcement, meaning a
2
total of 58.02cm reinforcement area.
Buckling checking:
2
The calculation is performed considering the reinforcement area found previously (58.02cm ):
Curvature calculation:
The reinforcement area has an influence only over the K r parameter:
1
 0.0161 m 1
r0
nu  n
Kr  1
nu  nbal
n  0.112
As * f yd 58,02 *104 * 434.78
   0.60
Ac * f cd 0.60 * 0.35 * 20
nu  1    1  0.60  1.60
nbal  0,4
1.60  0.112
Kr   1.24  1  K r  1
1.60  0.40
K  1 K  1   . ef  1
the creep coefficient
Therefore the curvature becomes:
1 1
 K r * K *  0.0161m 1
r r0
Considering this result, the same curvature is obtained, which means that the second order moment is the same. The
reinforcement section is correctly chosen.

■ 5 nodes,
2
2
559
2
2

2 2
Ay Tensioned reinforcement area [cm ] 38.02cm

Ay Ay -38.01 cm² 0.0263 %
560
5.62 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a square concrete column using the simplified
method – Professional rules - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by
Test ID: 5126

Test status: Passed
5.62.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy of a square concrete column made of concrete C25/30, using the simplified method –
Professional rules - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1).
blocked), while on the top part translations along X, Y axis and rotation along Z axis are blocked.
5.62.2 Background
Simplified Method
Verifies the adequacy of a square cross section made from concrete C25/30.

► 800kN axial force
■ Concrete C25/30
■ Buckling length L0=0.70*4=2.80m
561
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.40 m,
■ Width: b = 0.400 m,
■ Length: L = 4.00 m,
Boundary conditions
blocked) and to the top part the translations along X and Y axis are blocked and the rotation along Z axis is also
blocked.
Loading
N ED  1.35 * 800  1.5 * 800  2280kN
Scope of the method:
L0 L L L L L * 12 2.8 * 12
  0  0  0  0  0   24.25
i I a4 a2 a a 0.4
A 12 12 12
2
a
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 (2004) Chapter 5.8.3.2(1)
The method of professional rules can be applied as:
  120
20  f ck  50MPa
h  0.15m
  24.25  60 , therefore:
0.86 0.86
   0.746
 
2 2
 24.25 
1   1  
 62   62 
According to “Conception Et Calcul Des Structures De Batiment”, by Henry Thonier, page 283
Not knowing the values for  and  , we can considered k h  0.93
f yk 500
k s  1.6  0.6 *  1.6  0.6 * 1
500 500
1  N ed  1  2.280 
As  *   b * h * f cd   *  0.4 * 0.4 *16.67   14,24cm ²
f yd  h s
k * k *   434.78  0.93 * 1 * 0.746 
562

■ 5 nodes,
Theoretical reinforcement area(cm2)

2 2
(reference value: 14.24cm =4*3.56cm )

2 2
Ay Reinforcement area [cm ] 3.57cm

Ay Ay -3.28231 cm² 0.2337 %
563
5.63 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to a small
compression force and significant rotation moment to the top - Bilinear stress-strain diagram
(Class XC1) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 40)
Test ID: 5153

Test status: Passed
5.63.1 Description
Verifies a square cross section column made of concrete C30/37 subjected to a small compression force and
significant rotation moment to the top - Bilinear stress-strain diagram is used (Class XC1).
calculate the frames by considering a symmetrically reinforced section.
5.63.2 Background


► 150kMm rotation moment applied to the column top
► 7kN axial force
► 100kNm rotation moment applied to the column top
■
■ Transversal reinforcement spacing a = 40cm
■ Concrete C30/37
564
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.50 m,
■ Width: b = 0.50 m,
■ Length: L = 5.80 m,
■ Concrete cover: c = 5cm
Boundary conditions
Loading
NEd =1.35*15+150*7=30.75kN=0.03075MN
MEd=1.35*150+1.50*100=352.50kNm=0.352MNm
MEd 0.352
■ e0    11.45m
NEd 0.03075

considered to be:
l0  2 * l  11.60m
2 3 * l0 2 3 *11.60
   80.37
a 0.50
565

M EQP
ef   , t0 .
M Ed
Where:
M EQP serviceability firs order moment under quasi-permanent load combination
e1  e0  ei
ei  0.03m
N Eqp1  15  0.30 * 7  17.10kN
M Eqp1  N Eqp1 * e1  17.10 *10.56  180.58kNm  0.181MNm

 (, t0 )   RH *  ( f cm ) *  (t0 )
16.8 16.8
 ( f cm )    2.72
f cm 30  8
1 1
0.1  t0
0.20
0.1  280.20
 RH 
 1 
 RH  1  100 *   * 
1 2
 0.1 * 3 h0 
 
 
0.7 0.2
 35   35 
0.7 0.2
 35   35 
1       0.944  2       0.984
f cm  35MPa therefore:  cm 
f  38  and  cm 
f  38 
566
 50 
 1 
2 * Ac 2 * 500 * 500
h0    250mm   RH  1  100 * 0.944  * 0.984  1.72
u 2 * 500  500  0.1 * 3 250 
 
 
 (, t0 )   RH *  ( f cm ) *  (t0 )  1.72 * 2.72 * 0.488  2.28
M EQP
ef   , t0  *
0.181
 2.28 *  1.17
M Ed 0.352

20 * A * B * C
lim 
n
Where:
N Ed 0.031
n   0.0062
Ac * f cd 0.50² * 20
1 1
A
1  0,2 * ef  1  0.2 *1.17  0.81

20 * 0.81*1.1 * 0.7
lim   158.42
0.0062
  80.37  lim  158.42
Therefore, the second order effects can be neglected.
Calculation of the eccentricities and solicitations corrected for ULS:

NEd= 1.35*15 + 1.50*7= 30.75kN = 0,03075 MN
MEd= 1.35*150 + 1.50*100= 352.5kN= 0.3525MNm
Therefore, we must calculate:
M Ed 0.3525
e0    11.46m
N Ed 0.03075
567
l0 11.6
ei    0.03m
400 400
N Ed  0.03075MN
e1  e0  ei  11.49m
M Ed  e1 * N Ed  11.49 * 0.03075  0.353MNm
M  N Ed * e0

20mm 
 20mm  20mm

 30 
 30 16.7mm

The theoretical reinforcement will be determined by the following diagram
The input parameters of the diagram are:
M Ed 0.353
   0.141
b * h * f cd 0.50 * 0.502 * 20
2
N Ed 0.03075
   0.00615
b * h * f cd 0.5 * 0.5 * 20
Therefore:
  0.35
The reinforcement area will be:
568
 * 0.502 * 20
A s 
434.78
 40.25cm 2
2
which means 20.13cm per face.
2
The total area will be 40.25cm .

■ 7 nodes,
2
2
2
2 2
(reference value: 38.64 cm = 2 x 19.32cm )
569

2 2

Az Az -19.32 cm² 4.0000 %
570
5.64 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to a

significant compression force and small rotation moment to the top - Bilinear stress-strain
diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 41)
Test ID: 5195

Test status: Passed
5.64.1 Description
Verifies a square cross section concrete column made of concrete C30/37 subjected to a significant compression
force and a small rotation moment to the top - Bilinear stress-strain diagram is used (Class XC1).
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the nominal rigidity method and then
calculate the frames by considering a symmetrically reinforced section.
5.64.2 Background


► 15kMm rotation moment applied to the column top
► 7kNm rotation moment applied to the column top
■  2  0,3
■ Concrete cover 3cm and 5cm
■ Concrete C30/37
571
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.50 m,
■ Width: b = 0.50 m,
■ Length: L = 5.80 m,
■ Concrete cover: c = 5cm
Boundary conditions
Loading
NEd = 1.35*150+1.50*100 = 352.50kN = 0.035MN
MEd = 1.35*15+1.50*7 = 30.75kNm = 0.03075MNm
MEd 0.03705
■ e0    0.087m
NEd 0.353

considered to be:
l0  2 * l  11.60m
2 3 * l0 2 3 *11.60
   80.37
a 0.50
572

M EQP
ef   , t0 .
M Ed
Where:
e1  e0  ei
ei  0.03m
M Eqp 0 15  0.30 * 7
e1  e0  ei   ei   0.30  0.125m
N Eqp 0 150  0.30 *100
N Eqp1  150  0.30 *100  180kN
M Eqp1  N Eqp1 * e1  180 * 0.125  22.50kNm  0.0225MNm

M Ed 1  0.041MNm
 (, t0 )   RH *  ( f cm ) *  (t0 )
16.8 16.8
 ( f cm )    2.72
f cm 30  8
1 1
0.1  t0
0.20
0.1  280.20
 RH 
 1 
 RH 
 1 100 * 1  *  2
 0.1 * 3 h0 
 
 
0.7 0.2
 35   35 
0.7 0.2
 35   35 
f cm  35MPa therefore: 1       0.944 and  2       0.984
 f cm   38   f cm   38 
573
 50 
 1 
2 * Ac 2 * 500 * 500
h0    250mm   RH  1  100 * 0.944  * 0.984  1.72
u 2 * 500  500  0.1 * 3 250 
 
 
 (, t0 )   RH *  ( f cm ) *  (t0 )  1.72 * 2.72 * 0.488  2.28
M EQP
ef   , t0  *
0.0225
 2.28 *  1.25
M Ed 0.041

For an isolated column, the slenderness limit verification is done using the next formula:
20 * A * B * C
lim 
n
Where:
N Ed 0.353
n   0.071
Ac * f cd 0.50² * 20
1 1
A
1  0,2 *ef  1  0.2 *1.25  0.80

20 * 0.80 *1.1 * 0.7

lim   46.24
0.071
  80.37  lim  46.24
Therefore, the second order effects must be taken into account.
Calculation of the eccentricities and solicitations corrected for ULS:

■ NEd= 1.35*150 + 1.50*100= 352.5kN = 0,3525 MN
■ MEd= 1.35*15 + 1.50*7= 352.5kN= 0.03075MNm
Therefore, we must calculate:
M Ed 0.03075
e0    0.087m
N Ed 0.353
l0 11.6
ei    0.03m
400 400
574

N Ed  0.353MN
e1  e0  ei  0.117m
M Ed  e1 * N Ed  0.117 * 0.353  0.041MNm
M  N Ed * e0

20mm 
 20mm  20mm

 30 
 30 16.7mm

To apply the nominal rigidity method, we need an initial reinforcement area to start from. For this, the concrete
section will be sized considering only the first order effect.
The Advance Design calculation is different: it is iterating as many time as necessary starting from the minimum
percentage area.
The reinforcement will be determined using a compound bending with compressive stress. The determined
solicitations were calculated from the center of gravity of the concrete section alone. Those stresses must be reduced
to the centroid of tensioned steel:
h  0.50 
M ua  M G 0  N * (d  )  0.041  0.353*  0.45    0.112MNm
2  2 
Verification about the partially compressed section:
h h 0,50 0,50
 BC  0,8 * * (1  0,4 * )  0,8 * * (1  0,4 * )  0,494
d d 0,45 0,45
M ua 0.112
cu    0.055
bw * d ² * f cd 0.50 * 0.45² * 20
 cu  0.055   BC  0.494
therefore the section is partially compressed
The calculation for the tensioned steel in pure bending:
 cu  0.055
 
 u  1,25 * 1  (1  2 * 0,055)  0,071
575
zc  d * (1  0,4 *  u )  0,45 * (1  0,4 * 0,071)  0,437m

M ua 0,112
A    5,89cm²
zc * f yd 0,437 * 434,78
The calculation for the compressed steel in bending:

For the compound bending:
N 0.353
A  A  5.89 *10 4   2.23cm 2
Fyd 434.78
The minimum column percentage reinforcement must be considered:
0,10 * N Ed 0.10 * 0.353

As , min    0.81cm²
Fyd 434.78
2
Therefore, a 5cm reinforcement area will be considered.
5.64.2.3 Calculation of the second order effects:
Estimation of the nominal rigidity:

It is estimated the nominal rigidity of a post or frame member from the following formula:
Where:
Ecm
Ecd 
1.2
0.3 0.3
f   38 
Ecm  22000*  cm   22000*    32836.57Mpa
 10   10 
Ecm 32837
Ecd    27364Mpa
1.2 1.2
b * h3 0.504
Ic    5,208.103 m4
12 12 inertia of the concrete section only
Es  200000Mpa
Is
: Inertia
As 5.104
   0.002
Ac 0.50 * 0.50
As
0.002     0.01
Ac
f ck 30
k1    1.22
20 20
576
N Ed 0.353
n   0.071
Ac * f cd 0.50² * 20
 80.37
k2  n *  0.071*  0.0336  0.20
170 170
5 * 104  0.50
2 2
As  h  
Is  2 * *  c  2* *  0.05   2.10 5 m 4
2 2  2  2 
Ks  1 k1 * k2 1.22 * 0.0336
and Kc    0.018
1  ef 1  1.25
Therefore:
EI  0.018 * 27364* 5,208 * 103  1 * 200000* 2 * 105  6.56MNm ²
Stress correction:
 
  
M Ed  M 0 Ed * 1  
 NB
 1
 N Ed 

In addition:
²

c0 and c0  8 because the moment is constant (no horizontal force at the top of post).
²
  1.234
8
EI 6.56
NB   ² * 2
²*  0.48MN
l0 11.60²
It was therefore a moment of 2nd order which is:
 
 1.234 
M Ed  0.041* 1    0.182MNm
0.48
  1
 0.353 
There is thus a second order moment of 0.182MNm
Calculation of the flexural combined reinforcement

The theoretical reinforcement will be determined by the following diagram:
M Ed  0.182MNm
N Ed  0.353MN
577
M Ed 0.182
   0.073
b * h * f cd 0.50 * 0.502 * 20
2
N Ed 0.353
   0.071
b * h * f cd 0.5 * 0.5 * 20
Therefore:
  0.11
 * b * h * f cd 0.11* 0.502 * 20
 As  f yd

434.78
 12.65cm 2
2
This means a total of 12.65cm
2
The initial calculations must be repeated by increasing the section; a 6cm reinforcement section will be considered.
One more iteration by considering an initial section of 6.5cm ²
Estimation of the nominal rigidity:
Where:
Ecm
Ecd 
1.2
578
0.3 0.3
f   38 
Ecm  22000*  cm   22000*    32836.57Mpa
 10   10 
Ecm 32837
Ecd    27364Mpa
1.2 1.2
b * h3 0.504
Ic    5,208.103 m4 considering only the concrete section only
12 12
Es  200000Mpa
Is
: Inertia
As 6.5 *104
   0.0026
Ac 0.50 * 0.50
As
0.002     0.01
Ac
f ck 30
k1    1.22
20 20
N Ed 0.353
n   0.071
Ac * f cd 0.50² * 20
 80.37
k2  n *  0.071*  0.0336  0.20
170 170
6.5 *104  0.50
2 2
A h  
Is  2 * s *   c   2 *   0.05   2.6  10 5 m 4
2 2  2  2 
Ks  1 k1 * k2 1.22 * 0.0336
and Kc    0.018
1  ef 1  1.25
Therefore:
EI  0.018 * 27364* 5,208 * 103  1 * 200000* 2.6 * 105  7.78MNm ²
Stress correction:
 
  
M Ed  M 0 Ed * 1  
 NB
 1
 N Ed 

In addition:
579
²

c0 and c0  8 because the moment is constant (no horizontal force at the top of post).
²
  1.234
8
EI 7.78
NB   ² * 2
²*  0.57MN
l0 11.60²
It was therefore a moment of 2nd order which is:
 
 1.234 
M Ed  0.041* 1    0.123MNm
0.57
  1
 0.353 
There is thus a second order moment of 0.123MNm
Calculation of the flexural compound reinforcement

The theoretical reinforcement will be determined, from the following diagram:
M Ed  0.123MNm
N Ed  0.353MN
M Ed 0.123
   0.049
b * h * f cd 0.50 * 0.502 * 20
2
N Ed 0.353
   0.071
b * h * f cd 0.5 * 0.5 * 20
Therefore:
  0.05
580
 * b * h * f cd 0.05 * 0.502 * 20
 As  f yd

434.78
 5.75cm 2
2
This means a total of 5.75cm

■ 7 nodes,
2
2 2
2
2
581

2 2

Az Az -3.01 cm² -4.6957 %
582
5.65 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete column subjected to

compression to top – Based on nominal rigidity method - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class
XC1) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 35)
Test ID: 5123

Test status: Passed
5.65.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular concrete column made of concrete C30/37 subjected to compression to top –
Based on nominal rigidity method- Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1).
Based on nominal rigidity method
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the nominal rigidity method, and then
5.65.2 Background
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the nominal stiffness method on a
rectangular cross section made of concrete C30/37, and then calculate the frames by considering a section
symmetrically reinforced.

► 0.45 MN axial force
► 0.10 MNm rotation moment applied to the column top
► 0.50 MN axial force
► 0.06 MNm rotation moment applied to the column top
■  2  0,3
583
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.45 m,
■ Width: b = 0.70 m,
■ Length: L = 4.50 m,
measured along the local y axis the following notations are used: e by = 5 cm; ehy = 5 cm )
Used materials:
Concrete C30/37
Steel reinforcement S500B
The following characteristics are used in relation to this / these material(s):
Characteristic compressive cylinder strength of concrete at 28 days: f ck = 30 MPa
Value of concrete cylinder compressive strength: fcm = fck + 8(MPa) = 38MPa
f ck 30MPa
Design value of concrete compressive strength: f cd    20MPa
c 1.5
f yk 500MPa
s 1.15
Boundary conditions
Loading
► The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q
► The characteristic combination of actions is: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q
584

► NEd = 1.35 * 0.45 MN + 1.5 * 0.5 MN = 1.3575 MN
► MEd = 1.35 * 0.1 MNm + 1.5 * 0.06 MNm = 0.225 MNm
The characteristic combination of actions is:
► NEqp = 1.0 * 0.45 MN + 0.30 * 0.5 MN = 0.6 MN
► MEqp = 1.0 * 0.1 MNm + 0.30 * 0.06 MNm = 0.118 MNm
Mu 0.225
Initial eccentricity: e0    0.166m
N u 1.3575

considered to be:
l0  2 * l  2 * 4.50  9m
2 3 * l0 2 3 * 9
   69.28
a 0.45
M EQP
ef   , t0 .
M Ed
Where:
Where:
■  ,t0  final creep coefficient
■ M 0 EQP is the first order bending moment in quasi-permanent load combination (SLS)
■ M 0 Ed is the first order bending moment in design load combination (ULS)
■ t0 is the concrete age
M 0 Eqp  1.0 * 0.1 MNm + 0.30 * 0.06 MNm = 0.118 MNm
M 0 Ed  1.35 * 0.1 MN + 1.5 * 0.06 MNm = 0.225 MNm

The moment report becomes:
M 0 Eqp 0.118
  0.524
M 0 Ed 0.225
 (, t0 )   RH *  ( f cm ) *  (t0 )
585
With:
16.8 16.8
 ( f cm )    2.73MPa
f cm 30  8
1 1
 (t 0 )    0.488 (for t0 = 28 days concrete age).
0.1  t0
0.20
0.1  280.20
 RH 
 1 
 RH 
 1 100 * 1  *  2
 0.1 * 3 h0 
 
 
RH = relative humidity; RH = 50%
1   2  1 if f cm  35MPa
0.7 0.2
 35   35 
1    and  2    if f cm  35MPa
 cm 
f  cm 
f
2 * Ac 2 * 450 * 700
h0    274mm
u 2 * 450  700
Where:
■ RH relative humidity: RH = 50%
■ h0: is the notional size of the member (in mm)
■ u: column section perimeter
0.7 0. 2
 35   35 
f cm  38MPa  35MPa   1     0.944 and 2     0.984
 38   38 
 RH   50 
 1   1 
 RH  1  100 *   *   1 
1 2
100 * 0.944 * 0.984  1.70
 0.1 * 3 h0   0.1 * 3 274 
   
   
 (, t0 )   RH *  ( f cm ) *  (t0 )  1.70 * 2.73 * 0.488  2.26
M EQP
 ef   , t 0  *  2.26 * 0.524  1.18 , according to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter
M Ed
5.8.4(2)
1  ef  1  1.18  2.18

20 * A * B * C
lim  , according to Eurocode 2 – EN 1992-1-1 -2004; Chapter 5.8.3.1(1)
n
Where:
N Ed 1.3575
n   0.215
Ac * f cd 0.45 * 0.70 * 20
586
1 1
A
1  0.2 *ef  1  0.2 *1.18  0.81

As * f yd
B  1.1 if ω (reinforcement ratio) is not known, if it is, B  1  2 *   1  2 *
Ac * f cd
In this case B  1.1 , because the reinforcement ratio in not yet known.
C  0.70 if rm is not known, if it is, C  1.7  rm
In this case C  0.70 , because the ratio between the first order moments is not known.
20 * 0.81*1.1 * 0.7
lim   26.90
0.215
  69.28  lim  26.90
5.65.2.3 The eccentricity calculation and the corrected loads on ULS:
0.225
e0   0.166m
1.3575
l0 9
ei    0.0225m
400 400
First order eccentricity- stresses correction:
N Ed  1.3575MN
e1  e0  ei  0.166m  0.0225m  0.1885m  18.85cm
M Ed  N Ed * e1  1.3575MN * 0.1885m  0.256MNm

To play the nominal rigidity method, a starting section frame is needed. For this, a concrete section considering only
the first order effects will be used.
The needed frames will be determined assuming a compound bending with compressive stress. All the results below
587
h  0.45 
M ua  M G 0  N * (d  )  0.256  1.3575*  0.40    0.494MNm
2  2 
h h 0.45 0.45
 BC  0.8 * * (1  0.4 * )  0.8 * * (1  0.4 * )  0.495
d d 0.40 0.40
M ua 0.494
 cu    0.220
bw * d ² * f cd 0.70 * 0.40² * 20
 cu  0.220  0.495   BC , therefore the section is partially compressed.
cu  0.220

 u  1.25 * 1  (1  2 * 0.220)  0.315
z c  d * (1  0.4 *  u )  0.40 * (1  0.4 * 0.315)  0.350m
M ua 0.494
A    32.46cm ²
z c * f yd 0.350 * 434.78

N 1.3575
A  A'  32.46 *104   1.24cm 2
f yd 434.78
0.10 * N Ed 0.10 *1.3575

As ,min    3.12cm²  0.002 * Ac  6.3cm 2
f yd 434.78
2
Therefore, the reinforcement will be 8HA10 representing a 6.28 cm section.

The second order effect will be determined by applying the method of nominal rigidity:

It is estimated nominal rigidity of a post or frame member from the following formula:
Where:
E cd : is the design value of the modulus of elasticity of concrete
I c : is the moment of inertia of concrete cross section

E s : is the design value of the modulus of elasticity of reinforcement ( E s  200000MPa )
I s : is the second moment of area of reinforcement, about the center of area of the concrete
K c : is a factor for effects of cracking, creep etc.
588
K s : is a factor for contribution of reinforcement

With:
Ecm
Ecd 
1.2
f cm  f ck  8MPa  38MPa
0.3 0.3
f   38 
Ecm  22000*  cm   22000*    32837MPa
 10   10 
Ecm 32837
Ecd    27364MPa
1.2 1.2
b * h 3 0.70 * 0.453
Ic    5.316 *103 m 4 (concrete only inertia)
12 12
E s  200000MPa
As 6.28 *10 4
   0.002
Ac 0.70 * 0.45
As
0.002     0.01
Ac
f ck 30
k1    1.22MPa
20 20
N Ed 1.3575
n   0.215
Ac . f cd 0.45 * 0.70 * 20
 69.28
k2  n *  0.215 *  0.088  0.20
170 170
6.28.10 4  0.45
2 2
A h  
Is  2* s *  c  2* *  0.05   1.92.10 5 m 4
2 2  2  2 
k1 * k2 1.22 * 0.088
K s  1 and Kc    0.049
1  ef 1  1.18
Therefore:
EI  0.049* 27364* 5.316*103  1* 200000*1.92 *105  10.97MNm²

The total moment, including second order effects, is defined as a value plus the time of the first order:
 
  
M Ed  M 0 Ed * 1  
 NB
 1
 N Ed 
M 0 Ed  0.256MNm (moment of first order (ULS)) taking into account geometric imperfections
589

²
 and c0  8 the moment is constant (no horizontal force at the top of post).
c0
²
  1.234
8
EI 10.82
NB   ² * 2
²*  1.32MN
l0 9²
The second order moment is:
 
 1.234 
M Ed 2  0.256 * 1    11.18MNm
1.32
  1
 1.3575 
An additional iteration must be made by increasing the ratio of reinforcement.
2
The iteration is made considering 8HA12 or As = 9.05 cm
9.05 *104
Therefore   0.0029
0.70 * 0.45
Followings are obtained:
Therefore:
N Ed 2  1.3575MN
M Ed 2  2.48MNm
Given the mentioned reports, there must be another reiteration.
The reinforcement section must be increased to 8HA20 or As = 25.13 cm and   0.008 .

2
590
The followings results are obtained:
Therefore:
N Ed 2  1.3575MN
M Ed 2  0.563MNm
2
Using the “Concrete Tools EC2”, combined bending analytical calculation, a 28.80 cm value is found.  There
must be another iteration.
The new considered reinforcement section is As = 30 cm and   0.0095 :

2
Therefore:
N Ed 2  1.3575MN
591
M Ed 2  0.499MNm
2
Using the “Concrete Tools EC2”, combined bending analytical calculation, a 22.22 cm value is found  the
reinforcement of the column is correct.
We therefore retain a theoretical section of 30 cm².

■ 6 nodes,
2
2 2
(reference value: 30 cm = 2 x 15 cm )
592

2 2
Az Reinforcement area [cm ] 15 cm

Az Az -15.995 cm² 0.0000 %
593
5.66 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a circular concrete column using the simplified
method – Professional rules - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by
Test ID: 5146

Test status: Passed
5.66.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy of a concrete (C25/30) column with circular cross section using the simplified method –
Professional rules - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1).
Simplified Method
The column is considered connected to the ground by an articulated connection (all the translations are blocked). To
the top part the translations along X and Y axis are blocked and the rotation along the Z axis is also blocked.
5.66.2 Background
Determines the longitudinal reinforcement of a circular cross section made from concrete C25/30, using the simplified
method (with professional recommendations).

■ Loadings from the structure (G):
► 5000 kN axial force
■ Buckling length L0 = 5.00 m
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Height: H = 5.00 m,
594
■ Radius: r = 0.40 m,
Concrete class C25/30 and steel reinforcement S500B are used. The following characteristics are used in relation to
these materials:
f ck 25
c 1.5
f yk 500MPa
s 1.15
Boundary conditions
The column is considered connected to the ground by a hinged connection (all the translations are blocked) while at
the top part, the translations along X and Y axis are blocked and the rotation along Z axis is also blocked.
Loading
► The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G
► NEd = 1.35 * 5000 kN = 6750 kN = 6.750 MN
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 (2004): Chapter 5.8.3.2(1)

L0: buckling length L0 = L = 5 m
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 (2004): Chapter 5.8.3.2(2)
I
i , radius of giration of uncraked concrete section
A
Where:
 *r4
I , second moment of inertia for circular cross sections
4
 * (0.4m) 4
I  0.02011m 4
4
A   * r 2 , cross section area
595
A   * (0.4m) 2  0.503m 2
Therefore:
 *r4
I 4  r 2 r 0.40m
i     0.20m
A  *r2 4 2 2
L0 L0 2 * L0 2 * 5.00m
     25
i r r 0.40m
2
The method of professional rules can be applied If the following conditions are met:
■   120
■ 20  f ck  50MPa
■ h  0.15m
  25  60 , therefore:
0.84 0.84
   0.68
 
2 2
 25 
1   1  
 52   52 
k h  (0.70  0.5 * D) * (1  8 *  *  ) for D < 0.60 m, if not k h  1.00 , where D is the diameter of the cross
section
Therefore:
k h  1.00
f yk
k s  1.6  0.65 * for f yk  500MPa and   30 ,if not k s  1.00
500
f yk 500
f yd    434.78MPa
1.15 1.15
Therefore:
k s  1.00
1  N ed  1  6.750 
As  *    * r 2 * f cd   *   * 0.4 2 *16.67   35.58cm ²
f yd  k h * k s *   434.78  1.00 * 1.00 * 0.68 

■ 6 nodes,
2
2 2
596

2 2
Ay Reinforcement area [cm ] 17.79 cm

Az Az -17.4283 cm² 0.0000 %
597
5.67 EC2/NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to a small
rotation moment and significant compression force to the top with Nominal Curvature
Method-Bilinear stress-strain diagram(Class XC1)(SOCOTEC France-Test 43)
Test ID: 5211

Test status: Passed
5.67.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy of a square cross section column made of concrete C30/37 subjected to a small rotation
moment and significant compression force to the top with Nominal Curvature Method - Bilinear stress-strain diagram
(Class XC1).
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the nominal curvature method, and then
5.67.2 Background
The calculation is based on the nominal curvature method.

Verify the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C30/37.

► 15 kMm rotation moment applied to the column top (about y axis)
► the self-weight is neglected
► 7 kNm rotation moment applied to the column top (about y axis)
■
■ Concrete cover 3 cm (on local y axis) and 5cm (on local z axis)
■ Transversal reinforcement spacing a = 40cm
■ Concrete C30/37
598
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.50 m,
■ Width: b = 0.50 m,
■ Length: L = 5.80 m,
Boundary conditions
Loading
The column is subjected to the following load combinations:
NEd = 1.35 * 150 + 1.50 * 100 = 352.50kN = 0.353MN
MEd = 1.35 * 15 + 1.50 * 7 = 30.75kNm = 0.03075MNm

The column has a fixed connection on the bottom end and it is free on the top end, therefore, the buckling length is
considered to be:
l0  2 * l  11.60m
2 3 * l0 2 3 *11.60
   80.37
a 0.50
599

M EQP
ef   , t0 .
M Ed
Where:
M Ed
e1  e0  ei
l0 11.60
ei    0.029m
400 400
M Eqp 0 15  0.30 * 7
e1  e0  ei   ei   0.029  0.124m
N Eqp 0 150  0.30 * 100
N Eqp1  150  0.30 *100  180kN
M Eqp1  N Eqp1 * e1  180 * 0.124  22.32kNm  0.02232MNm

The first order ULS moment is defined latter in this example (see chapter “The first order eccentricity: stresses
correction”):
M Ed 1  0.041MNm
The creep coefficient

 ,t0  is defined as follows:
 (, t0 )   RH *  ( f cm ) *  (t0 )
16.8 16.8
 ( f cm )    2.72
f cm 30  8
1 1
0.1  t0
0.20
0.1  280.20
 RH 
 1 
 RH  1  100 *   * 
1 2
 0.1 * 3 h0 
 
 
0.7 0.2
 35   35 
0.7 0.2
 35   35 
 f cm   38   f cm   38 
600
 50 
 1 
2 * Ac 2 * 500 * 500
h0    250mm   RH 
 1 100 * 0.944 * 0.984  1.72
u 2 * 500  500  0.1 * 3 250 
 
 
 (, t0 )   RH *  ( f cm ) *  (t0 )  1.72 * 2.72 * 0.488  2.28
M EQP
 ef   , t 0 *
0.02232
 2.28 *  1.24
M Ed 0.041
The second order effects; The buckling calculation

20 * A * B * C
lim 
n
Where:
N Ed 0.353
n   0.071
Ac * f cd 0.50² * 20
1 1
A
1  0.2 * ef  1  0.2 *1.25  0.80

20 * 0.80 *1.1 * 0.7

lim   46.24
0.071
  80.37  lim  46.24
Therefore, the second order effects cannot be neglected.
Calculation of the eccentricities and solicitations corrected for ULS

NEd= 1.35*150 + 1.50*100= 352.5kN = 0,3525 MN
MEd= 1.35*15 + 1.50*7= 352.5kN= 0.03075MNm
M Ed 0.03075
e0    0.087m
N Ed 0.353
l0 11.6
ei    0.029m
400 400
601
The first order eccentricity: stresses correction

For reinforced concrete section subjected to a combination of bending moment and compression, EN 1992-1-1
chapter §6.1 (4) recommends to consider the design value of bending moment at least M  N Ed * e0 , where:

20mm 
 20mm  20mm

 30 
 30 16.7mm
In this case, the corrected forces used for the combined flexural calculations are:
N Ed  0.353MN
e1  e0  ei  0.087  0.029  0.116m
M Ed  e1 * N Ed  0.116 * 0.353  0.041MNm
Reinforcement calculation in the first order effects

To apply the nominal curvature method, we need an initial reinforcement area to start from. For this, the concrete
section will be sized considering only the first order effect.
Advance Design calculation is different: it is iterating as many time as necessary starting from the minimum
percentage area.
The reinforcement is determined using a combined bending with compressive stress. The determined solicitations
were calculated from the center of gravity of the concrete section alone. Those stresses must be reduced to the
centroid of tensioned steel:
h  0.50 
M ua  M G 0  N * (d  )  0.041  0.353*  0.45    0.112MNm
2  2 
Verification about the partially compressed section:
h h 0.50 0.50
 BC  0.8 * * (1  0.4 * )  0.8 * * (1  0.4 * )  0.494
d d 0.45 0.45
M ua 0.112
cu    0.055
bw * d ² * f cd 0.50 * 0.45² * 20
 cu  0.055   BC  0.494
therefore the section is partially compressed
The calculation for the tensioned steel in pure bending:
 cu  0.055

 u  1.25 * 1  (1  2 * 0.055)  0.071
z c  d * (1  0.4 *  u )  0.45 * (1  0.4 * 0.071)  0.437m
602
M ua 0.112
A    5.89cm²
zc * f yd 0.437 * 434.78
The calculation for the compressed steel in bending:

For combined bending:
The minimum column percentage reinforcement must be considered:
2
Therefore a 5cm reinforcement area will be considered
5.67.2.3 Nominal curvature method (second order effects)
The curvature calculation:

Considering a reinforcement of 5cm² (considered symmetric), one can determine the curvature from the following
formula:
1 1
 K r * K *
r r0
f yd
434.78
1  yd Es
   200000  0.0107m 1
r0 (0.45 * d ) (0.45 * d ) 0.45 * 0.45
nu  n
Kr  1
nu  nbal
N Ed 0.353
n   0.0706
Ac * f cd 0.50² * 20
As * f yd 5 *104 * 434.78
   0.0435
Ac * f cd 0.50² * 20
nu  1    1  0.0435  1.0435
nbal  0,4
1.0435  0.0706
Kr   1.51
1.0435  0.40
Condition: K r  1 , therefore we consider: K r  1
K creep coefficient: K  1   * ef  1
603
,
Therefore:
1 1
 K r * K *  1 *1 * 0.0107  0.0107m 1
r r0
Calculation moment:
The calculation of bending moment is defined by the following formula:
M Ed  M 0 Ed  M 2
Where:
M 0 Ed is moment of the first order including geometric imperfections.
M2 is nominal moment of second order.
The 2nd order moment is calculated from the curvature:
M 2  N Ed * e2
1 l02 11.60²
e2  *  0.0107 *  0.1799m
r c 8
Note: c = 8 according to chapter 5.8.8.2 (4) from EN 1992-1-1; because the moment is constant (no horizontal force
at the top of column).
M 2  N Ed * e2  0.353* 0.1799  0.0635MNm
M Ed  M 0 Ed  M 2  0.041  0.0635  0.1045MNm

The reinforcement must be sized considering the demands of the second degree effects, as follows:
NEd = 0.353 MN
MEd = 0.1045 MNm
Reinforcement calculation according the second order effects:

The interaction diagram will be used.
M Ed 0.1045
   0.0418
b * h * f cd 0.5 * 0.5 2 * 20
2
604
According to the diagram, it will be obtained minimal percentage reinforcement:
0.10 * N Ed 0.10 * 0.353

As ,min    0.81cm²  0.002 * Ac  5cm 2
f yd 434.78

■ 7 nodes,
2
2
(reference value: Au = 5cm )
605
2
2
(reference value: 5 cm )

2 2
Amin Reinforcement area [cm ] 5 cm

Amin Amin 5 cm² 0.0000 %
606

eccentric loading - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class X0) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France -
ref. Test 44)
Test ID: 5213

Test status: Passed
5.68.1 Description
Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made of concrete C30/37 subjected to eccentric loading - Bilinear stress-
strain diagram (Class X0).
The verification of the bending stresses at ultimate limit state is performed.
During this test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of the longitudinal and transversal
reinforcement.
- Support at start point (x = 0) fixed connection
- Support at end point (x = 5.00) fixed connection
5.68.2 Background

Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C30/37 to resist eccentric loading. During
this test, the calculation of stresses is made along with the calculation of the longitudinal and transversal
reinforcement.

The dead load is neglected
Units
Metric System
Geometry
607

■ Height: h = 0.30 m,
■ Width: b = 0.18 m,
■ Length: L = 5.00 m,
2
■ Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.25m; ebz=0.035m
■ The load eccentricity will be considered of 0.50m
■ The load eccentricity will produce the following rotation moments:

Mx,G=6.00kNm
Mx,Q=1.50kNm
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
► Support at start point (x=0) fixed connection,
► Support at end point (x = 5.00) fixed connection
■ Inner: None.
Reference results in calculating the concrete beam

The moment is defined by the following formulas:
b 3 3
TA  P * e *  0,5 * P *  P
ab 5 10
608
a 2 1
TB   P * e *  0,5 * P *   P
ab 5 5
Note: the diagram of bending moment is the same as the shear force multiplied by the eccentricity.
The ULS load calculation:
Pu  1.35 * 12  1.5 * 3  20.70kN

Before the point of application of torque, the torque is:
3 3
TEd  * Pu  * 20,7  6.21KNm
10 10
After the point of application of torque, the torque is:
Pu  20.7
TEd     4.14KNm
5 5
Result ADVANCE Design 2012 - Moment: (in kNm)
Reference value: 6.21 kNm and -4.14kNm
5.68.2.2 Calculation in pure bending
Bending moment at ULS:
Pu  1,35 * 12  1,5 * 3  20,7 KN
6 * Pu 6 * 20,7
M Ed    24,84KNm  0,0248MNm
5 5
609
Simple bending design:
0,0248
cu   0,110
0,18 * 0.25² * 20
 
 u  1,25 * 1  1  2 * 0,110  0,146
zc  0.25 * 1  0,4 * 0,146  0,235m
0,0248
Au   2,43 *10 4 m²  2,43cm ²
0,235 * 434,78
5.68.2.3 Torsion reinforcement
Torsion longitudinal reinforcement - Before application of the moment
TEd * uk
Al  * cot
2 * Ak * f yd
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 6.3.2(3)
uk  2 * ((b  tef )  (h  tef ))
Ak  (b  tef ) * (h  tef )
with:
 A  0.18 * 0.30 
tef  max  2 * c;   max  2 * 0.035;   max 0.07;0.05625  0.07m
 u  2 * 0.18  0.3 
uk  2 * ((18  7)  (30  7))  68cm  0.68m
Ak  (18  7) * (30  7)  253cm ²  0.0253m²

0.0062* 0.68
Al   1.92cm ²
2 * 0.0253* 434.78
Torsion longitudinal reinforcement - After application of the moment
0.00414* 0.68
Al   1.28cm ²
2 * 0.0253* 434.78
Torsion transversal reinforcement - Before application of the moment
AswT TEd 0.0062

   2.82cm² / ml
sT 2 * Ak * f yd * cot 2 * 0.0253* 434.78
Torsion transversal reinforcement - After application of the moment
AswT TEd 0.00414

   1.88cm² / ml
sT 2 * Ak * f yd * cot 2 * 0.0253* 434.78
Concrete verification:
Calculation of the maximum allowable stress under torsional moment:
TRd , max  2 * v * cw * f cd * Ak * tef ,i * sin * cos
610
 f 
v  0,6 * 1  ck   0.528
 250 
TRd ,max  2 * 0.528* 20 * 0.0253* 0.07 * 0.70 * 0.70  0.018MN
Calculation of the maximum allowable stress under shear:
cot  cot
VRd , max  bw * z * v * f cd *
1  cot ²
z  zc  0.235m (from the design in simple bending)
Vertical reinforcement: cot  1

 30 
v  0,6 * 1   0.528
 250 
cot  cot 1
VRd , max  bw * zc * v * f cd *  0.18 * 0.235 * 0.528 * 20 *  0.223MN
1  cot ² 2
Because of the combined shear/moment effect, it must be calculated:
TEd VEd
  1,0
TRd ,max VRd ,max
0.0062 0.0124
  0.400  1,0
0.018 0.223
■ 6 nodes,
ULS load combinations(kNm)

2 2
Longitudinal reinforcement (Al=1.92cm and Al=1.28cm )
2 2
Transversal reinforcement (2.82cm /ml and 1.88cm /ml)
611

2 2
Al,1 Longitudinal reinforcement for the first part [cm ] 1.92 cm
2 2
Al,2 Longitudinal reinforcement for the second part [cm ] 1.28 cm
2 2
Ator,y,1 Transversal reinforcement for the first part [cm /ml] 2.82 cm /ml
2 2
Ator,y,2 Transversal reinforcement for the second part [cm /ml] 1.88 cm /ml

Al Al,1 1.91945 cm² -0.0286 %
Al Al,2 1.27964 cm² -0.0281 %
Ator,y / face Ator,y,1 2.82273 cm² 0.0968 %
Ator,y / face Ator,y,2 1.88182 cm² 0.0968 %
612
5.69 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam supporting a

balcony - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref.
Test 45)
Test ID: 5225

Test status: Passed
5.69.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section beam made of concrete C25/30 supporting a balcony - Bilinear
stress-strain diagram (Class XC1).
Verifies the column resistance to rotation moment along its length. During this test, the determination of stresses is
made along with the determination of the longitudinal and transversal reinforcement.
5.69.2 Background

Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist rotation moment along its
length. During this test, the calculation of stresses is performed, along with the calculation of the longitudinal and
transversal reinforcement.

■ The geometric dimension of the beam are:

■ Concrete type: C25/30
■ Reinforcement type: S500B
■ Balcony load: 1kN/m2
■ The weight of the beam will be considered in calculation
■ Concrete density: 25kN/m3
■ The beam is considered fixed at both ends
■ Concrete cover: 40mm
■ Beam length: 4.00m
613
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.75 m,
■ Width: b = 0.25 m,
■ Length: L = 4.00 m,
2
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
► Support at end point (x = 4.00) fixed connection
■ Inner: None.
5.69.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete beam
The ULS load calculation:

The first step of the calculation is to determine charges transmitted to the beam:
■ Vertical loads applied to the beam (kN/ml) from the load distribution over the balcony
■ Rotation moment applied to the beam (kN/ml) from the load distribution over the balcony
Each action (self-weight and distributed load) is determined by summing the resulting vertical loads along the eaves
and the torsional moment by multiplying the resultant by the corresponding lever arm.
CAUTION, different lever arm must be considered from the center of the beam (by adding therefore the half-width).
The results are displayed in the table below:
Load calculation:
From previously calculated results, the following stresses can be determined:
VEd
■ Shear:
614
M Ed
■ Bending moment:
TEd
■ Torque:
Shear and bending moment:

One can determine the load at ULS taken over by the beam:
Pu  1,35 * 13.44  1,5 * 2  21.14KN / m

For a beam fixed on both ends, the following values will be obtained:
Maximum shear (ULS):
Pu * l 21,14 * 4
VEd    42,3KN  0,042MN
2 2
Bending moment at the supports:
Pu * l ² 21,14 * 4²
M Ed    28,2 KNm  0,028MNm
12 12
Maximum Moment at middle of span:
Pu * l ² 21,14 * 4²
M Ed    14,1KNm  0,014MNm
24 24
Torsion moment:
For a beam subjected to a torque constant:
mtu  1,35 * 8,59  1,5 * 2,25  14,97 KNm / m  0,015MNm / m

l 4
TEd  mtu *  0,015 *  0,03MNm
2 2
5.69.2.3 Bending rebar
Span reinforcement (at bottom fiber)
0,014
cu   0,007
0,25 * 0.70² *16.67
 
 u  1,25 * 1  1  2 * 0,007  0,0088
615
zc  0.70 * 1  0,4 * 0,0088  0,697m
0,014
Au   4.62 *10 4 m²  0.46cm²
0,697 * 434,78
 f ct , eff
0.26 * * bw * d
Minimum reinforcement percentage verification: As , min  Max f yk
 0.0013* b * d
 w
Cracking matrix required (calculation hypothesis): f ct , eff  f ctm  2.56Mpa
 f ct ,eff 2.56
0.26 * * bw * d  0.26 * * 0.25 * 0.70  2.27cm ²
As , min  Max f yk 500  2.27cm ²
 0.0013* bw * d  0.0013* 0.25 * 0.70  2.27cm ²

Therefore, it retains 2.27 cm ².
Reinforcement on supports (at top fiber)
0,028
cu   0,014
0,25 * 0.70² *16.67

 u  1,25 * 1  1  2 * 0,014  0,018
zc  0.70 * 1  0,4 * 0,018  0,695m
0,028
Au   9.27 *10 4 m²  0.93cm ²
0,695 * 434,78
It also retains 2.27 cm ² (minimum percentage).
Shear reinforcement
VEd  0,042MN
The transmission to the support is not direct; it is considered a connecting rod inclined by 45˚, therefore cot  1
Concrete rod verification:
cot  cot
VRd , max  bw * z * v * f cd *
1  cot ²
z  zc  0.695m (from the design in simple bending of support)
Vertical frames:
 25 
v  0,6 * 1   0.54
 250 
cot  cot bw * zc * v * f cd 0.25 * 0.695 * 0.54 *16.67
VRd , max  bw * zc * v * f cd *    0.78MN
1  cot ² tg  cot 2
616
v1 * f cd * zu * bw
VRd , max 
tg  cot
VEd  0.042MN  VRd , max  0.78MN
Asw VEd . * tg 0.042

   1.39cm ² / ml
s zu * f yd 0.695* 434.78
(over shear)
From the minimum reinforcement percentage:
Asw
  w,min .bw . sin
s
With:
0,08 * f ck 0,08 * 25
 w, min    0.0008
f yk 500
Asw
 0.0008* 0.25  2cm ² / ml
s
Therefore:
Asw
 2cm² / ml
s
Torsion calculation:
Torsion moment was calculated before: TEd  0,03MNm
Torsional shear stress:
TEd
 t ,i 
2 * tef ,i * Ak
 2 * c  8cm

tef ,i  max  A  (25 * 75)  9.375cm  9.375cm

 u 2(25  75)
Ak  (25  9.375) * (75  9.375)  1025cm ²  0.1025m²
TEd 0.03
τ t,i    1.56Mpa
2 * t ef,i * A k 2 * 0.09375 * 0.1025
Concrete verification:
Calculate the maximum allowable stress in the rods:
TRd ,max  2 * v * cw * f cd * Ak * tef ,i * sin * cos

617
 f 
v  0,6 * 1  ck   0.54
 250 
TRd , max  2 * 0.54 *16.67 * 0.1025* 0.09375* 0.70 * 0.70  0.085MN
Because of the combined share/moment effect, we must calculate:
TEd VEd
  1,0
TRd ,max VRd ,max
0.03 0.042
  0.399  1,0
0.085 0.78
Torsion longitudinal reinforcement
TEd * uk
Al  * cot
2 * Ak * f yd
uk  2 * [(b  tef )  (h  tef )]  2 * [( 25  9.375)  (75  9.375)]  162.5cm  1.625m
0.03 *1.625
Al   5.47cm ²
2 * 0.1025* 434.78
Torsion transversal reinforcement
AswT TEd 0.03

   3.36cm² / ml
sT 2 * Ak * f yd * cot 2 * 0.1025* 434.78
AswT
Therefore  3,36cm ² / ml for each face.
sT

■ 11 nodes,

Torsional moment (Ted=29.96kNm)
618
2
Longitudinal reinforcement (5.46cm )
2
Transversal reinforcement (3.36cm /ml)

2
Mx Torsional moment [kNm] 29.96 cm
2 2
Al Longitudinal reinforcement [cm ] 5.46 cm
2 2
Ator,y Transversal reinforcement [cm /ml] 3.36 cm /ml

Mx Mx 29.9565 kN*m -0.1450 %
Al Al 5.4595 cm² -0.1920 %
Ator,y / face Ator,y/face 3.35969 cm² -0.0092 %
619
5.70 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete column subjected to

compression on the top – Method based on nominal stiffness - Bilinear stress-strain diagram
(Class XC1) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 34)
Test ID: 5114

Test status: Passed
5.70.1 Description
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section column made of concrete C30/37. The verification of the axial
stresses applied on top, at ultimate limit state is performed.
Method based on nominal stiffness - The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the
method of nominal stiffness, and then calculate the frames by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.
The column is considered connected to the ground by a fixed connection and free at the top part.
5.70.2 Background
Method based on nominal stiffness

Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made of concrete C30/37.
The purpose of this test is to determine the second order effects by applying the method of nominal stiffness, and

■  2  0,3
■ Concrete C30/37
620
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.40 m,
■ Width: b = 0.60 m,
■ Length: L = 4.00 m,
■ Concrete cover: c = 5 cm along the long section edge and 3cm along the short section edge
Boundary conditions
Loading
NEd =1.35*0.30+1.5*0.50=1.155MN
NQP=1.35*0.30+0.30*0.50=0.450MN

considered to be:
l0  2 * l  2 * 4  8m
621
2 3 * l0 2 3 * 8
   69.28
a 0.40
M EQP
ef   , t0 .
M Ed
Where:
M EQP serviceability first order moment under quasi-permanent load combination
M Ed
The ratio between moments becomes:
M 0 Eqp Neqp * e1 Neqp 0.450

    0.39
M 0 Ed N ed *e1 N ed 1.155
The creep coefficient  ,t0  is defined as:
 (, t0 )   RH *  ( f cm ) *  (t0 )
16.8 16.8
 ( f cm )    2.73MPa
f cm 30  8
1 1
0.1  t0
0.20
0.1  280.20
 RH 
 1 
 RH 
 1 100 * 1  *  2
 0.1 * 3 h0 
 
 
RH = relative humidity; RH=50%
0.7 0.2
 35   35 
Where 1   2  1 if f cm  35MPa if not 1    and  2   
 f cm   f cm 
2 * Ac 2 * 400 * 600
h0    240mm
u 2 * 400  600
f cm  38MPa  35MPa ,
Therefore:
0.7 0.2
 35   35 
0.7 0.2
 35   35 
1       0.944 and  2       0.984
 f cm   38   f cm   38 
622
 RH   50 
 1   1 
 RH  1  100 *   *   1 
1 2
100 * 0.944 * 0.984  1.73
 0.1 * 3 h0   0.1 * 3 240 
   
   
 (, t0 )   RH *  ( f cm ) *  (t0 )  1.73 * 2.73 * 0.488  2.30
M EQP
ef   , t0  *  2.30 * 0.39  0.90
M Ed

20 * A * B * C
lim 
n
Where:
N Ed 1.155
n   0.241
Ac * f cd 0.40 * 0.60 * 20
1 1
A
1  0,2 *ef  1  0.2 * 0.90  0.85

C  1,7  rm  0.70
because the ratio of the first order moment is not known
20 * 0.85 *1.1 * 0.7

lim   26.66
0.112
  69.28  lim  26.66
5.70.2.3 The eccentricity calculation and the corrected loads on ULS:
No initial eccentricity because the post is subjected only in simple compression.
l0 8
ei    0.02m
400 400
First order eccentricity- stresses correction:

20mm 
 20mm  20mm

 30 
 30 13.3mm
623
The corrected solicitations which are taken into account when calculating the column under combined bending effort
and compression, are:
NEd= 1.155MN
MEd= 1.155*0.02=0.0231MNm

When using the nominal stiffness method, a starting section frame is needed. For this it will be used a concrete
section considering only the first order effects.
The needed frames will be determined assuming a compound bending with compressive stress. All the results above
First order moment in the centroid of the tensioned reinforcement is:
h  0.40 
M ua  M G 0  N * (d  )  0.0231 1.155 *  0.35    0.196MNm
2  2 
h h 0,40 0,40
 BC  0,8 * * (1  0,4 * )  0,8 * * (1  0,4 * )  0,496
d d 0,35 0,35
M ua 0.196
cu    0.133
bw * d ² * f cd 0.60 * 0.35² * 20
cu  0.133
 
 u  1,25 * 1  (1  2 * 0,133)  0,179
zc  d * (1  0,4 *  u )  0,35 * (1  0,4 * 0,179)  0,325m
M ua 0,196
A    13.87cm ²
zc * f yd 0,325 * 434,78

N 1.155
A  A'  13.87 *10 4   12.69cm 2
f yd 434.78
624
0,10 * N Ed 0.10 *1.155

As , min    2.66cm ²  0.002 * Ac  4.80cm 2
f yd 434.78
2
The reinforcement will be 4HA12 + 2HA10 representing 6.09cm .

The second order effect will be determined by applying the method of nominal stiffness:
Calculation of nominal stiffness:

It is estimated nominal stiffness of a post or frame member from the following formula:
With:
Ecm
Ecd 
1.2
f cm  f ck  8MPa  38MPa
0.3 0.3
f   38 
Ecm  22000*  cm   22000*    32837MPa
 10   10 
Ecm 32837
Ecd    27364MPa
1.2 1.2
b * h3 0.60 * 0.403
Ic    3,2.103 m4
12 12 (concrete only inertia)
E s  200000MPa
Is : Inertia of the steel rebars
As 6,09.104
   0.00254
Ac 0.60 * 0.40
As
0.002     0.01
Ac
fck 30
k1    1.22Mpa
20 20
N Ed 1.155
n   0.241
Ac . f cd 0.40 * 0.60 * 20
 69.28
k2  n *  0.241*  0.098  0.20
170 170
6,09.104  0.40
2 2
A h  
Is  2 * s *  c  2 * *  0.05   1,37.105 m4
2 2  2  2 
625
k1 * k2 1.22 * 0.098
K s  1 and Kc    0.063
1  ef 1  0.90
Therefore:
EI  0.063 * 27364* 3,2 * 103  1 * 200000* 1,37 * 105  8.2566MNm ²
The total moment, including second order effects, is defined as a value plus the time of the first order:
 
  
M Ed  M 0 Ed * 1  
 NB
 1
 N Ed 
(normal force acting at ULS).
²
 and c0  8 the moment is constant (no horizontal force at the top of post).
c0
²
  1.234
8
EI 8.2566
NB   ² * 2
²*  1.27327MN
l0 8²
The second order efforts are:
N Ed 2  1.155MN
M Ed 2  0.3015MN .m
The reinforcement calculations considering the second order effect:

The reinforcement calculations for the combined flexural, under the second order effect, are done using the Graitec
EC2 tools. The obtained section is null, therefore the minimum reinforcement area defined above is sufficient for the
defined efforts.

■ 5 nodes,
2 2
Theoretical reinforcement area (cm ) and minimum reinforcement area (cm )
2 2
(reference value: 2.66cm and 4.8cm )
626
2
2

2 2
Ay Reinforcement area [cm ] 2.66 cm
2 2

Ay Ay -2.66 cm² 0.0000 %
Amin Amin 4.8 cm² 0.0000 %
627
5.71 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete column using the
simplified method – Professional rules - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1) (evaluated
by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 38)
Test ID: 5127

Test status: Passed
5.71.1 Description
Verifies a rectangular cross section concrete C25/30 column using the simplified method –Professional rules -
Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1).
The column is considered connected to the ground by an articulated connection (all the translations are blocked). At
the top part, the translations along X and Y axis are blocked and the rotation along the Z axis is also blocked.
5.71.2 Background
Simplified Method

■ Concrete C25/30
■ Buckling length L0=6.50m
Units
Metric System
628
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.30 m,
■ Width: b = 0.50 m,
■ Length: L = 6.50 m,
Boundary conditions
The column is considered connected to the ground by a articulated connection (all the translations are blocked) and
to the top part the translations along X and Y axis are blocked and the rotation along Z axis is also blocked.
Loading
N ED  1.35 * 800  1080kN
L0 L L L L L * 12 6.5 * 12
  0  0  0  0  0   75.06
i I a 4
a 2 a a 0.3
A 12 12 12
2
a
According to Eurocode 2 EN 1992-1-1 (2004) Chapter 5.8.3.2(1)
The method of professional rules can be applied as:
  120
20  f ck  50MPa
h  0.15m
60    75.06  120
1.3 1. 3
 32   32 
      0.33
   75.06 
k h  (0.75  0.5 * h) * (1  6 *  *  )  0.93
f yk 500
k s  1.6  0.6 *  1.6  0.6 * 1
500 500
1  N ed  1  1.08 
As  *   b * h * f cd   *  0.3 * 0.5 *16.67   23.43cm ²
f yd  kh * k s *   434.78  0.93 *1* 0.33 

■ 8 nodes,
629
2
2 2

2 2
Ay Reinforcement area [cm ] 5.85cm

Ay Ay -6.91808 cm² -0.8908 %
630
5.72 EC2/NF EN 1992-1-1/NA-France: Verifying a square concrete column subjected to a significant

rotation moment and small compression force to the top with Nominal Curvature Method-
Bilinear stress-strain diagram(Class XC1)(SOCOTEC France-Test 42)
Test ID: 5205

Test status: Passed
5.72.1 Description
Verifies a square cross section column made of concrete C30/37 subjected to a significant rotation moment and small
compression force to the top with Nominal Curvature Method - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XC1).
5.72.2 Background
Verifies the adequacy of a square cross section made from concrete C30/37.
calculate the member by considering a section symmetrically reinforced.

► 150 kMm rotation moment applied to the column top
■ Exploitation loadings (Q) from B exploitation category ( 2  0.3 ):
► 100 kNm bending moment applied to the column top
■ Distance between the reinforcement legs: a = 40 cm = 0.40 m
631
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Height and width are equal (square shape): b = h = 0.50 m,
■ Length: l = 5.80 m,
measured along the local y axis the following notations are used: eby = 3 cm; ehy = 3 cm)
The following characteristics are used in relation to concrete class C30/37 and steel reinforcement S500B materials:
3
f ck 30
■ Design value of concrete compressive strength: f cd    20MPa
c 1.5
f yk 500MPa
■ Design value of yield strength of reinforcement: f yd    434.78MPa
s 1.15
■ Design value of modulus of elasticity of reinforcing steel: Es = 200000 MPa
Boundary conditions
Loading
► NEd = 1.35 * 15kN + 1.50 * 7kN = 30.75 kN = 0.03075 MN
► MEd = 1.35 * 150kNm + 1.50 * 100kNm = 352.50 kNm = 0.3525 MNm
632
M Ed 0.352MNm
■ e0    11.45m
N Ed 0.03075MN
Geometric characteristics of the column

considered to be:
l0  2 * l  11.60m
2 3 * l0 2 3 *11.60m
   80.37
h 0.50m
Effective creep coefficient calculation
M Eqp
ef   , t0 .
M Ed
Where:
M Eqp serviceability first order moment under quasi-permanent load combination
M Ed
e1  e0  ei
ei  0.029m
Eccentricity e1 is determined considering the first order moment provided by the quasi-permanent loads:
M Eqp 0 150kNm  0.30 *100kNm

e1  e0  ei   ei   0.029m  10.56m
N Eqp 0 15kN  0.30 * 7kN
N Eqp1  15kN  0.30 * 7kN  17.10kN
M Eqp1  N Eqp1 * e1  17.10kN *10.56m  180.58kNm  0.181MNm

The first order ULS moment was defined at the beginning, in the “Loading” chapter:
M Ed  0.3525MNm
 (, t0 )   RH *  ( f cm ) *  (t0 )
16.8 16.8
 ( f cm )    2.72
f cm 30  8
633
1 1
0.1  t0
0.20
0.1  280.20
 RH 
 1 
 RH  1  100 *   * 
1 2
 0.1 * 3 h0 
 
 
0.7 0.2
 35   35 
0.7 0.2
 35   35 
 cm 
f  38   cm 
f  38 
h0 is the notional size of the member (in mm):
 50 
 1 
2 * Ac 2 * 0.5m * 0.5m
h0    0.250m  250mm   RH  1  100 * 0.944 * 0.984  1.72
u 2 * 0.5m  0.5m   0.1* 3 250 
 
 
 (, t0 )   RH *  ( f cm ) *  (t0 )  1.72 * 2.72 * 0.488  2.28

After a numerical replacement of each term, effective creep coefficient becomes:
M EQP
ef   , t0  *
0.181MNm
 2.28 *  1.17
M Ed 0.352MNm
The second order effects; The buckling calculation

20 * A * B * C
lim 
n
Where:
N Ed 0.031
n   0.0062
Ac * f cd 0.50² * 20
1 1
A
1  0,2 * ef  1  0.2 *1.17  0.81

C  1.7  rm  0.70 because the ratio of the first order moment is not known
20 * 0.81*1.1 * 0.7
lim   158.42
0.0062
  80.37  lim  158.42
Therefore, the second order effects can be neglected.
Calculation of the eccentricities and solicitations corrected for ULS
634
The solicitations for the ULS load combination are:

■ NEd = 0.03075 MN
■ MEd = 0.3525 MNm
■ The eccentricity of the first order at ULS, due to the applied stresses
M Ed 0.3525MNm
e0    11.46m
N Ed 0.03075MN
l0 11.6m
ei    0.029m
400 400
The corrected forces, which are used for the combined flexural calculations, are the following:
N Ed  0.03075MN
e1  e0  ei  11.46m  0.029m  11.49m
M Ed  e1 * N Ed  11.49m * 0.03075MN  0.353MNm

According to clause 6.1 (4) from EN 1992-1-1, for sections subjected to combined bending and compression efforts,
the design bending moment value should be at least M = N Ed * e0, where
 h  500 mm 
e0  max 20 mm;   max 20 mm;   max(20 mm; 16.7 mm)  20 mm
 30   30 
Corrected bending moment is bigger than this value, so clause 6.1 (4) is fulfilled.
Reinforcement calculation in the first order situation

The theoretical reinforcement will be determined by using the following diagram:
635
M Ed 0.353MNm
   0.141
b * h * f cd 0.50m * 0.502 m 2 * 20MPa
2
N Ed 0.03075MN
   0.00615
b * h * f cd 0.5m * 0.5m * 20MPa
Therefore:
  0.35
The total reinforcement area will be:
 * 0.502 m2 * 20MPa
 As  434.78MPa
 40.25cm 2 2
which means 20.125cm per face.
The nominal curvature method (second order effect)

In the following, the steps necessary to calculate the curvature are shown.
Considering a reinforcement of 40.25cm² (considered symmetric), one can determine the curvature from the following
formula:
1 1
 K r * K *
r r0
f yd
434.78MPa
1  yd Es
   200000MPa  0.0107m 1
r0 (0.45 * d ) (0.45 * d ) 0.45 * 0.45m
nu  n
Kr  1
nu  nbal
N Ed 0.03075MN
n   0.00615
Ac * f cd 0.50² m 2 * 20MPa
As * f yd 40.25 *104 m 2 * 434.78MPa

   0.350
Ac * f cd 0.50² m 2 * 20MPa
nu  1    1  0.350  1.350
nbal  0.4
1.350  0.00615
Kr   1.41
1.350  0.40
Condition: K r  1 , therefore it will be considered: K r  1
K K  1   *ef  1
creep coefficient:
636
therefore
Calculation of design bending moment

The calculation of design bending moment is estimated from the formula:
M Ed  M 0 Ed  M 2
Where:
M 0 Ed is moment of the first order including geometric imperfections;
M2 is nominal moment of second order.
The 2nd order moment is given by the curvature:
M 2  N Ed * e2
1 l2 11.60²
e2  * 0  0.0107*  0.1799m
r c 8
Note: c = 8 according to 5.8.8.2 (4) from EN 1992-1-1; because the moment is constant (no horizontal force at the top
of column).
M 2  N Ed * e2  0.03075MN * 0.1799m  0.00553MNm
M Ed  M 0 Ed  M 2  0.353MNm  0.00553MNm  0.35853MNm

The reinforcement must be sized considering the demands of the second order effects, as follows:
N Ed  0.03075MN
M Ed  0.35853MNm
Reinforcement calculation according to the second order effects

The interaction diagram will be used.
M Ed 0.35853
   0.143
b * h * f cd 0.5 * 0.52 * 20
2
637
From the diagram   0.35 will be obtained, which gives:

 * b * h * f cd 0.35 * 0.50² m 2 * 20MPa
 As  f yd

434.78MPa
 0.004025m 2  40.25cm ²
2
Meaning a 20.125 cm per side (which confirms the initial section)

■ 7 nodes,
2
Theoretical longitudinal reinforcement area (cm )
2 2
(reference value: 40.25 cm = 2 * 20.125 cm )
638

2 2
Az Longitudinal reinforcement area [cm ] 20.125 cm

Az Az -19.32 cm² 4.0000 %
639
5.73 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a square concrete beam subjected to a normal
force of traction - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class X0) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France -
ref. Test 46 II)
Test ID: 5231

Test status: Passed
5.73.1 Description
Verifies a square cross section beam made of concrete C20/25 subjected to a normal force of traction - Bilinear
stress-strain diagram (Class X0).
Tie sizing
Bilinear stress-strain diagram
Determines the armature of a pulling reinforced concrete, subjected to a normal force of traction.
The load combinations will produce the following rotation efforts:
NEd=1.35*233.3+1.5+56.67=400kNm
- Support at start point (x=0) fixed connection
- Support at end point (x = 5.00) translation along the Z axis is blocked
5.73.2 Background
Determines the reinforcement of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30, subjected to a normal force
of traction, analyzed with both bilinear stress-strain and inclined stress-strain laws.

► 233.33 kN axial force
► 56.67 kN axial force
Units
Metric System
640
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.15 m,
■ Width: b = 0.15 m,
■ Length: L = 5.00 m,
2
C20/25
Reinforcement S400, Class: B
Characteristic compressive cylinder strength of concrete at 28 days: fck = 20 MPa
Value of concrete cylinder compressive strength: fcm = fck + 8(MPa) = 28MPa
2
Mean value of axial tensile strength of concrete: f ctm  0.30 * ( f ck ) 3  2.21MPa
f ck 20MPa
c 1.5
f yk 400MPa
s 1.15
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
► Support at start point (x = 0) fixed connection,
► Support at end point (x = 5.00) translation along the Z axis is blocked
■ Inner: None.
Loading
► The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q
NEd = 1.35 * 233.3 kN + 1.5 * 56.67 kN = 400 kN = 0.400 MN

There will be two successive calculations, considering a bilinear stress-strain diagram constitutive law and then an
inclined stress-strain diagram constitutive law.
Calculations according a bilinear stress-strain diagram
N Ed 0.400
As ,U    11.50 *10  4 m²  11.50cm ²
 s ,U 400
1.15
It will be used a 4HA20  A = 12.57cm
2
Calculations according a inclined stress-strain diagram
S 400B   s ,U  373MPa
641
N Ed 0.400
As ,U    10.72 *10  4 m²  10.72cm ²
 s ,U 373
It can be seen that the gain is not negligible (about 7%).
Checking the condition of non-fragility:
f ctm
As  Ac *
f yk
Ac  0.15m * 0.15m  0.0225m ²

f ctm 2.21
As  Ac *  0.0225*  1.24cm²
f yk 400

■ 6 nodes,
ULS load combinations (kNm)

2 2
In case of using the bilinear stress-strain diagram, the reinforcement will result: (Az = 11.50 cm = 2*5.75 cm )
2 2
In case of using the inclined stress-strain diagram, the reinforcement will result: (Az = 10.74 cm = 2*5.36 cm )

2
Az,1 Longitudinal reinforcement obtained using the bilinear stress-strain 5.75 cm
2
diagram [cm ]
2
Az,2 Longitudinal reinforcement obtained using the inclined stress-strain 5.36 cm
2
diagram [cm ]
642

Az Az-i -5.75001 cm² 0.0000 %
643
5.74 EC2/NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Stresses and cracks verification for a planar element hinged
on all edges
Test ID: 6384

Test status: Passed
5.74.1 Description
The slab is provided with global ST50C upper reinforcement. For the bottom reinforcement, an area named “Area 1”
of ST50C is defined on the whole slab surface. Besides these reinforcement areas, supplementary area was
required, therefore, another nine areas were defined, on specific zones of the slab.
During this, stresses in concrete section and steel reinforcement, the maximum crack spacing, difference between
mean strain in reinforcement and in concrete and the crack width were verified.
644

uniformly distributed load, without compressed reinforcement - Bilinear stress-strain diagram
Test ID: 4970

Test status: Passed
5.75.1 Description
5.75.2 Background

test, the calculation of stresses will be made along with the calculation of the longitudinal reinforcement and the

Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.60 m,
■ Width: b = 0.25 m,
■ Length: L = 5.80 m,
645
2
3
f 25
■ Concrete C25/30: fcd  ck   16,67MPa
γ c 1,5
2/3
■ fctm  0.30 * fck  0.30 * 25 2 / 3  2.56MPa
f yk 500
■ Steel S500 : f yd    434,78MPa
γs 1,15
0.3 0.3
 f 8  25  8 
■ E cm  22000 *  ck   22000 *    31476 MPa
 10   10 
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
■ Inner: None.
Loading
G’=0.25*0.6*2.5=3.75kN/ml
Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*(15+3.75)+1.5*20=55.31kN/ml
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=15+3.75+20=38.75kN/ml
CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q=15+3.75+0.3*20=24.75kN/ml
55,31* 5,80²
M Ed   232,59kN.m
8
38,75 * 5,80²
M Ecq   162,94kN.m
8
646
24,75 * 5,80²
M Eqp   104,07kN.m
8
(, t 0 )  RH * β( fcm ) * β( t 0 )
16 .8 16 .8
β( fcm )    2.925
fcm 25  8
1 1
β( t 0 )    0.488 at t0=28 days
0.1  t 00.20 0.1  28 0.20
 RH 
 1 
RH  1  100 * α1  * α 2
 0.1 * 3 h 
 0 
 
α1  α 2  1 if fCM  35MPa
0.7 0.2
 35   35 
If not: α1   
 and α 2   

In this case: fcm  fck  8Mpa  33Mpa  α1  α 2  1
50
1
2 * Ac 2 * 250 * 600 100
h0    176 .47mm  RH  1  1.89
u 2 * ( 250  600 ) 0.1 * 3 176 .47
(, t 0 )  RH * β( fcm ) * β( t 0 )  1.89 * 2.925 * 0.488  2.70

Es
αe 
E cm
MEqp
1  (, t 0 ) *
MEcar
Defined earlier:
38,75 * 5,80²
MEcar   162,94kN.m
8
24,75 * 5,80²
MEqp   104,07kN.m
8
This gives:
647
200000
e   17.32
31476
104.07
1  2.70 *
162.94
This value can be determined by the next formula if f ck  50MPa valid for a constitutive law to horizontal plateau:
fck
μ luc  K(α e ) *
( 4.69  1.70 * γ) * fck  (159 .90  76.20 * γ)

K α e   10 4 * a  b * α e  c * α e 2 
The values of the coefficients "a", "b" and "c" are defined in the following table:
Diagram for inclined tier Diagram for horizontal plateau
a 75,3 * f ck  189,8 71,2 * f ck  108

b  5,6 * f ck  874,5  5,2 * f ck  847,4
c 0,04 * f ck  13 0,03 * f ck  12,5
This gives us:
■ a  71,2 * 25  108  1888

■ b  5,2 * 25  847,4  717.4
■ c  0,03 * 25  12,5  11.75
■ K  e   104 1888  717.4 *17.27  11.75 *17.27²   1.079
Then:
232,58
■   1,43
162,94
f ck
■ luc  K ( e ).  0.2504
( 4.69  1.70 *  ) * f ck  (159.90  76.20 *  )

■ Effective height: d=0.9*h=0.53m
M Ed 0,233
cu    0,207
bw * d ² * f cd 0,25 * 0,519² *16,67

zc  d * (1  0,4 *  u )  0,519 * (1  0,4 * 0,294)  0,458m
648

We will also conduct a SLS design to ensure that we do not get an upper section of longitudinal reinforcement.
We must determine the position of the neutral axis by calculating (position corresponding to the state of maximum
stress on the concrete and reinforcement).
α e * σc 17.32 * 15
■ α1    0,394
α e * σc  σ s 17.32 * 15  400
M ser , cq  163kNm  M rb  there in no compressed steel reinforcement. This confirms what we previously
found by determining the critical moment limit depending on the coefficient of equivalence and .
Then we calculate the reinforcement resulted from the SLS efforts (assuming the maximum constrain is reached on
steel and concrete):
■ Neutral axes position :

1  0,394
    0.394 
■ Lever arm :zc  d * 1  1   0.519 * 1    0.451m
 3  3 
M Ecq 0.163
■ Reinforcement section : As1, ser    9.03cm²
zc *  s 0.451* 400
This shows that the tensile reinforcement obtained in SLS are not dimensioning compared to SLU.

 fct,eff
0.26 * * bw * d
■ A s,min  Max f yk
 0.0013 * b * d
 w

Where:
Therefore:
 2.56
0.26 * * 0.25 * 0.519  1.73 * 10  4 m²
► A s,min  max  500  1.73cm²
 0.0013 * 0.25 * 0.519  1.70 * 10  4 m²


■ 7 nodes,
649
2
2
2
2

2 2
2 2

My My USL -232.578 kN*m 0.0052 %
My My SLS -162.936 kN*m 0.0025 %
Az Az -11.6779 cm² 0.0180 %
650
Amin Amin -1.73058 cm² -0.0335 %
651

Test ID: 4979

Test status: Passed
5.76.1 Description
The purpose of this test is to verify the software results for the My resulted stresses for the USL load combination and
for the results of the theoretical reinforcement area Az.
5.76.2 Background

■ Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 37.4kN/m,
■
■ The theoretical reinforcement area results
Units
Metric System
Geometry
652
■ Beam length: 8m
3
f ck 25
c 1,5
■ f ctm  0.30 * f ck2 / 3  0.30 * 252 / 3  2.56MPa

f yk 500
■ Steel S500B : f yd    434.78MPa
s 1,15
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
■ Inner: None.
Loading
Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*45+1.5*37.4=116.85kN/ml
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=45+34.7=79.7kN/ml
116.85 * 8²
M Ed   934.8kNm
8
653

 hf   0.15 
M btu  beff * h f *  d   * f cd  1.00 * 0.15 *  0.435   *16.67  9kNm
 2   2 
M btu  900kNm  M Ed  934.8kNm
Therefore, the concrete section is not entirely compressed;

Therefore, the calculations considering the T section are required.
5.76.2.3 Reference reinforcement calculation:
The moment corresponding to this section is:
 hf   0.15 
M Ed 2  (beff  bw ) * h f * f cd *  d    (1  0.20) * 0.15 *16.67 *  0.435  
 2   2 
 720kNm
According to this value, the steel section is:
M Ed 2 0.720
A2    46.00cm ²
 hf   0.15 
 d   * f yd  0.435   * 347.8
 2   2 
The theoretical section 1 corresponds to a calculation for a rectangular shape beam section.
M Ed 1  M Ed  M Ed 2  935  720  215kNm

M Ed 1 0.215
 cu    0.341
bw * d ² * Fcd 0.20 * 0.435² *16.67
For a S500B reinforcement and for a XC1 exposure class, there will be a: μ cu  μlu  0.372 , therefore there will be no
compressed reinforcement (the compression concrete limit is not exceeded because of the exposure class)
There will be a calculation without considering compressed reinforcement:
  
 u  1.25* 1  (1  2 * cu )  1.25* 1  1  2 * 0.341  0.544 
z c1  d * (1  0.4 *  u )  0.435* (1  0.40 * 0.544)  0.340m
M Ed 1 0.215
A1    14.52cm²
zc1 * f yd 0.340 * 347.78
2
In conclusion, the entire reinforcement steel area is A=A1+A2=46+14.52=60.52cm

■ 9 nodes,
654
2
2

2 2

Az Az -60.5167 cm² 0.0055 %
655

Test ID: 4980

Test status: Passed
5.77.1 Description
The purpose of this test is to determine the theoretical reinforcement area Az for a T concrete beam subjected to
bending efforts at ultimate limit state (ULS).
The test confirms the absence of the compressed reinforcement for this model.
5.77.2 Background
Verifies the theoretical reinforcement area for a T concrete beam subjected to the defined loads. The test confirms
the absence of the compressed reinforcement for this model.

■ Loadings from the structure: G = 0 kN/m (the dead load is not taken into account)
■ Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 18.2kN/m,
■
The objective is to test:
656
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Beam length: 8m
3
f ck 25
c 1,5
■ f ctm  0.30 * f ck2 / 3  0.30 * 252 / 3  2.56MPa

f yk 400
■ Steel S400B : f yd    347.83MPa
s 1,15
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
■ Inner: None.
Loading
Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*0+1.5*18.2=27.3kN/ml
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=0+18.2=18.2kN/ml
657
27.3 * 8²
M Ed   218.40kNm
8
18.20 * 8²
M Ecq   145.60kNm
8
 hf   0.12 
M btu  beff * h f *  d   * f cd  1.10 * 0.12 *  0.482   *16.67  928kNm
 2   2 
M Ed  218.40kNm  M btu  928kNm
Therefore, the concrete section is not entirely compressed; This requires a calculation considering a rectangular
section of b=110cm and d=48.2cm.
Reference longitudinal reinforcement calculation:
M Ed 1 0.218
 cu    0.051
bw * d ² * Fcd 1.10 * 0.482² *16.67
  
 u  1.25* 1  (1  2 * cu )  1.25* 1  1  2 * 0.051  0.066 
z c  d * (1  0.4 *  u )  0.482 * (1  0.40 * 0.066)  0.469m
M Ed 0.218
A   13.38cm²
zc * f yd 0.469 * 347.83

■ 9 nodes,
658
2
2

2 2

Az Theoretical reinforcement area -13.3793 cm² 0.0052 %
659
5.78 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam without compressed
reinforcement – Inclined stress-strain diagram (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 8)
Test ID: 4981

Test status: Passed
5.78.1 Description
The purpose of the test is to verify the results using a constitutive law for reinforcement steel, on the inclined stress-
strain diagram.

- The longitudinal reinforcement corresponding to Class A reinforcement steel ductility
- The minimum reinforcement percentage
5.78.2 Background
The purpose of this test is to verify the software results for using a constitutive law for reinforcement steel, on the
inclined stress-strain diagram.

■
■ Reinforcement steel: Class A
■ The longitudinal reinforcement corresponding to doth Class A reinforcement steel ductility
660
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.65 m,
■ Width: b = 0.28 m,
■ Length: L = 6.40 m,
2
3
f ck 30
■ Concrete C25/30: f cd    20MPa
c 1,5
■ f ctm  0.30 * f ck2 / 3  0.30 * 302 / 3  2.90MPa

0.3 0.3
 f 8  30  8 
■ E cm  22000 *  ck   22000 *    32837 MPa
 10   10 
f yk 500
■ Steel S500 : f yd    434,78MPa
γs 1,15
Boundary conditions
661
■ Outer:
■ Inner: None.
Loading
Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*(25)+1.5*30=78.75kN/ml
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=25+30=55kN/ml
CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.6 x Q=25+0.6*30=43kNm
78.75 * 6.40²
M Ed   403.20kNm
8
55 * 6.40²
M Ecq   281.60kNm
8
43 * 6.40²
M Eqp   220.16kNm
8
 (, t0 )   RH *  ( f cm ) *  (t0 )
at t0=28 days
 RH 
 1 
RH

 1 100 * α1  * α 2
 0.1 * 3 h 
 0 
 
α1  α 2  1 if fCM  35MPa
0.7 0.2
 35   35 
If not: α1   
 and α 2   

662
In this case, fcm  fck  8Mpa  38Mpa
0.7 0.7
 35   35 
α1   
    0.944
 fcm   38 
0.2 0.2
 35   35 
α 2   
    0.984
 fcm   38 
 50 
 1 
2 * Ac 2 * 280 * 650
h0    195 .7mm  RH  1  100  * 0.984  1.78
u 2 * ( 280  650 )  0.1 * 3 195 .7 
 
 
(, t 0 )  RH * β( fcm ) * β( t 0 )  1.78 * 2.73 * 0.488  2.37
The coefficient of equivalence is determined using the following formula:

Es 200000
αe    17 .40
E cm 32837
MEqp 220 .16
1  (, t 0 ) * 1  2.37 *
MEcar 281 .60
This value can be determined by the next formula if f ck  50MPa and valid for a constitutive law considering
inclined stress-strain diagram:
f ck
 luc  K ( e ) *
(4.62  1.66 *  ) * f ck  (165.69  79.62 *  )

K  e   104 * a  b *  e  c *  e
2

The values of the coefficients "a", "b" and "c" are defined in the following table:
Diagram for inclined stress-strain diagram Diagram for bilinear stress-strain diagram
a 75,3 * f ck  189,8 71,2 * f ck  108

b  5,6 * f ck  874,5  5,2 * f ck  847,4
c 0,04 * f ck  13 0,03 * f ck  12,5
This gives us:

a  75.3 * 25  189 .8  2069 .2
b  5,2 * 30  874 .5  706 .5
c  0,04 * 30  13  11.8
K  e   104 2069.2  706.5 *17.60  11.80 *17.60²   1.087

Then:
437.76
  1,425
307.2
663
f ck
luc  K ( e ).  0.272
(4.62  1.66 *  ) * f ck  (165.69  79.62 *  )
Calculation of reduced moment:
M Ed 0.403*103 Nm
 cu    0,225
bw * d ² * f cd 0,50m * 0.566² m 2 * 20MPa
 cu  0.225   luc  0.272 therefore, there is no compressed reinforcement

■ Effective height: d = 0.566m
 cu  0.225

z c  d * (1  0,4 *  u )  0,566 * (1  0,4 * 0,323)  0,493m
M Ed 0,233
Au    11,68 *10 4 m²  11,68cm²
zc * f yd 0,458 * 434,78
■ Calculation of the stresses from the tensioned reinforcement:
Reinforcement steel elongation:
1u 1  0,323
 su  *  cu 2  * 3.5  7.35 ‰
u 0,323
Tensioned reinforcement efforts:
 su  432,71  952,38 *  su  432,71  952,38 * 0.00735  439.71MPa  454MPa

■ Reinforcement section calculation:
M Ed 0.403
Au    18.60 *104 m²  18.60cm²
zc * f yd 0.493* 439.71

 fct,eff
0.26 * * bw * d
 0.0013 * b * d
 w

Where:
664
Therefore:
 2.90
0.26 * * 0.28 * 0.566  2.39 * 104 m²
As ,min  max  500  2.39cm ²
 0.0013* 0.28 * 0.566  2.06 * 104 m²

■ 7 nodes,
2
2
For Class A reinforcement steel ductility (reference value: A=18.60cm )
2
2
665

2 2
Az (Class A) Theoretical reinforcement area [cm ] 18.60 cm
2 2

My My USL -403.2 kN*m 0.0000 %
My My SLS -281.6 kN*m 0.0000 %
Az Az -18.6006 cm² 0.0000 %
Amin Amin -2.38697 cm² 0.0000 %
666
5.79 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a square concrete beam subjected to a normal
force of traction - Inclined stress-strain diagram (Class X0) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France -
ref. Test 46 I)
Test ID: 5232

Test status: Passed
5.79.1 Description
Verifies a square cross section beam made of concrete C20/25 subjected to a normal force of traction - Inclined
stress-strain diagram (Class X0).
Determines the necessary reinforcement of a reinforced concrete tie, subjected to a normal force of traction.
Ultimate limit state load combinations are used.
The tie member is fixed at one end, and blocked in translation along Z axis at the other end.
5.79.2 Background
Tie sizing
Bilinear stress-strain diagram / Inclined stress-strain diagram
Verifies the armature of a pulling reinforced concrete, C20/25, subjected to a normal force of traction.

■ Analysis type: static linear (plane workspace);
■ Loadings from the structure: Fx,G = 233.33 kN
■ Exploitation loadings (category A): Fx,Q = 56.67kN
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.15 m,
■ Width: b = 0.15 m,
■ Length: L = 5.00 m,
2
667

■ Reinforcement S400, Class: B, ss=400MPa
■ Fck=20MPa
■ The load combinations will produce the following efforts:
NEd=1.35*233.3+1.5+56.67=400kN
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
► Support at end point (x = 5.00) translation along the Z axis is blocked
■ Inner: None.

There will be two successive calculations, considering a bilinear stress-strain diagram constitutive law and then a
inclined stress-strain diagram constitutive law.
Calculations according a bilinear stress-strain diagram
N Ed 0.400
As ,U    11,50 *10  4 m²  11,50cm ²
 s ,U 400
1.15
2
It will be used a 4HA20=A=12.57cm
S 400  ClassB   s ,U  373MPa
N Ed 0.400
As ,U    10,72 *10 4 m²  10,70cm²
 s ,U 373
It can be seen that the gain is not negligible (about 7%).
f ctm
As  Ac *
f yk
f ctm  0.30 * f ck2 / 3  0.30 * 202 / 3  2,21MPa
Ac  0.15 * 0.15  0.0225m²

f ctm 2.21
As  Ac *  0.0225*  1.24cm²
f yk 400

■ 6 nodes,
ULS load combinations (kNm)

2 2
In case of using the bilinear stress-strain diagram, the reinforcement will result: (Az=11.50cm =2*5.75 cm )
668
2 2
In case of using the inclined stress-strain diagram, the reinforcement will result: (Az=10.70cm =2*5.35 cm )

2
Az,1 Longitudinal reinforcement obtained using the bilinear stress-strain 5.75 cm
2
diagram [cm ]
2
Az,2 Longitudinal reinforcement obtained using the inclined stress-strain 5.37 cm
2
diagram [cm ]

Az As,U - longitudinal reinforcement area when -5.36526 cm² -0.0981 %
inclined stress-strain diagram is used
669
5.80 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to Pivot B
efforts – Inclined stress-strain diagram (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 4 II)
Test ID: 5893

Test status: Passed
5.80.1 Description
test, the determination of stresses is made along with the determination of the longitudinal reinforcement.
The purpose of this test is to verify the software results for Pivot B efforts. For these tests, the constitutive law for
reinforcement steel, on the inclined stress-strain diagram is applied.
The objective is to verify the longitudinal reinforcement corresponding to Class B reinforcement steel ductility.
5.80.2 Background

This test performs the verification of the  value (hence the position of the neutral axis) to determine the Pivot efforts
(A or B) to be considered for the calculations.
The distinction between the Pivot A and Pivot B efforts is from the following diagram:
xu  cu 2  cu 2
   x u   .d  .d
d  ud   cu 2  ud   cu 2
The limit for  depends of the ductility class:
■ For a Class A steel: ε ud  22.50   α u  0.1346


■ For a Class B steel: ε ud  45   α u  0.072

■ For a Class C steel: ε ud  67.50   α u  0.049

The purpose of this test is to verify the software results for Pivot A efforts. For these tests, it will be used the
constitutive law for reinforcement steel, on the inclined stress-strain diagram.
S 500 A   su  432,71  952,38. su  454MPa
S 500B   su  432,71  727,27. su  466MPa
S 500C   su  432,71  895,52. su  493MPa

The Pivot efforts types are described below:
■ Pivot A: Simple traction and simple bending or combined
■ Pivot B: Simple or combined bending
■ Pivot C: Combined bending with compression and simple compression
670

■ Loadings from the structure: G = 25 kN/m+ dead load,
■ There will be considered a Class B reinforcement steel
■ The calculation will be made considering inclined stress-strain diagram
■ The longitudinal reinforcement corresponding to Class B reinforcement steel ductility
671
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.90 m,
■ Width: b = 0.50 m,
■ Length: L = 5.80 m,
2
■ Effective height: d = h - (0.6 * h + ebz)=0.806 m; d’ = ebz = 0.040 m
3
■ There will be considered a Class B reinforcement steel ductility
fck 25
■ Concrete C25/30: fcd    16,67MPa
γc 1,5
2/3
■ fctm  0.30 * fck  0.30 * 25 2 / 3  2.56MPa
f yk 500
■ Steel S500 : f yd    434,78MPa
γs 1,15
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
■ Inner: None.
672
Loading
Dead load:
G’=0.9*0.5*2.5=11.25 kN/ml
Load combinations:
■ The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is:
Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*(25+11.25)+1.5*50=123.94 kN/ml
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=25+11.25+50=86.25kN/ml
123.94 * 5.80²
M Ed   521.16kNm
8
86.25 * 5.80²
M Ecq   362.68kNm
8
For S500B reinforcement steel, we have  lu  0.372 (since we consider no limit on the compression concrete to
SLS).
Reference solution for reinforcement from Class B steel ductility

If the Class B reinforcement steel is chosen, the calculations must be done considering the Pivot B efforts.
■ Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.806 m
M Ed 0.52116* 103 Nm
 cu    0,096
bw * d ² * f cd 0,50m * 0.806² m 2 * 16,67MPa
■ The α value:
A design in simple bending is performed and it will be considered a design stress of concrete equal to f cd .
zc  d * (1  0,4 *  cu )  0.806 * (1  0.4 * 0.127)  0.765m

1  u 1  0,127
■ Tensioned reinforcement steel elongation :  su  *  cu 2  * 3.5  24.1 
u 0,127 
■ Reinforcement steel stresses :
 su  432,71  727,27 *  su  466MPa
 su  432,71  727,27 * 0,0241  450.25Mpa  466MPa
M Ed 0.52116
Au    15.13cm²
zc * f yd 0.765 * 450.25

■ 7 nodes,
673
2
2

My,ULS My corresponding to 101 combination (ULS) [kNm] 521.16 kNm
My,SLS My corresponding to 102 combination (SLS) [kNm] 362.68 kNm
2 2
Az Theoretical reinforcement area (Class B) [cm ] 15.13 cm

My My corresponding to 101 combination (ULS) -521.125 kN*m 0.0000 %
My My corresponding to 102 combination (SLS) -362.657 kN*m 0.0000 %
Az Theoretical reinforcement area (Class B) -15.1105 cm² 0.0000 %
674
5.81 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to tension
load - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD2) (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test
47I)
Test ID: 5964

Test status: Passed
5.81.1 Description
Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple tension. Verification of the
bending stresses at ultimate limit state and serviceability limit state is performed.
Verification is done according to EN 1992-1-1 French annex.
5.81.2 Background
Simple Bending Design for Ultimate and Service State Limit

Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple tension. During this

■
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.20 m,
■ Width: b = 0.20 m,
■ Length: L = 5.00 m,
2
675
Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 and S500, class A reinforcement steel is used. The following characteristics are
used in relation to this material:
3
■ Humidity RH=50%
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
► Support at start point (x=0) , fixed connection,
► Support at end point (x = 5.80) restrained in translation along Z.
■ Inner: None.
Loading
Load combinations:
■ Ultimate Limit State:
NEd  1.35 * G  1.5 * Q  1.35 * 135  1.5 * 150  407 kN

Nser ,cq  G  Q  135  150  285 KN
■ Quasi-permanent combination of actions:

Nser ,qp  G  0.3 * Q  135  0.3 * 150  180 KN
5.81.2.2 Reference results in calculating the longitudinal reinforcement and the crack width
Calculating for ultimate limit state:
N Ed 0.407
As ,U    9.37 *10 4 m²  9.37cm ²
 s ,U 500
1.15
Calculating for serviceability limit state:
N ser
As , ser 
S
 s  0,8 * f yk  0,8 * 500  400Mpa
0.285
As ,ser   7.13*104 m²  7.13cm ²
400
Final reinforcement
Is retained the steel section between the maximum theoretical calculation at ULS and calculating the SLS or
Ath = 9.37 cm ².
Therefore, 4HA20 = A = 12.57 cm ².
Constraint checking to the ELS:
676
N ser 0.285
s    s   226.80MPa   s  400MPa
As ,ser 0.001257
Crack opening verification:

It will be checked the openings of cracks by considering 4HA20.
Calculating the maximum spacing between the cracks

The maximum spacing of cracks is given by the formula:
0.425 * k1 * k2 * 
sr , max  k3 * c 
 p , eff
The effective depth “d” must be estimated by considering the real reinforcement of the beam:
2
d  20  5  0.6   13.4cm
2
 2.5 * (h  d )  2.5 * (0.20  0.134)  0.165
 
Ac , eff  b * min  h  0.20 * min  0.20  0.020
   0.100
 2  2
According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2004 Chapter 7.3.4(2); Figure: 7.1
Ac,eff  0.040m² this value was multiplied by two because the section is fully stretched
As 12.57 * 104
 p , eff    0.031
Ac , eff 0.040
n1 * 12  n2 * 22
eq   20mm
n1 * 1  n2 * 2
0.425 * k1 * k2 * 
sr , max  k3 * c 
 p , eff
Concrete cover of 5cm and HA6 reinforcement, therefore c=5+0.6=5.6cm
k1  0.8 HA bars
k 2  1 pure tension sizing

2/3 2/3
 25   25 
k 3  3.4 *    3.4 *    1.99
 c   56 
0.425 * k1 * k2 *  0.425 * 0.8 *1* 20

sr , max  k3 * c   1.99 * 56   331mm
 p,eff 0.031
Calculation of average deformations
Es 200000
e    6.35
Ecm 31476
677
Steel stresses in SLSqp:
N ser qp 0.180

s    143.2 Mpa
As , ser 0.001257
fct,eff
σs  k t * * (1  αe * ρp,eff ) 143  0.4 *
2.56
* (1  6.35 * 0.031)
ρp,eff 0.031
ε sm  εcm   
Es 200000
σs
 5.17 * 10  4  0,6 *  4.30 * 10  4
Es

wk  sr , max * ( sm   cm )  331* (5.17 *104 )  0.171mm

For an exposure class XD2, applying the French national annex, it retained a maximum opening of 0.20mm crack.

In case one control for cracking is required:
fctm
As  Ac .
f yk
Because h<0.3m
fctm  0.30 * fck2 / 3  0.30 * 252 / 3  2,56Mpa

According to: EC2 Part 1,1 EN 1992-1-1-2002 Chapter 3.1.3(2);Table 3.1
Ac  0.20 * 0.20  0.04m ²

f ctm 2.56
As  Ac *  0.04 *  2.05cm ²
f yk 500

■ 6 nodes,
Longitudinal reinforcement for ULS and SLS load combinations (kNm)

2 2
ULS (reference value: Az=9.36 cm =2*4.68 cm )
2 2
SLS (reference value: Az=7.12 cm =2*3.56 cm )
678
Stresses in the steel reinforcement

(reference value: s= 226.80Mpa)
Maximum spacing of cracks Sr, max (m)

(reference value: Sr,max= 0.331m)
Crack width wk (mm)

(reference value: wk= 0.171mm)

2 2
Az,ULS Theoretical reinforcement area for the ULS load combination [cm ] 4.68 cm
s Stresses in steel reinforcement [MPa] 226.77 MPa
Sr, max Maximum spacing of cracks [m] 33.1 cm
wk Crack width [mm] 0.017 cm

Az Az,USL -4.68337 cm² 0.0000 %
Ss CQ SigmaS -226.766 MPa 0.0018 %
Sr,max Sr,max 32.7639 cm -0.7155 %
wk wk -0.0170451 cm -0.2653 %
679

tension distributed load - Bilinear stress-strain diagram (Class XD2) (evaluated by SOCOTEC
France - ref. Test 47 II)
Test ID: 5887

Test status: Passed
5.82.1 Description
Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made of concrete C25/30 subjected to a tension distributed load - Bilinear
stress-strain diagram (Class XD2).
area and the verification of the minimum reinforcement area.
5.82.2 Background
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from concrete C25/30 to resist simple tension. During this

► 135 kN/m axial force
► The self-weight is included
■ Exploitation loadings (category A) (Q):
► 150 kN/m axial force
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.20 m,
■ Width: b = 0.20 m,
■ Length: L = 5.00 m,
2
680
■ Concrete cover: c = 5.00 cm (for the concrete cover of the bottom / top external fiber measured along the local
z axis, Advance Design is having the following notation: ebz = 5 cm; ehz = 5 cm; while for the concrete cover
Rectangular solid concrete C25/30 and S500, class A reinforcement steel are used. The following characteristics are
used in relation to this material:
3
■ Concrete density: 25 kN/m
■ The concrete age t0 = 28 days
■ Humidity RH = 50%
f ck 25
c 1.5
f yk 500MPa
s 1.15
2
Mean value of axial tensile strength of concrete: f ctm  0.30 * ( f ck )  2.56MPa
3
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
► Support at start point (x=0) , fixed connection,
► Support at end point (x = 5.80) restrained in translation along Z.
■ Inner: None.
Loading
Load combinations:
► Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q
► Quasi-permanent combination of actions: CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q
N ser ,cq  G  Q  135  150  285 KN  0.285MN

N ser ,qp  G  0.3 * Q  135  0.3 *150  180 KN  0.180MN
5.82.2.2 Reference results in calculating the longitudinal and the minimum reinforcement
Calculating the longitudinal reinforcement for serviceability limit state:
N ser
As , ser 
S
681
 s  0.8 * f yk  0.8 * 500  400MPa

0.285
As ,ser   7.13*104 m²  7.13cm ²
400
Calculating the minimum reinforcement:
Ac  0.20 * 0.20  0.04m ²

f ctm 2.56
As  Ac *  0.04 *  2.05cm ²
f yk 500

■ 6 nodes,
Longitudinal reinforcement for SLS load combinations

2 2
SLS (reference value: Az = 7.13 cm = 2*3.565 cm )
Minimum longitudinal reinforcement

2
(reference value: Amin= 2.05 cm )

2 2
Az,SLS Theoretical reinforcement area for the SLS load combination [cm ] 3.565 cm
2 2
Amin Minimum longitudinal reinforcement [cm ] 2.05 cm

Az Theoretical reinforcement area for the SLS load combination -3.5625 cm² 0.0000 %
Amin Minimum longitudinal reinforcement 2.05197 0.0000 %
cm²
682
5.83 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1 - France: Reinforcement calculation for a simple bending beam
Test ID: 6263

Test status: Passed
5.83.1 Description
The purpose of this test is to calculate the bottom reinforcement area for a beam in simple bending.
5.83.2 Background
Bottom reinforcement area for a beam in simple bending

Determines the reinforcement of the middle section of the beam in ultimate limit state in the case of the  steel
inclined deformation diagram.

■ Reference: Pratique de l’Eurocode 2 – Jean Roux;
■ Analysis type: Static.
ULS: Cmax = 1.35 G * 1.5 Q
SLS: Cser = 1 G * 1 Q
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Materials characteristics
■ Exposure class XD2.
■ Cracking verification not required.
■ Materials:
► concrete: fck 25 MPa, cu2 cu3 3, 5 / 1 000
► steel: S 500 A
■ Concrete:
683
 ,
f ck  50MPa  

  0,8
f ck  25MPa  50MPa  
  1
f ck
f cu     cc
c
25
f cu  1 1  16,7 MPa
1,5
f ck  50MPa  f ctm  0,3 f ck  3

2
f ctm  0,325 3  2,56MPa

2
 c  k1  f ck
 c  0,6  25  15MPa
■ Steel:
f yk
f yd 
s
500
f yd   435MPa
1,15
 s  k 3  f yk
 s  0,8  500  400MPa
Boundary conditions
■ Start point (x=0) : Hinged,
■ End point (x=5) : Hinged.
Resistance ultimate limit state

■ Actions at m1:
= specific weight of reinforced concrete
= 25 kN/m3
g g1 .bw .h
g = 15,40 + 25.0,18.0,60 = 18,10 kN/m

pu 1, 35.g 1, 5.q
p u = 1,35.18,10 + 1,5.9
p u = 37,94 kN/m
■ Maximum bending moment:
leff2
M Ed  Pu
8
684
6,852
M Ed  37,94
8
M Ed  222,53mkN
Serviceability limit state

■ Actions at m1:
pser g q
pser = 18,10 + 9
pser = 27,10 kN/m

■ Maximum bending moment:
leff2
M ser  Pser
8
6,852
M ser  27,10
8
M ser  158,95mkN
Coefficient 
M Ed

M ser
222,53
  1,40
158,95
Calculation of tensioned reinforcements at ultimate limit state in the case of the    steel inclined
deformation diagram
M Ed
 cu 
bw  d 2  f cu
0,22253
 cu   0,245
0,18  0,552  16,7
1

  u  1  1  2  cu


u 
1
0,8
1  1  2  0,245  0,357
Ductility class and f ck   AB
S 500 A steel and f ck  25MPa
  0,1346
  AB
 AB  0,1019
  cu   AB  Pivot
  cu  0,245  0,1019   AB  Pivot B
685
3,5
  c   cu 2   cu 3 
1000
1  u
 s1   c
u
3,5 1  0,357 6,30
 s1   
1000 0,357 1000
435 2,175
 yd  
2  105
1000
 s1   yd
6,30 2,175 deformation of the    steel diagram
 s1     yd 
1000 1000
 s1  432,71  952,38   s1 454 (MPa)
 s1  432,71  952,38  6,30  103  439MPa
  
 z c  d 1   u 
 2 
 0,8 
z c  0,551  0,357  0,472m
 2 
M Ed
As1,u 
z c   s1
0,22253
As1,u  104  10,74cm 2
0,472  439

Az Bottom longitudinal reinforcement 10.74 cm²
My ULS maximum bending moment 222.53 kN.m

My ULS Bending moment -222.501 kN*m 0.0130 %
My SLS Bending moment -158.95 kN*m 0.0000 %
Az Bottom reinforcement area -10.7894 cm² -0.4600 %
686
5.84 A23.3-04 - Canada: Verifying the longitudinal reinforcement value on a one-way reinforced
concrete slab
Test ID: 6264

Test status: Passed
5.84.1 Description
This test is about the calculation of the bottom longitudinal reinforcement values for a one-way slab loaded with a
distributed load (dead loads + live loads)
5.84.2 Background
This test checks the calculation of the bottom longitudinal reinforcement for a one way reinforced concrete slab
simply supported. This slab is loaded by distributed loads (dead loads and live loads).

■ Reference: “Reinforced Concrete Design, a practical approach” – A23.3-04;
■ Analysis type: static linear (gris workspace);

■ Distributed planar loads:
► DL: -6 kN/m² (including the self weight)
► LL: -5 kN/m²
■ The ultimate limit state combination (ULS) is: 1.25 x DL + 1.5 x LL
Dead Loads Live Loads
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the concrete slab characteristics:
■ Thickness: e = 300 mm,
■ Width: b = 1000mm,
■ Concrete cover: c=30 mm => means an effective slab depth equal to 270mm
■ Concrete material: f’c= 25 Mpa (ϕc= 0.65)
■ Steel reinforcement material: fy= 400Mpa (ϕs= 0.85)
Boundary conditions
687
■ The slab is considered as simply supported.

■ Mesh size: 0.50m
5.84.2.2 Reference results in calculating the concrete slab
Calculation of the factored bending moment
The factored load ( w f ) is determined according to Cl.4.1.3.2 of NBC 2005:
w f  1.25DL  1.50LL  1.25  6  1.50  5  15KN / m²
This is a simply supported slab and the maximum bending moment at the midspan can be calculated from the
following equation:
w f .l ² 15  6²
Mf    67.50KN .m / m
8 8
With this equation, we consider the one-way slab as a rectangular beam of 1m width.
Calculation of the required area of tensioned reinforcement
We calculate the required area of tensioned reinforcement using the direct procedure, considering that Mr  M f
 3,85.M r 
As  0,0015. f c' .b. d  d ²  

 f c' .b 
 3,85  67,50.106 
As  0,0015 25  1000 270  270²    750mm ² / m
 25  1000 
 
Reinforcement calculated value

The values calculated by Advance Design are the following ones:
688

2
Ax,b Longitudinal bottom reinforcement in the slab (mm²/m) 750 mm /m

Axb Longitudinal reinforcement value in the middle span 758.163 mm² 1.0884 %
689

uniformly distributed load, with compressed reinforcement- Bilinear stress-strain diagram
Test ID: 4976

Test status: Passed
5.85.1 Description

- The longitudinal reinforcement
- The verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage
5.85.2 Background


The following load cases and load combinations are used:
■ Loadings from the structure: G = 70 kN/m,
■
■ The longitudinal reinforcement
■ The verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage
690
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Height: h = 1.25 m,
■ Width: b = 0.65 m,
2
■ Effective height: d = h-(0.6*h+ebz) = 1.130 m; d’ = ebz = 0.045m
3
fck 25
γ c 1,5
2/3
■ fctm  0.30 * fck  0.30 * 25 2 / 3  2.56MPa
f yk 500
■ Steel S500 : f yd    434,78MPa
γs 1,15
0.3 0.3
 f 8  25  8 
■ E cm  22000 *  ck   22000 *    31476 MPa
 10   10 
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
► Support at end point (x = 14) restrained in translation along Z.
■ Inner: None.
691
Loading
3
Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*70+1.5*80=214.5*10 N/ml
3
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=70+80=150*10 N/ml
3
CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q=70+0.3*80=94*10 N/ml
214 .5 * 14²
MEd   5.255 * 10 6 Nm
8
150 * 14²
MEcq  150  3.675 * 10 6 Nm
8
94 * 14²
MEqp   2.303 * 10 6 Nm
8

■ (, t 0 )  RH * β( fcm ) * β( t 0 )
16 .8 16 .8
■ β( fcm )    2.925
fcm 25  8
1 1
■ β( t 0 )    0.488 at t0=28 days
0.1  t 00.20 0.1  28 0.20
 RH 
 1 
■ RH  1  100 * α1  * α 2
 0.1 * 3 h 
 0 
 
■ 1   2  1 if fcm  35MPa
0.7 0.2
 35   35 
■ If not: α1   
 and α 2   

■ In our case we have: f cm  f ck  8Mpa  33Mpa  1   2  1

50
1
2 * Ac 2 * 650 * 1250 100
■ h0    427 .63mm  RH  1  1.66
u 2 * (650  1250 ) 0.1 * 3 427 .63
■ (, t 0 )  RH * β( fcm ) * β( t 0 )  1.66 * 2.925 * 0.488  2.375
692

Es
■ αe 
E cm
MEqp
1  (, t 0 ) *
MEcar
Defined earlier:
M Ecar  3675*103 Nm
M Eqp  2303*103 Nm
This gives:
200000
αe   15.82
31476
2303 * 10 3
1  2.70 *
3975 * 10 3
For the calculation of steel ULS, we consider the moment reduced limit of  lu  0.372 for a steel grade 500Mpa.
Therefore, make sure to enable the option "limit  (0.372 / S 500) " in Advance Design.

■ Effective height: d=0.9*h=1.125 m
M Ed 5255.25 *103 Nm
cu    0,383
bw * d ² * f cd 0,65m *1.125² m2 *16,67MPa
cu  0.383  lu  0.372 therefore the compressed reinforced must be resized and then the concrete section
must be adjusted.
Calculation of the tension steel section (Section A1):
The calculation of tensioned steel section must be conducted with the corresponding moment of :
M Ed1  lu * bw * d ² * fcd  0.372 * 0.65 *1.125² *16.67  5.10 *106 Nm
■    
The α value: α lu  1.25 * 1  (1  2 * μ lu )  1.25 * 1  (1  2 * 0.372 )  0.618
■ Calculation of the lever arm zc: z lu  d * (1  0.4 * α lu )  1.130 * (1  0.4 * 0.618 )  0.851m
M Ed 1 5.10 * 106 Nm
A1    137.35cm ²
zlu . f yd 0.851m * 434.78MPa
Compressed steel reinforcement reduction (Section As2):

Reduction coefficient:
 sc 
3,5
( lu * d  d ' ) 
3.5
0.618 *1.130  0.045  0.00327
1000 *  lu * d 1000 * 0.618 *1.130
 sc  0.00327   yd  0.00217   sc  f yd  434.78MPa
693
Compressed reinforcement calculation:
M Ed  M Ed 1 5.255  5.15
As 2    2.32cm ²
(d  d ' ) sc (1.130  0.045)  434.78
The steel reinforcement condition:
 sc
A2  As 2 .  2.32cm ²
f yd
Total area to be implemented:

2
In the lower part: As1=A1+A2=142.42 cm
2
In the top part: As2=2.32 cm

The concrete beam design at SLS will be made considering a limitation of the characteristic compressive cylinder
strength of concrete at 28 days, at 0.6*fck
The assumptions are:
150 * 14²
■ The SLS moment: MEcq  150  3.675 * 10 6 Nm
8
■ The equivalence coefficient: α e  15.82
■ The stress on the concrete will be limited at 0.6*fck=15Mpa and the stress on steel at 0.8*fyk, or 400MPa
Calculation of the resistance moment MRd for detecting the presence of the compressed reinforcement:
αe * σc 15.82 * 15
x1  .d   1.125  0.419m
αe * σc  σs 15.82 * 15  400
1 1
Fc  * b w * x1 * σ c  * 0.65 * 0.419  15  2.04 * 10 6 N
2 2
x1 0.419
zc  d   1.125   0.985m
3 3
Mrb  Fc * z c  2.04 * 10 6 * 0.985  2.01 * 10 6 Nm
M1  M rb  2.01*106 Nm
x1 0.419
1    0.372
d 1.125
x1 0.419
zc  d   1.125   0.985m
3 3
M1 2.01
A1    51.01cm ²
zc   s 0.985  400
M 2  M ser , cq  M rb  (3.675  2.01) *106  1.665 *106 Nm
694
1 * d  d '
 sc   e *  c *
1 * d
0.372 *1.125  0.045
 sc  15.82 *15 *  211.78MPa
0.372 *1.125
M2 1.645
A'    71.92cm ²
(d  d ' ) *  sc 1.125  0.045 * 211.78
 sc 211.78
As  A' *  71.92 *  38.08cm ²
s 400
Section area:
2
2
Considering an envelope calculation of ULS and SLS, it will be obtained:
2
Tensioned reinforcement ULS: A=141.42cm
2
Compressed reinforcement SLS: A=71.92cm
To optimize the reinforcement area, it is preferable a third iteration by recalculating with SLS as a baseline amount of
2
tensioned reinforcement (after ULS: Au=141.44cm )
Reference reinforcement additional iteration for calculation at SLS:

For this iteration the calculation will be started from the section of the tensioned reinforcement found when calculating
2
the SLS: Au=141.44cm .
For this particular value, it will be calculated the resistance obtained for tensioned reinforcement:
AELS 89.18
s   s   400  252MPa
AELU 141.42
This is a SLS calculation, considering this limitation:
Calculating the moment resistance MRb for detecting the presence of compressed steel reinforcement:
e * c 15.82 *15
x1  *d  *1.130  0.55m
e * c   s 15.82 *15  252
1 1
Fc  * bw * x1 * c  * 0.65 * 0.55 *15  2.67 *106 N
2 2
x1 0.55
zc  d   1.125   0.94m
3 3
1  x  1  0.55 
M rb  Fc * zc  * bw * x1 *  c *  d  1   * 0.65 * 0.55 *15 * 1.125    2.52 *10 Nm
6
2  3 2  3 
According to the calculation above Mser,cq is grater then Mrb the compressed steel reinforcement is set.
M1  M rb  2.52 *106 Nm
695
x1 0.55
1    0.488
d 1.125
x1 0.548
zc  d   1.125   0.94m
3 3
M1 2.52
A1    106.38cm ²
zc   s 0.94  252
M 2  M ser , cq  M rb  (3.675  2.52) *106  1.155 *106 Nm

1 *d  d '
 sc   e *  c *
1 *d
0.485 *1.125  0.045
 sc  15.82 *15 *  217.73MPa
0.485 *1.125
M2 1.155
A'    49.12cm ²
(d  d ' ) *  sc 1.125  0.045 * 217.73
 sc 217.73
As  A' *  49.12 *  42.44cm ²
s 252
Section area:
2
2

 f ct , eff
0.26 * * bw * d
 0.0013* b * d
 w

Where:

Therefore:
 2.56
0.26 * * 0.65 *1.125  9.73 *10 4 m²
As , min  max  500  9.73cm ²

 0.0013 * 0.65 * 1.125  9.51 * 104
m ²

■ 15 nodes,
696
SLS –Characteristic (reference value: 3675kNm)
SLS –Quasi-permanent (reference value: 2303kNm)
2
2 2
(reference value: A’=148.82cm A=49.12cm )
2
2
697

My,SLS,c My corresponding to the 102 combination (SLS) [kNm] 3675 kNm
My,SLS,q My corresponding to the 103 combination (SLS) [kNm] 2303 kNm
2 2
Az (A’) Tensioned theoretical reinforcement area [cm ] 148.82 cm
2 2

My My USL -5255.25 kN*m 0.0000 %
My My SLS cq -3675 kN*m 0.0000 %
My My SLS pq -2303 kN*m 0.0000 %
Az Az -147.617 cm² -0.0590 %
Amin Amin 9.79662 cm² 0.1699 %
698
5.86 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1/NA - France: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to Pivot A
efforts – Inclined stress-strain diagram (evaluated by SOCOTEC France - ref. Test 4 I)
Test ID: 4977

Test status: Passed
5.86.1 Description
The purpose of this test is to verify the software results for Pivot A efforts. For these tests, the constitutive law for
reinforcement steel, on the inclined stress-strain diagram is applied.

- The longitudinal reinforcement corresponding to Class A reinforcement steel ductility
- The minimum reinforcement percentage
5.86.2 Background

This test performs the verification of the  value (hence the position of the neutral axis) to determine the Pivot efforts
(A or B) to be considered for the calculations.
The distinction between the Pivot A and Pivot B efforts is from the following diagram:
xu  cu 2  cu 2
   x u   .d  .d
d  ud   cu 2  ud   cu 2
The limit for  depends of the ductility class:
■ For a Class A steel: ε ud  22.50   α u  0.1346


■ For a Class B steel: ε ud  45   α u  0.072

■ For a Class C steel: ε ud  67.50   α u  0.049

The purpose of this test is to verify the software results for Pivot A efforts. For these tests, it will be used the
constitutive law for reinforcement steel, on the inclined stress-strain diagram.
S 500 A   su  432,71  952,38. su  454MPa
S 500B   su  432,71  727,27. su  466MPa
S 500C   su  432,71  895,52. su  493MPa

The Pivot efforts types are described below:
■ Pivot A: Simple traction and simple bending or combined
699
■ Pivot B: Simple or combined bending

■ Pivot C: Combined bending with compression and simple compression

■ Loadings from the structure: G = 25 kN/m+ dead load,
■ There will be considered a Class A reinforcement steel
■ The longitudinal reinforcement corresponding to Class A reinforcement steel ductility
700
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.90 m,
■ Width: b = 0.50 m,
■ Length: L = 5.80 m,
2
■ Effective height: d = h - (0.6 * h + ebz)=0.806 m; d’ = ebz = 0.040 m
3
■ There will be considered a Class A reinforcement steel ductility
fck 25
γc 1,5
2/3
■ fctm  0.30 * fck  0.30 * 25 2 / 3  2.56MPa
f yk 500
■ Steel S500 : f yd    434,78MPa
γs 1,15
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
■ Inner: None.
701
Loading
Dead load:
G’=0.9*0.5*2.5=11.25 kN/ml
Load combinations:
Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q=1.35*(25+11.25)+1.5*50=123.94 kN/ml
CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q=25+11.25+50=86.25kN/ml
123.94 * 5.80²
M Ed   521.16kNm
8
86.25 * 5.80²
M Ecq   362.68kNm
8
For a S500B reinforcement steel, we have  lu  0.372 (since we consider no limit on the compression concrete to
SLS).

■ Effective height: d=h-(0.6*h+ebz)=0.806 m
M Ed 0.52116* 103 Nm
 cu    0,096
bw * d ² * f cd 0,50m * 0.806² m 2 * 16,67MPa
■ The α value:
■ The condition: α cu  α u  0.1346 is satisfied, therefore the Pivot A effort conditions are true
There will be a design in simple bending, by considering an extension on the reinforced steel tension equal to
εud  22.50  , which gives the following available stress:

■ S500 A  σ su  432,71  952,38  0.0225  454MPa

The calculation of the concrete shortening:
 cu 0.127
 cu   su *  22.50 *  3.27 
1   cu 1  0.127 
It is therefore quite correct to consider a design stress of concrete equal to f cd .
zc  d * (1  0,4 *  cu )  0.806 * (1  0.4 * 0.127)  0.765m
M Ed 0.52116
Au    15.00cm²
zc * f yd 0.765 * 454
702

 f ct , eff
0.26 * * bw * d
 0.0013* b * d
 w

Where:

Therefore:
 2.56
0.26 * * 0.50 * 0.806  5.38 *10 4 m²
As , min  max  500  5.38cm ²

 0.0013* 0.50 * 0.806  5.24 *10 m²
4

■ 7 nodes,
2
2
For Class A reinforcement steel ductility (reference value: A=15.00cm )
703
2
2

2 2
Az Theoretical reinforcement area (Class A) [cm ] 15.00 cm
2 2

My My USL -521.125 kN*m 0.0000 %
My My SLS -362.657 kN*m 0.0000 %
Az Az Class A -14.9973 cm² 0.0000 %
Az Az Class B -14.9973 cm² 0.7491 %
Amin Amin -5.37514 cm² 0.0000 %
704
5.87 EC2 / CSN EN 1992-1-1 - Czech Republic: Main reinforcement design for simple supported
beam
Test ID: 6261

Test status: Passed
5.87.1 Description
CSN EN1992-1-1: Required tension reinforcement design for simple supported rectangular beam
5.87.2 Background
Design of main reinforcement for simple supported beam

Verifies values of minimal and theoretical reinforcement areas for rectangular beam made of concrete C20/25,
reinforcement B500B. Design is considered for Ultimate Limit State with uniform distribution of stresses in
compressed concrete and unlimited reshaping of tensioned reinforcement. Self weight is taken into account.
Bilinear stress-strain diagram for reinforcement.

■ Reference: Manually calculated example
Load cases and load combinations:
■ Dead load: g = 10 kN/m, γG = 1.35,
■ Live load: q = 15 kN/m, γQ = 1.5
■ CULS = 1.35*(g+g´) + 1.5*q
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Height: h = 450 mm,
■ Width: b = 250 mm,
■ Length: L = 6000 mm,
3 2
■ Section area: A = 112.5*10 mm ,
■ Reinforcement center of gravity position: d´ = 38 mm,
■ Effective height: d = 412 mm
705
Concrete: C20/25
3
■ Weight: 2500 kg/m
■ γc = 1.15
Reinforcement: B500B
■ fyk = 500 MPa
■ γs = 1.15
■ Es = 200 GPa
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
► Support at start point (Z=0), hinged connection,
► Support at end point (Z = 6.0) hinged connection restrained to rotate around Z
■ Inner: none
Loading
The beam is subjected to following load combination:
■ Ultimate Limit State:
qEd = 1.35*(g + g´) + 1.5*q = 1.35*(10 + 0,25*0,45*2500*9.81) + 1.5*15 = 39.72 kN/m
5.87.2.2 Reinforcement design

Material characteristics
►
According to: CSN EN1992-1-1 Chapter 3.1.6(1)P, Formula (3.15)

► fctm = 2.2 MPa
According to: CSN EN1992-1-1 Chapter 3.1.3, Table 3.1
■ Reinforcement B500B:
► fyk = 500 MPa
►
According to: CSN EN1992-1-1 Chapter 3.2.7(2), Picture 3.8
Design moment for Ultimate Limit State
Reinforcement design
■ Theoretical reinforcement
b  d  f cd  2  M Ed  0.25  0.412  13.3  106  2  178.74  103  2

As , req   1  1  
  1  1    12.42cm
f yd b  d 2  f cd 435  106  0.25  0.4122  13.3  103 
   
■ Minimal reinforcement
2
ASmin = 1.34 cm
706
According to: CSN EN1992-1-1 Chapter 9.2.1.1(1), Formula (9.1N)

■ 7 nodes,
FEM Results
Bending moment for Ultimate Limit State (reference value 178.74 kNm)
Concrete design results

2
Theoretical reinforcement area (reference value 12.42 cm )
2
Minimal reinforcement area (reference value 1.34 cm )

My Bending moment for Ultimate Limit State [kNm] 178.74 kNm
2 2
2 2
Amin Minimal reinforcement area [cm ] 1.34 cm

My Design moment -178.756 kN*m -0.0090 %
Az RC required -12.4214 cm² -0.0113 %
Amin RC minimal -1.339 cm² 0.0746 %
707
5.88 EC2 / NF EN1992-1-1 - France: Verifying a T concrete section - Inclined stress-strain diagram
(Class XC3)
Test ID: 6274

Test status: Passed
5.88.1 Description
The purpose of this test is to calculate the longitudinal reinforcement of a T-Beam with inclinated stress-strain
diagram with a XC3 class concrete.
5.88.2 Background
Verifies the reinforcement area on a T concrete section (C35/45)..

■ Reference: Calcul des structures en béton – Jean-Marie Paillé;
■ Loadings from the structure: G = 53 kN/m + self weight
■ Exploitation loadings (): Q = 80 kN/m
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Height: h = 1.25 m,
■ Width: b = 0.55 m,
■ Length: L = 14.00 m,
■ Concrete cover: cnom=4 cm
■ Reinforcement S500, Class: B, ss=500 MPa – Inclinated stress-strain diagram
708
■ Fck=355 MPa
MEd= 214.5 kN.m
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
► Support at start point (x=0) hinged connection,
► Support at end point (x=14) hinged connection.
■ Inner: None.
Moment values
MEd =pEd x L²/8
Combination type Value (kN.m)
ULS combination 5 255
SLS CQ combination 2 695
Bottom reinforcement calculation

= 454 MPa,

M Ed 5.255
1  0.4 d   1  0.4  0.1221.10  454
As = = = 110 cm²

■ 29 nodes,

2
As Longitudinal reinforcement obtained using the inclined stress-strain 110 cm
2
diagram [cm ]

My ULS Bending moment -5261.45 kN*m -0.1227 %
My SLS CQ Bending moment -2699.59 kN*m -0.1703 %
Az Longitudinal bottom reinforcement -107.285 cm² 2.4682 %
709
5.89 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1 - France: Tie reinforcement
Test ID: 6260

Test status: Passed
5.89.1 Description
The purpose of this test is to find the minimal and longitudinal reinfocement values on a tie element.
5.89.2 Background
Reinforcement area on tie element

Verifies the armature of a pulling reinforced concrete, C20/25, subjected to a normal force of traction.

■ Reference: Pratique de l’Eurocode 2 – Jean Roux;
■ Loadings from the structure: Fx,G = 100 kN
■ Exploitation loadings (category A): Fx,Q = 40 kN
■ The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Ned = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.20 m,
■ Width: b = 0.20 m,
■ Length: L = 2.00 m,
2
■ Reinforcement S500, Class: A, ss=500 MPa – Inclinated stress-strain diagram
■ Fck=25 MPa
710
NEd=1.35*100+1.5*40=195 kN
Nser=1*100+1*40=140 kN
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
■ Inner: None.
S 500  ClassA   s ,U  454MPa
N Ed 0.195
As ,U    4.30 *104 m²  4.3cm²
 s ,U 454
f ctm
As  Ac *
f yk
f ctm  0.30 * f ck2 / 3  0.30 * 252 / 3  2,56MPa
Ac  0.20 * 0.20  0.04m ²

f ctm 2.56
As  Ac *  0.04 *  2.05cm²
f yk 500

■ 4 nodes,
ULS load combinations

2 2
Using the inclined stress-strain diagram, the reinforcement will result: (Ay=2.146 cm =2*1.073 cm )
711
2 2
Using the inclined stress-strain diagram, the reinforcement will result: (Az=2.146 cm =2*1.073 cm )
So total reinforcement area is 4.292 cm².

2
As Longitudinal reinforcement obtained using the inclined stress-strain 4.30 cm
2
diagram [cm ]
712

Fx Ned 195 kN 0.0000 %
Fx Nser 140 kN 0.0000 %
Amin As,min 2.05197 cm² 0.0961 %
Ay Ayb -1.07346 cm² 0.1433 %
Az Azb -1.07346 cm² 0.1433 %
713
5.90 NTC 2008 - Italy: Longitudinal reinforcement on a simply supported beam
Test ID: 6278

Test status: Passed
5.90.1 Description
Verifies the beam''s longitudinal reinforcement area on the support with linear load applied along the linear element
5.90.2 Background

Units
Metric
Geometry
■ Length: L = 13.50 m,
■ Area: A = 3000 cm²
714
Boundary conditions
■ Hinge at end x = 4.50, 9.00, 13.50 m
■ Restrained in translation on x,y axes and restrained in rotation on x axis x = 0.00 m.
Loading
Uniformly distributed load of G1k = -33.00 kN/m
Uniformly distributed load of G2k = -25.74 kN/m
Uniformly distributed load of Q1k = -13.20 kN/m


2
Longitudinal Verification of the longitudinal reinforcement area on the support 25.23 cm
reinforcement

Az Theoretical reinforcement on the support 0 cm² 3.9635 %
715
5.91 EC2 / NF EN 1992-1-1 - France: Reinforcement calculation on intermediate support on a

continuous beam
Test ID: 6277

Test status: Passed
5.91.1 Description
The purpose on this test is to calculate longitudinal and transversal reinforcement on intermediate support on a 2
spans beam.
5.91.2 Background
Verifies the reinforcement values on intermediate support for a continuous beam.

■ Loadings from the structure: G = 20 kN/m + self weight
■ Exploitation loadings (category A): Q1 = 30 kN on the first span and Q2 = 30 kN/m on the second span.
■ The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q1 + 1.5 x Q2
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Height: h = 0.70 m,
■ Width: b = 0.25 m,
■ Length: L = 12.00 m,
■ Reinforcement S500, Class: B, ss=500 MPa – Bilinear stress-strain diagram
■ Fck=25 MPa
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
► Support at start point (x=0 m) hinged connection,
► Support at end point (x=12 m) hinged connection,
■ Inner: Hinged support at x = 6 m.
716
Calculations of top longitudinal reinforcement area
Calculations of transversal reinforcement area

■ 3 supports,
■ 13 nodes,

2 2
Az Top longitudinal reinforcement [cm ] 14.3 cm
Atz Transversal reinforcement [cm²] 11.8 cm²

Az Top longitudinal reinforcement bars 14.4252 cm² 0.8755 %
Atz Transversal reinforcement 11.8481 cm² 0.4076 %
717
5.92 EC3 / CSN EN 1992-1-1 - Czech Republic: Verification of stresses in steel and concrete on
simply supported beam
Test ID: 6309

Test status: Passed
5.92.1 Description
The objective of this test is to verify design conditions of stress limitation in reinforcement concrete beam.
5.92.2 Background
Verification of stresses in compressed concrete and steel reinforcement.

Verifies values of stresses in compressed concrete for quasi-permanent combination and steel reinforcement for
characteristic combination on simple supported beam made of concrete C20/25 with defined reinforcement 5Φ16mm
of steel B500B. The beam is in environment exposure class XC1.
Bilinear stress-strain diagram for reinforcement.

■ Reference: Manually calculated example
Loading and combinations:
■ Characteristic value of dead load (including self weight): g = 7.0 kN/m,
■ Characteristic value of long-term live load: qk = 5.0 kN/m,
■ Characteristic value of leading live load: qk1 = 14.5 kN/m,
■ Characteristic value of accompanying live load: q k2 = 5.0 kN/m,
■ Quasi-permanent combination:
► qQP = 1.0*g + ψ2*qk = 7.0 + 0.8*5.0 = 11.0 kN/m
■ Characteristic combination:
► qCQ = 1.0*g +qk1 + ψ0*qk2 = 7.0 + 14.5 + 0.7*7.0 = 26.4 kN/m
■ Humidity RH = 50%; t0 = 28 days
718
Units
Metric System
Geometry
■ Height: h = 450 mm,
■ Width: b = 250 mm,
■ Length: L = 6000 mm,
3 2
■ Section area: AC = 112.5*10 mm ,
-6
■ Considered reinforcement: 5*Φ16mm; As = 1006*10 ,
■ Reinforcement center of gravity position: d´ = 38 mm,
■ Effective height: d = 412 mm
Concrete: C20/25
3
■ Weight: 2500 kg/m ,
■ fck = 20 MPa,
■ fctm = 2,2 MPa,
■ fcm = 28 MPa,
■
Reinforcement: B500B
■ fyk = 500 MPa
■ Es = 200 GPa
Boundary conditions
■ Outer:
► Support at start point (Z=0), hinged connection,
► Support at end point (Z = 6.0) hinged connection restrained to rotate around Z
■ Inner: none
Design loads
In the calculation following design load are considered:
5.92.2.2 Calculation of concrete creep coefficient
According to: CSN EN1992-1-1 Chapter B.1(1), Formula (B.4)
719
According to: CSN EN1992-1-1 Chapter B.1(1), Formula (B.3a)
According to: CSN EN1992-1-1 Chapter 7.4.3(3), Formula (7.20)
Neutral axis position
5.92.2.3 Verification of stresses
Verification of stresses in compressed concrete

For quasi-permanent combination:
According to: CSN EN1992-1-1 Chapter 7.2(3)
Verification of stresses in reinforcement steel

For characteristic combination:

■ 7 nodes,
720
FEM Results
Bending moment for Serviceability Limit State - Quasi-permanent combination (reference value 49.5 kNm)
Bending moment for Serviceability Limit State - Characteristic combination (reference value 118.8 kNm)
Concrete design results
Stress in compressed concrete for Quasi-permanent combination (reference value 5.54 MPa)
Stress in reinforcement steel for Characteristic combination (reference value 344.62 MPa)

My Bending moment for Quasi-permanent combination [kNm] 49.5 kNm
My Bending moment for Characteristic combination [kNm] 118.8 kNm
SCqp Stress in compressed concrete for QP combination [MPa] 5.54 MPa
SScq Stress in reinforcement for CQ combination [MPa] 344.62 MPa

My Bending moment for quasi-permanent combination -49.5 kN*m 0.0000 %
My Bending moment for characteristic combination -118.8 kN*m 0.0000 %
Sc z QP Stresses in concrete for quasi-permanent combination 5.68905 MPa 2.6904 %
Ss z CQ Stresses in steel for characteristic combination -337.858 MPa 1.9622 %
721
5.93 NTC 2008 - Italy: Verifying the shear resistance for a rectangular concrete beam with vertical
transversal reinforcement
Test ID: 6339

Test status: Passed
5.93.1 Description
shear force diagram is generated. The design value of the maximum shear force which can be sustained by the
member, limited by crushing of the compression struts, VRd,max., will be calculated, along with the cross-sectional
area of the shear reinforcement, Asw, and the theoretical reinforcement. For the calculation, the reduced shear force
values will be used
5.93.2 Background

Below are described the beam cross section properties:
■ Height: h = 0.70 m,
■ Width: b = 0.35 m,
■ Length: L = 5.75 m,
2
■ Section area: A = 0.24 m
■ Concrete cover: ebz = 3.50 cm
■ Effective height: d = h - (0.6 * h + ebz)=0.623 m; d’ = ehz = 0.035 m
■ Stirrup slope:
■ Strut slope:
Units
Metric System
Rectangular solid concrete section C25/30
The design value is given by the formula 4.1.1 according NTC2008 Chapter 4, where the safety factor is 1.5, and the
coefficient "alpha" represents the reduction factor for the long duration resistance; its value is 0.85.
The steel reinforcement is B450C according NTC 2008 Chapter 11.3.2.1, with these properties:
722
fwyk the charateristic yelding strenght and γs = 1,15 according to formula 4.1.4 from NTC 2008 Chapter 4.1.2.1.1.2
Boundary conditions
■ Hinged at the extremity (x = 0.00 m)
■ Restrained in translation on y and z axes and restrained in rotation on x axis in the end (x = 5.75 m).
Loading
The beam is stressed by the following loading condition:

► Dead load G1k is represented by a linear load of 40.00 kN/m
► The live load is considered from one linear load Q2k = 25 kN/m
For ULS combination we have the following load combination according NTC 2008 Chapter 2.5.3:
Fd SLU = 1.3 x 40.00 kN/m + 1.5 x 25.00 kN/m = 89.5 kN/m

Load calculation:

The maximum shear resistance value has to be bigger than the one which stresses the beam according the 4.1.17
equivalence from NTC 2008 Chapter 4.
The maximum shear resistance is given by the formula 4.1.19 from NTC 2008 Chapter 4.
Where:
“d” is the effective height of the section
“bw” is the minimum width of the section
is a coefficent defined as follows
723
“ f’cd ” represents the reduced design compressive strenght (f’ cd = 0.5 x fcd)
The maximum shear resistance will be
2
VRd = 0.9 x 0.623 x 0.35 x 1 x (0.5 x 14.17) x (ctg90° + ctg45°) / (1 + ctg 45°) = 695.19 kN
VEd = 257.31 kN < VRd = 695.19 kN
Calculation of the reduced shear force and transversal reinforcement
horizontal axis where z is considered 0.9 x d = 0.560.
In the case of a member subjected to a distributed load, the equation of the shear force is:
Therefore:
So the transversal reinforcement area will be (alpha = 90°):

Fz Shear force 257.31 kN
2
Atz Transversal reinforcement area on z axes 9.40 cm

Fz Shear force -257.313 kN -0.0012 %
Atz Transversal reinforcement area 9.38222 cm² -0.1891 %
724
5.94 NTC 2008 - Italy: Verifying a rectangular concrete beam subjected to a uniformly distributed
load
Test ID: 6311

Test status: Passed
5.94.1 Description
verification of the minimum reinforcement percentage
5.94.2 Background

Below are described the beam cross section properties:
■ Height: h = 0.90 m,
■ Width: b = 0.50 m,
■ Length: L = 5.80 m,
2
■ Section area: A = 0.45 m
■ Concrete cover: c = 4.00 cm (for the concrete cover of the bottom / top external fiber measured along the local
z axis, Advance Design is having the following notation: ebz = 4.00 cm; ehz = 4.00 cm
■ Effective height: d = h - (0.06* h + ebz)=0.810 m; d’ = ehz= 0.040 m
Units
Metric System
Concrete class C25/30 is used. Design compressive strength value is given by the formula 4.1.1 according
NTC2008 Chapter 4 where the safety factor is 1.5, and the coefficient "alpha" represents the reduction factor for the
long duration resistance, its value is 0.85.
725
The steel reinforcement is B450C according NTC 2008 Chapter 11.3.2.1 with these properties:
fyk the characteristic yielding strength and γs = 1,15 according formula 4.1.4 NTC 2008 Chapter 4.1.2.1.1.2
Boundary conditions
■ Hinged at end (x = 0.00 m)
■ Restrained in translation on y and z axes and restrained in rotation on x axis (x = 5.80 m).
Loading
The beam is stressed by the following loading condition:
3
■ Dead load G1k = 0.9 m x 0.5 m x 25 kN/m = -11.25 kN/m
■ Permanent load G2k = 25.00 kN/m
■ Live load Q3k = 13.20 kN/m
For ULS combination we have the following load combination according NTC 2008 Chapter 2.5.3:
Fd SLU = 1.3 x 11.25 kN/m + 1.5 x 25 kN/m + 1.5 x 50 kN/m = 127.12 kN/m
For SLS charateristic combination we have the following load combination according NTC 2008 Chapter 2.5.3:
Fd SLS = 1 x 11.25 kN/m + 1 x 25 kN/m + 1 x 50 kN/m = 86.25 kN/m

Load calculation:

We assumed the limit reduced moment ( ) as 0.327 in the limit between the field 3 and field 4 with = 0.625
Where:
Effective height: d = h - (0.06* h + ebz) = 0.810 m
Mechanical reinforcement ratio
Reduced moment
726
Neutral axis position

Calculation of the reduced moment MEd = 534 kNm
In our case = 0.115 < 0.327, so we don't have to put compressed reinforcement, knowing the reduced moment
we can find the parameter which defines the mechanical tensioned reinforcement ratio following the table:
So the required reinforcement is given by the relationship
2
So we use 6 ø20 on the bottom of the beam --> As = 18.85 cm
We calculate the new mechanical reinforcement ratio with the real reinforcement
2
= 1885 mm x 391.30 / 500 x 810 x 14.17 = 0.128
The reinforcement ratio value is 0.128  = 0.118 (found by interpolation on the table above) so the
resistance moment will be:
2
= 0.118 x 0.50 x 0.810 x 14.17 = 548.51 kNm > MEd = 534.53 kNm
727
The minimum reinforcement area is defined by the formula (4.1.43) from NTC 2008:
Where:

2
As Longitudinal reinforcement area on the middle point of 18.03 cm
the beam
2
As,min Minimum reinforcement area 5.97 cm

Az Longitudinal reinforcement -18.0679 cm² -0.2102 %
Amin Minimum reinforcement area 5.97238 cm² 0.0000 %
728
5.95 EC2 / CSN EN 1992-1-1 - Czech Republic: Stresses and cracks verification for simple
supported beam
Test ID: 6352

Test status: Passed
5.95.1 Description
Verifies the reinforced concrete rectangular cross-section to resist defined loads on simple bending. During this test
are verified stresses in concrete section and steel reinforcement, the maximal spacing of cracks, difference between
mean strain in concrete and steel and crack width.
5.95.2 Background
Verifies stresses and crack width on simple supported beam made of concrete C20/25, considering real longitudinal
reinforcement 5 Φ 16 mm. Profile´s length is 6m, cross section dimensions are 0.25 x 0.45 m. Self weight is not taken
into account.

■ Reference: manually calculated reference example
■ Load cases:
 Dead load: g = 7.0 kN/m
 Live load: q = 12.0 kN/m (Category E: Storages; ψ0 = 1.0, ψ2 = 0.8)
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described beam´s cross section characteristics:
■ Height: h = 0.45 m
■ Width: b = 0.25 m
2
■ Section area: Ac = 0.1125 m
■ Length: l = 6.0 m
-6 2
■ Reinforcement 5 Φ 16 mm, As = 1005*10 m
■ Concrete cover: c = 0.03 m
■ Effective height: d = 0.038 m
729
Concrete C20/25 and reinforcement steel B500A are used. Following characteristics are used in relation to these
material(s):
■ Characteristic compressive cylinder strength of concrete at 28 days: f ck = 20 MPa
■ Mean axial tensile strength: fctm = 2.2 MPa
■ Mean secant modulus of elasticity of concrete: Ecm = 30000 MPa
■ Characteristic yield strength of reinforcement: fyk = 500 MPa
■ Young´s modulus of reinforcement: Es = 200000 MPa
■ Exposure class: XD1
■ Concrete age: t0 = 28 days
■ Relative humidity: RH = 50 %
Boundary conditions
Boundary conditions are described below:
■ Outer:
► Hinge at start point (X = 0); restrained translation along X, Y and Z axis
► Hinge at end point (X = 6.0 m); restrained in translation along Y and Z, in rotation around X axis
■ Inner: None.
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following load combinations and actions:
CSTR = 1.35 * g + 1.5 * q = 1.35 * 7.0 kN/m + 1.5 * 12.0 kN/m = 27.45 kN/m
1 1
MSTR = C * l 2 = 27.45 * 6 2 = 123.53 kNm
8 STR 8
■ The serviceability limit state (SLS) quasi-permanent combination is:
CQP = 1 * g + ψ2 * q = 1 * 7.0 kN/m + 0.8 * 12.0kN/m = 10.0 kN/m
1 1
MQP = C * l 2 = 10.0 * 6 2 = 74.70 kNm
8 QP 8
■ The serviceability limit state (SLS) characteristic combination is:
CCQ = 1 * g + ψ0 * q = 1 * 7.0 kN/m + 1 * 12.0kN/m = 19.0 kN/m
1 1
MCQ = C * l 2 = 19.0 * 6 2 = 85.50 kNm
8 CQ 8
5.95.2.2 Concrete final value of creep coefficient

16.8 16.8
β( fcm ) = = = 3.17 MPa
fcm 28

fcm = fck + 8 = 20 + 8 = 28 MPa
1 1
β( t 0 ) = = = 0.488
0.1 + t 00.20 0.1 + 28 0.20
Fcm = 28 MPa < 35.0 MPa
RH 50
1- 1-
100 100
φRH = 1+ = 1+ = 1.92
0.1 * 3 h0 0.1 * 3 160.71
According to: CSN EN1992-1-1 Chapter B.1(1), Formula (B.3a)
730
2 * A c 2 * 0.25 * 0.45
h0 = = = 160.71 mm
u 2(0.25 + 0.45)
φ(∞ , t 0 ) = φRH * β( fcm ) * β( t 0 ) = 1.92 * 3.17 * 0.488 = 2.97
Es 200000
αe = = = 26.47
E cm 30000
1+ φ(∞ , t 0 ) 1+ 2.97
5.95.2.3 Geometric characteristics of non-cracked cross-section
Ideal cross-section calculation

Ideal cross-section area:
A i = A c + α e * A s = 0.1125 + 26.47 * 1005 * 10 -6 = 0.1391 m2
Ideal cross-section centre of gravity distance from bottom surface:
A c * a c + α e * A s * d 0.1125 * 0.45 * 0.225 + 26.47 * 1005 * 10 -6 * 0.412

a gi = = = 0.2310 m
Ai 0.1391
Ideal cross-section moment of inertia to its center of gravity:
Ii = Ic + A c (a gi - a c ) 2 + α e * A s (d - a gi ) 2
1
Ii = 0.25 * 0.45 3 + 0.1125 (0.231 - 0.225) 2 + 26.47 * 1005 * 10 - 6 (0.412 - 0.231) 2 = 0.0067 m 4
12
Bending moment for cracks verification

Ii 0.0067
Mcr,lt = fctm * = 2.2 * = 67.5 kNm < MQP = 74.7 kNm => cracks are expected
h - a gi 0.45 - 0.231
5.95.2.4 Geometric characteristics cracked cross-section

Distance of neutral axis from compressed surface
αe 2 * b * As * d 26.47 2 * 0.25 * 1005 * 10 -6 * 0.412

x= A s (-1 + 1+ )= 1005 * 10 - 6 [-1+ 1+ ] = 0.208 m
b αe * A s 0.25 26.47 * (1005 * 10 - 6 )2
Moment of inertia of cracked cross/section

1 1
Iu = b * x 3 + α e * A s (d - x)2 = 0.25 * 0.208 3 + 26.47 * 1005 * 10 - 6 (0.412 - 0.208) 2 = 0.001857 m 4
3 3
5.95.2.5 Reference results in calculating stresses in concrete and reinforcement
Verification of stress in compressed concrete for quasi-permanent combination
MQP 0.0704
σc = = = 8.37 MPa < 0.45 * fck = 0.45 * 20 = 9.0 MPa
Iu 0.001857

Verification of stress in reinforcement steel for characteristic combination
MCQ 0.0855
σ s = αe (d - x) = 26.47 (0.412 - 0.208) = 248.62 MPa < 0.8 * f y k = 0.8 * 500 = 400.0 MPa
Iu 0.001857
731
5.95.2.6 Reference results in calculating crack width
Calculation of maximal spacing of cracks

-6 2
Longitudinal bottom reinforcement is 5 Φ 16 mm, As = 1005*10 m .
2.5 * (h - d) 2.5 * (0.45 - 0.412) = 0.095 m

(h - x) (0.45 - 0.412)
A c,ef f = b * min = 0.25 * min = 0.087 m = 0.25 * 0.087 = 0.020167 m 2
3 3
0.5 * h 0.5 * 0.45 = 0.225 m
According to: CSN EN1992-1-1 Chapter 7.3.2(3)

-6
As 1005 * 10
ρ p, eff = = = 0.0498
A c,eff 0.020167

Concrete cover c = 0.036 m (considering stirrups Φ 6 mm).
k1 = 0.8; k2 = 0.5; k3 = 3.4; k4 = 0.425; kT = 0.4
k 4 * k1 * k 2 * Φ 0.425 * 0.8 * 0.5 * 0.016
sr,max = k 3 * c + = 3.4 * 0.036 + = 0.1770 m
ρp,ef f 0.0498
Calculation of average strain

Reinforcement stress for quasi-permanent combination:
MQP 0.0747
σ s = αe (d - x) = 26.47 (0.412 - 0.208) = 217.22 MPa
Iu 0.001857
Es 200
αe = = = 6.67
E cm 30
fct, eff 2.2

σs - kt (1 + α e * ρp, eff ) 217 .22 - 0.4 (1 + 6.67 * 0.0498)
ρp, eff 0.0498
ε sm - ε cm = = = 9.68 * 10 -4
Es 200 * 10 3
Calculation of crack width
w k = sr,max (ε sm - ε cm ) = 0.1770 * 9.68 * 10 -4 = 0.1716 mm
According to CSN EN1992-1-1 Chapter 7.3.1(5), Table 7.1N, for exposure class XD1 the value of crack width
must be smaller than 0.3 mm.

■ Linear element: Beam,
■ 7 nodes,
732
FEM calculation – bending moment results

ULS combination (reference value: MSTR = 123.53 kNm)
SLS quasi-permanent combination (reference value: MQP = 74.70 kNm)
SLS characteristic combination (reference value: MCQ = 85.50 kNm)
Compressing stresses in concrete and reinforcement

Compressing stress in concrete for quasi-permanent combination (reference value: σc =8.37 MPa)
Compressing stress in reinforcement for characteristic combination (reference value: σscq =248.62 MPa)
Compressing stress in reinforcement for quasi-permanent combination (reference value: σsqp =217.22 MPa)
Crack calculation results

Maximal spacing of cracks (reference value: sr,max = 0.177 m)
-4
Average strain in steel and concrete (reference value: εsm – εcm = 9.68 * 10 )
Crack width (reference value: wk = 0.1716 mm)
733

MySTR Bending moment from ULS load combination [kNm] 123.53 kNm
MyQP Bending moment from quasi-permanent combination [kNm] 74.70 kNm
MyCQ Bending moment from characteristic combination [kNm] 85.50 kNm
σc Stress in concrete for quasi-permanent combination [MPa] 8.37 MPa
σscq Stress in reinforcement for quasi-perm. combination [MPa] 248.62 MPa
σsqp Stress in reinforcement for characteristic combination [MPa] 217.22 MPa
sr,max Maximal spacing of cracks [m] 0.177 m
-4
εsm – εcm Average strain in steel and concrete [-] 9.68 * 10
wk Crack width [mm] 0.1716 mm

Sc z QP Concrete stress QP 8.58529 MPa 2.5722 %
Ss z CQ Steel stress CQ -250.516 MPa -0.7626 %
Sr,max z Max crack 177.306 mm 0.1729 %
Îµsm - Îµcm z Stresses difference 0.000982881 adim 1.5373 %
wk z Crack width -0.174271 mm -1.5565 %
My My STR -123.525 kN*m 0.0000 %
My My QP -74.7 kN*m 0.0000 %
My My CQ -85.5 kN*m 0.0000 %
734
6 General Applications
6.1 Verifying the overlapping when a planar element is built in a hole (TTAD #13772)
Test ID: 6214

Test status: Passed
6.1.1 Description
Verifies that when a planar element is built in a hole of another planar element by checking the mesh.
6.2 Verifying element creation using commas for coordinates (TTAD #11141)
Test ID: 4554

Test status: Passed
6.2.1 Description
Verifies element creation using commas for coordinates in the command line.
6.3 Modifying the "Design experts" properties for concrete linear elements (TTAD #12498)
Test ID: 4542

Test status: Passed
6.3.1 Description
Defines the "Design experts" properties for a concrete (EC2) linear element in analysis model and verifies properties
from descriptive model.
6.4 Verifying the precision of linear and planar concrete covers (TTAD #12525)
Test ID: 4547

Test status: Passed
6.4.1 Description
Verifies the linear and planar concrete covers precision.
6.5 Defining the reinforced concrete design assumptions (TTAD #12354)
Test ID: 4528

Test status: Passed
6.5.1 Description
Verifies the definition of the reinforced concrete design assumptions.
6.6 Creating system trees using the copy/paste commands (DEV2012 #1.5)
Test ID: 4164

Test status: Passed
736
6.6.1 Description
Creates system trees using the copy/paste commands in the Pilot. The source system consists of several
subsystems. The target system is in the source system.
6.7 Changing the default material (TTAD #11870)
Test ID: 4436

Test status: Passed
6.7.1 Description
Selects a different default material for concrete elements.
6.8 Verifying the appearance of the local x orientation legend (TTAD #11737)
Test ID: 4109

Test status: Passed
6.8.1 Description
Verifies the color legend display. On a model with a planar element, the color legend is enabled; it displays the
elements by the local x orientation color.
6.9 Creating system trees using the copy/paste commands (DEV2012 #1.5)
Test ID: 4162

Test status: Passed
6.9.1 Description
Creates system trees using the copy/paste commands in the Pilot. The source system consists of several
subsystems. The target system is on the same level as the source system.
6.10 Launching the verification of a model containing steel connections (TTAD #12100)
Test ID: 4096

Test status: Passed
6.10.1 Description
Launches the verification function for a model containing a beam-column steel connection.
6.11 Creating a new Advance Design file using the "New" command from the "Standard" toolbar
(TTAD #12102)
Test ID: 4095

Test status: Passed
737
6.11.1 Description
Creates a new .fto file using the "New" command from the "Standard" toolbar. Creates a rigid punctual support and
tests the CAD coordinates.
6.12 Verifying the objects rename function (TTAD #12162)
Test ID: 4229

Test status: Passed
6.12.1 Description
Verifies the renaming function from the properties list of a linear element. The name contains the "_" character.
6.13 Generating liquid pressure on horizontal and vertical surfaces (TTAD #10724)
Test ID: 4361

Test status: Passed
6.13.1 Description
Generates liquid pressure on a concrete structure with horizontal and vertical surfaces. Generates the loadings
description report.
6.14 Verifying 2 joined vertical elements with the clipping option enabled (TTAD #12238)
Test ID: 4480

Test status: Passed
6.14.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation on a model with 2 joined vertical elements with the clipping option enabled.
6.15 Importing a cross section from the Advance Steel profiles library (TTAD #11487)
Test ID: 3719

Test status: Passed
6.15.1 Description
Imports the Canam Z 203x10.0 section from the Advance Steel Profiles library in the Advance Design list of available
cross sections.
6.16 Verifying the synthetic table by type of connection (TTAD #11422)
Test ID: 3646

Test status: Passed
6.16.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and the steel calculation on a structure with four types of connections.
Generates the "Synthetic table by type of connection" report.
738
The structure consists of linear steel elements (S275) with CE505, IPE450, IPE140 and IPE500 cross section. The
model connections: columns base plates, beam - column fixed connections, beam - beam fixed connections and
gusset plate. Live loads, snow loads and wind loads are applied.
6.17 Verifying mesh, CAD and climatic forces - LPM meeting
Test ID: 4079

Test status: Passed
6.17.1 Description
Generates the "Description of climatic loads" report for a model consisting of a concrete structure with dead loads,
wind loads, snow loads and seism loads. Performs the model verification, meshing and finite elements calculation.
Generates the "Displacements of linear elements by element" report.
6.18 Creating and updating model views and post-processing views (TTAD #11552)
Test ID: 3820

Test status: Passed
6.18.1 Description
Creates and updates the model view and the post-processing views for a simple steel frame.
6.19 Verifying material properties for C25/30 (TTAD #11617)
Test ID: 3571

Test status: Passed
6.19.1 Description
Verifies the material properties on a model with a concrete (C25/30) bar. Generates the material description report.
6.20 Verifying geometry properties of elements with compound cross sections (TTAD #11601)
Test ID: 3546

Test status: Passed
6.20.1 Description
Verifies the geometry properties of a steel structure with elements which have compound cross sections (CS4
IPE330 UPN240). Generates the geometrical data report.
739
031617-0409-0829

AD Validation Guide Vol1 2019 EN PDF

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

AD Validation Guide Vol1 2019 EN PDF

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

VALIDATION GUIDE

1 FINITE ELEMENT METHOD ............................................................................................... 21

1.3 Circular plate under uniform load (01-0003SSLSB_FEM) ............................................................................28

1.8 System of two bars with three hinges (01-0002SSLLB_FEM) ......................................................................43

1.9 Thin circular ring fixed in two points (01-0006SDLLB_FEM) ........................................................................46

1.11 Double fixed beam (01-0016SDLLB_FEM) .................................................................................................53

1.14 Cantilever beam in Eulerian buckling (01-0021SFLLB_FEM) .....................................................................64

1.16 Thin square plate fixed on one side (01-0019SDLSB_FEM) .......................................................................69

1.17 Bending effects of a symmetrical portal frame (01-0023SDLLB_FEM) .......................................................73

1.18 Slender beam on two fixed supports (01-0024SSLLB_FEM) ......................................................................76

1.19 Slender beam on three supports (01-0025SSLLB_FEM) ............................................................................82

1.20 Thin circular ring hanged on an elastic element (01-0014SDLLB_FEM) .....................................................86

1.21 Short beam on simple supports (eccentric) (01-0018SDLLB_FEM) ............................................................89

1.23 Fixed thin arc in out of plane bending (01-0028SSLLB_FEM) ....................................................................97

1.24 Double hinged thin arc in planar bending (01-0029SSLLB_FEM) ............................................................... 99

1.25 Beam on elastic soil, free ends (01-0032SSLLB_FEM) ............................................................................102

1.26 EDF Pylon (01-0033SFLLA_FEM) ............................................................................................................106

1.27 Fixed thin arc in planar bending (01-0027SSLLB_FEM) ...........................................................................110

1.29 Simply supported square plate (01-0036SSLSB_FEM) ............................................................................116

1.30 Caisson beam in torsion (01-0037SSLSB_FEM) ......................................................................................119

1.31 Thin cylinder under a uniform radial pressure (01-0038SSLSB_FEM) ......................................................122

1.32 Bimetallic: Fixed beams connected to a stiff element (01-0026SSLLB_FEM) ...........................................124

1.33 Portal frame with lateral connections (01-0030SSLLB_FEM) ...................................................................127

1.34 Beam on elastic soil, hinged ends (01-0034SSLLB_FEM) ........................................................................131

1.37 Torus with uniform internal pressure (01-0045SSLSB_FEM) ................................................................... 141

1.38 Spherical shell under internal pressure (01-0046SSLSB_FEM) ............................................................... 144

1.39 Stiffen membrane (01-0040SSLSB_FEM) ................................................................................................ 147

1.40 Thin cylinder under its self weight (01-0044SSLSB_MEF)........................................................................ 150

1.41 Spherical shell with holes (01-0049SSLSB_FEM) .................................................................................... 152

1.44 Square plate under planar stresses (01-0039SSLSB_FEM) ..................................................................... 160

1.45 Thin cylinder under a hydrostatic pressure (01-0043SSLSB_FEM) .......................................................... 163

1.46 Pinch cylindrical shell (01-0048SSLSB_FEM) .......................................................................................... 166

1.57 Triangulated system with hinged bars (01-0056SSLLB_FEM).................................................................. 190

1.70 Short beam on two hinged supports (01-0084SSLLB_FEM) .................................................................... 225

1.71 A 3D bar structure with elastic support (01-0094SSLLB_FEM) ................................................................ 227

1.73 Simple supported beam in free vibration (01-0098SDLLB_FEM) ............................................................. 239

1.74 Membrane with hot point (01-0099HSLSB_FEM) .....................................................................................242

1.76 Double cross with hinged ends (01-0097SDLLB_FEM) ............................................................................247

1.77 Beam on 3 supports with T/C (k -> infinite) (01-0101SSNLB_FEM) ..........................................................251

1.78 Beam on 3 supports with T/C (k = -10000 N/m) (01-0102SSNLB_FEM)...................................................254

1.79 Linear system of truss beams (01-0103SSLLB_FEM) ..............................................................................257

1.82 Beam on 3 supports with T/C (k = 0) (01-0100SSNLB_FEM) ...................................................................267

1.88 Non linear system of truss beams (01-0104SSNLB_FEM) .......................................................................299

1.90 Cantilever rectangular plate (01-0001SSLSB_FEM) .................................................................................312

1.91 Tied (sub-tensioned) beam (01-0005SSLLB_FEM) ..................................................................................315

1.92 Slender beam with variable section (fixed-free) (01-0004SDLLB_FEM) ...................................................320

1.98 Verifying tension/compression supports on nonlinear analysis (TTAD #11518) ........................................324

1.99 Verifying tension/compression supports on nonlinear analysis (TTAD #11518) ........................................325

1.103 Verifying results on punctual supports (TTAD #11489) ...........................................................................325

1.111 Verifying Sxx results on beams (TTAD #11599) ..................................................................................... 327

2 CAD, RENDERING AND VISUALIZATION ....................................................................... 337

2.4 Verifying the default view (TTAD #13248) .................................................................................................. 338

2.5 Verifying annotation on selection (TTAD #12700) ...................................................................................... 338

2.6 Verifying hide/show elements command (TTAD #11753) .......................................................................... 339

2.10 Generating combinations (TTAD #11721)................................................................................................. 339

2.13 Creating a camera (TTAD #11526) ........................................................................................................... 340

2.16 Creating a circle (TTAD #11525) .............................................................................................................. 341

2.33 Verifying the steel connections modeling (TTAD #11698) .........................................................................344

2.34 Verifying drawing of joints in y-z plan (TTAD #12453)...............................................................................344

3 CLIMATIC GENERATOR .................................................................................................. 347

3.96 CR1-1-3/2012 - Romania - Snow accumulation on multiple roofs ............................................................. 367

3.97 CR1-1-4/2012 - Romania - Wind on signboards........................................................................................368

4.5 Verifying the combinations description report (TTAD #11632) ...................................................................377